5 files changed, 9817 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/8179.txt b/8179.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6327da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/8179.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9801 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of An Historical Account Of The Rise And Progress Of The Colonies Of South Carolina And Georgia, Volume 1
+by Alexander Hewatt
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: An Historical Account Of The Rise And Progress Of The Colonies Of South Carolina And Georgia, Volume 1
+
+Author: Alexander Hewatt
+
+Release Date: May, 2005  [EBook #8179]
+[This file was first posted on June 26, 2003]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: US-ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, AN HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF THE COLONIES OF SOUTH CAROLINA AND GEORGIA, VOLUME 1 ***
+
+
+
+
+E-text prepared by Stan Goodman, Thomas Berger, and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team
+
+
+
+AN HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF THE COLONIES OF
+SOUTH CAROLINA AND GEORGIA.
+
+In Two Volumes.
+
+VOL. I.
+
+By ALEXANDER HEWATT
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+The author of the following performance presents it to the public, not
+from any great value he puts upon it, but from an anxious desire of
+contributing towards a more complete and general acquaintance with the
+real state of our colonies in America. Provincial affairs have only of
+late years been made the objects of public notice and attention. There
+are yet many, both in Great Britain and America, who are unacquainted
+with the state of some of these settlements, and with their usefulness
+and importance to a commercial nation. The southern provinces in
+particular have been hitherto neglected, insomuch that no writer has
+savoured the world with any tolerable account of them. Therefore it is
+hoped, that a performance which brings those important, though obscure,
+colonies into public view, and tends to throw some light upon their
+situation, will meet with a favourable reception.
+
+As many of the inhabitants of the eastern world will find themselves
+little interested in the trifling transactions and events here related,
+such readers will easily discover in what latitude the author wrote, and
+for whose use his work was principally intended. They will also soon
+perceive, that this history, like that of Dr. DOUGLAS respecting a
+northern settlement in America, is only a rough draught, and far from
+being a finished piece; and the author will frankly and candidly
+acknowledge it. The case with respect to him is this, to which he must
+beg the reader's attention. Having been several years a resident at
+Charlestown in South Carolina, he was at some pains to pick up such
+original papers and detached manuscripts as he could find, containing
+accounts of the past transactions of that colony. This he did at first
+for the sake of private amusement; but after having collected a
+considerable number of those papers, he resolved to devote such hours as
+could be spared from more serious and important business, to arrange
+them, and form a kind of historical account of the rise and progress of
+that settlement. For the illustration of particular periods, he confesses
+that he was sometimes obliged to have recourse to very confused
+materials, and to make use of such glimmering lights as occurred; indeed
+his means of information, in the peculiar circumstances in which he
+stood, were often not so good as he could have desired, and even from
+these he was excluded before he had finished the collection necessary to
+complete his plan. Besides, while he was employed in arranging these
+materials, being in a town agitated with popular tumults, military
+parade, and frequent alarms, his situation was very unfavourable for calm
+study and recollection.
+
+While the reader attends to these things, and at the same time considers
+that the author has entered on a new field, where, like the wilderness he
+describes, there were few beaten tracks, and no certain guides, he will
+form several excuses for the errors and imperfections of this history.
+Many long speeches, petitions, addresses, _&c._ he might no doubt have
+abridged; but as there were his principal vouchers, for his own sake, he
+chose to give them entire. Being obliged to travel over the same ground,
+in order to mark its progress in improvement at different periods, it was
+no easy matter to avoid repetitions. With respect to language, style and
+manner of arrangement, the author not being accustomed to write or
+correct for the press, must crave the indulgence of critics for the many
+imperfections of this kind which may have escaped his notice. Having
+endeavoured to render his performance as complete as his circumstances
+would admit, he hopes the public will treat him with lenity, although it
+may be far from answering their expectations. In short, if this part of
+the work shall be deemed useful, and meet with any share of public
+approbation, the author will be satisfied; and may be induced afterwards
+to review it, and take some pains to render it not only more accurate and
+correct, but also more complete, by adding some late events more
+interesting and important than any here related: but if it shall turn out
+otherwise, all must acknowledge that he has already bestowed sufficient
+pains upon a production deemed useless and unprofitable. Sensible
+therefore of its imperfections, and trusting to the public favour and
+indulgence, he sends it into the world with that modesty and diffidence
+becoming every young author on his first public appearance.
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF THE FIRST VOLUME
+
+CHAP. I.
+
+  _Most men pleased with the history of their ancestors._
+  _A notion early entertained of territories in the west._
+  _A project of Columbus for attempting a discovery._
+  _The discovery of Columbus._
+  _The discovery of John Cabot._
+  _The discovery of Sebastian Cabot._
+  _The discovery of Americus Vespuccius._
+  _The discovery of Cabral._
+  _America inhabited._
+  _Various conjectures about the first population of America._
+  _The natural proprietors of the country._
+  _Religious divisions the primary cause of emigrations to the west._
+  _Coligni's settlement in Florida._
+  _Extirpated by Spaniards._
+  _A traffic in negroes._
+  _Reflections on it._
+  _Virginia settled._
+  _Its progress._
+  _Disturbances in England promote foreign settlements._
+  _New-England peopled by Puritans._
+  _Who turn persecutors._
+  _Divide into different governments._
+  _A colony planted in Maryland._
+  _General remarks on colonization._
+
+CHAP II.
+
+  _The first proprietors, and their charter._
+  _Of the fundamental constitutions._
+  _William Sayle visits Carolina._
+  _And is appointed the first governor of it._
+  _Settles his colony on Ashley river._
+  _Hardship of the first settlers from the climate._
+  _And from the Indians._
+  _Sir John Yeamans arrives at Carolina._
+  _And is appointed governor._
+  _Various causes contribute to the settlement of the country._
+  _America peopled in an improved age._
+  _The first treaty with Spain respecting it._
+  _A council of commerce is instituted._
+  _A legislature is formed in the colony._
+  _Its troubles from the Spaniards._
+  _Its domestic troubles and hardships._
+  _A war among the Indians seasonable for the settlement._
+  _Of Indians in general._
+  _The occasion of Europeans being peaceably admitted among them._
+  _General remarks on the manners, government, religion, &c. of the
+                Indians._
+  _A Dutch colony brought to Carolina._
+  _Joseph West made governor._
+  _Variances break out in the colony._
+  _A trade in Indians encouraged._
+  _A general description of the climate._
+  _Of the country._
+  _Of its soil and lands._
+  _Of its storms and natural phenomena._
+  _Of its animals._
+  _Of its fishes._
+  _Of its birds._
+  _Of its snakes and vipers._
+  _Of its insects._
+  _Joseph Morton made governor._
+  _Pennsylvania settled._
+  _The proprietors forbid the trade in Indians._
+  _The toleration of pirates in Carolina._
+  _Cause of migration from England._
+  _Cause of migration from France._
+  _The European animals increase._
+  _The manner of obtaining turpentine in Carolina._
+  _And of making tar and pitch._
+  _A difference with the civil officers._
+  _James Colleton made governor._
+  _His difference with the house of assembly._
+  _Seth Sothell chosen governor._
+  _His oppression, and expulsion._
+
+CHAP. III.
+
+  _A revolution in England._
+  _The French refugees meet with encouragement._
+  _Philip Ludwell appointed governor._
+  _Harsh treatment of the colonists to the refugees._
+  _The manner of obtaining lands._
+  _Juries chosen by ballot._
+  _Pirates favoured by the colonists._
+  _Thomas Smith appointed governor._
+  _The planting of rice introduced._
+  _Occasions a necessity for employing negroes._
+  _Perpetual slavery repugnant to the principles of humanity and
+                Christianity._
+  _Foreign colonies encouraged from views of commercial advantage._
+  _Indians complain of injustice._
+  _The troubles among the settlers continue._
+  _John Archdale appointed governor._
+  _Archdale's arrival and new regulations._
+  _Treats Indians with humanity._
+  _The proprietors shamefully neglect agriculture._
+  _Archdale returns to England, and leaves Joseph Blake governor._
+  _A colony of French in Florida._
+  _The French refugees incorporated by law._
+  _Depredations of pirates._
+  _A hurricane, and other public calamities visit the province._
+  _James Moore chosen governor._
+  _Lord Granville palatine._
+  _King William's charter to the society for propagating the gospel._
+  _An established church projected by the Palatine._
+  _But disliked by the majority of the people._
+  _Governor Moore resolves to get riches._
+  _Encourages irregularities at elections._
+  _Proposes an expedition against Augustine._
+  _Which proven abortive._
+  _The first paper currency made._
+  _The expedition against the Apalachian Indians._
+  _The culture of silk._
+  _And of cotton._
+  _Rice fixed on by the planters as a staple commodity._
+
+CHAP. IV.
+
+  _War declared against France._
+  _Sir Nathaniel Johnson appointed governor._
+  _His instructions._
+  _He endeavours to establish the church of England._
+  _Pursues violent measures for that purpose._
+  _The church of England established by law._
+  _The inhabitants of Colleton county remonstrate against it._
+  _Lay commissioners appointed._
+  _The acts ratified by the Proprietor._
+  _The petition of Dissenters to the House of Lords._
+  _Resolutions of the House of Lords._
+  _Their address to the Queen._
+  _The Queen's answer._
+  _A project formed for invading Carolina._
+  _A Spanish and French invasion._
+  _The invader repulsed and defeated by the militia._
+  _The union of England and Scotland._
+  _Missionaries sent out by the society in England._
+  _Lord Craven palatine._
+  _Edward Tynte governor._
+  _The revenues of the colony._
+  _The invasion of Canada._
+  _A French colony planted in Louisiana._
+  _A colony of Palatines settled._
+  _Robert Gibbes governor._
+  _Charles Craven governor._
+  _An Indian war in North Carolina._
+  _The Tuskorora Indians conquered._
+  _Bank-bills established._
+  _Remarks on paper currency._
+  _Trade infested by pirates._
+  _Several English statutes adopted._
+
+CHAP. V.
+
+  _A design formed for purchasing all charters and proprietary
+                governments._
+  _The Yamassees conspire the destruction of the colony._
+  _The Yamassee war._
+  _The Yamassees defeated and expelled._
+  _They take refuge in Florida._
+  _Retain a vindictive spirit against the Carolinians._
+  _The colonists turn their eyes for protection to the crown._
+  _The project revived for purchasing the proprietary colonies._
+  _Distresses occasioned by the war._
+  _Aggravated by the Proprietors._
+  _Robert Daniel is made deputy-governor._
+  _Lord Cartaret palatine._
+  _The disaffection of the people increases._
+  _Robert Johnson appointed governor._
+  _Of the depredations of pirates._
+  _And their utter extirpation._
+  _Troubles from paper currency._
+  _Several laws repealed._
+  _Which occasions great disaffections._
+  _Further troubles from Indians._
+  _Complaints against Chief Justice Trott._
+  _Laid before the Proprietors._
+  _Their answer._
+  _And letter to the governor._
+  _Who obeys their commands._
+  _An invasion threatened from Spain._
+  _An association formed against the Proprietors._
+
+CHAP. VI.
+
+  _The people's encouragement to revolt._
+  _Their letter to the governor signifying their design._
+  _Which the governor endeavours to defeat._
+  _Proceedings of the convention._
+  _The perplexity of the Governor and council._
+  _The Governor's speech for recalling the people._
+  _Their message in answer to it._
+  _The Governor's answer._
+  _The assembly dissolved, and the proceedings of the people._
+  _James Moore proclaimed Governor._
+  _The declaration of the Convention._
+  _The Governor transmits an account of the whole proceedings to the
+                Proprietors._
+  _The Revolutioners appoint new officers, and establish their
+                authority._
+  _In vain the Governor attempts to disconcert them._
+  _Rhett refuses obedience to his orders._
+  _And preserves the confidence of the Proprietors._
+  _Further attempts of the Governor to recal the people._
+  _The invasion from Spain defeated._
+  _The Governor's last attempt to recover his authority._
+  _Injurious suspicions with regard to the conduct of the Governor._
+  _Francis Nicolson appointed Governor by the regency._
+  _General reflections on the whole transactions._
+  _Nicolson's arrival occasions uncommon joy._
+  _The people recognize King George as their lawful sovereign._
+  _The Governor regulates Indian affairs._
+  _And promotes religious institutions._
+  _The enthusiasm of the family of Dutartre._
+  _Their trial and condemnation._
+  _Progress of the colony._
+  _The adventure of Captain Beale._
+  _Arthur Middleton president._
+  _A dispute about the boundaries between Carolina and Florida._
+  _Colonel Palmer makes reprisals on the Spaniards._
+  _Encroachment of the French in Louisiana._
+  _A terrible hurricane._
+  _And Yellow Fever._
+  _The Province purchased for the crown._
+  _The Fundamental Constitutions of South Carolina._
+
+
+
+
+
+THE HISTORY OF THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF THE COLONY OF SOUTH CAROLINA.
+
+
+
+
+CHAP. I.
+
+
+Among the various events recorded in the history of past ages, there are
+few more interesting and important than the discovery of the western
+world. By it a large field for adventures, and a new source of power,
+opulence and grandeur, opened to European nations. To obtain a share of
+the vast territories in the west became an object of ambition to many of
+them; but for this purpose, the maritime and commercial states possessed
+the greatest advantages. Having first discovered the country, with
+facility they transported people to it, settled colonies there, and in
+process of time shared among them the extensive wilderness.
+
+    [Sidenote] Most men pleased with the history of their ancestors.
+
+All accounts relating to these settlements afford pleasure to curious and
+ingenious minds, in what quarter of the globe soever they live; but to
+the posterity of the first adventurers they must be peculiarly
+acceptable. In the lives of our ancestors we become parties concerned;
+and when we behold them braving the horrors of the desert, and
+surmounting every difficulty from a burning climate, a thick forest, and
+savage neighbours, we admire their courage, and are astonished at their
+perseverance. We are pleased with every danger they escaped, and wish to
+see even the most minute events, relating to the rise and progress of
+their little communities, placed before us in the most full and
+conspicuous light. The world has not yet been favoured with a particular
+history of all these colonies: many events respecting some of them lie
+buried in darkness and oblivion. As we have had an opportunity of
+acquiring some knowledge of one of the most valuable and flourishing of
+the British settlements in that quarter, we propose to present the world
+with a particular, but imperfect, detail of its most memorable and
+important transactions.
+
+    [Sidenote] A notion early entertained of territories in the west.
+
+To pave the way for the execution of this design, it may not be improper
+to cast our eyes backward on the earliest ages of European discoveries,
+and take a slight view of the first and most distinguished adventurers to
+the western world. This will serve to introduce future occurrences, and
+contribute towards the easier illustration of them. Beyond doubt, a
+notion was early entertained of territories lying to the westward of
+Europe and Africa. Some of the Greek historians make mention of an
+Atlantic island, large in extent, fertile in its soil, and full of
+rivers. These historians assert, that the Tyrians and Carthaginians
+discovered it, and sent a colony thither, but afterwards, from maxims of
+policy, compelled their people to abandon the settlement. Whether this
+was the largest of the Canary islands, as we may probably suppose, or
+not, is a matter of little importance with respect to our present
+purpose: it is enough that such a notion prevailed, and gained so much
+credit as to be made the grounds of future inquiry and adventure.
+
+With the use of the compass, about the close of the fifteenth century,
+the great era of naval adventures commenced. Indeed the Tyrian fleet in
+the service of Solomon had made what was then esteemed long voyages, and
+a famous Carthaginian captain had sailed round Africa: the Portuguese
+also were great adventurers by sea, and their discoveries in Africa
+served to animate men of courage and enterprise to bolder undertakings:
+but the invention of the compass proved the mariner's best guide, and
+facilitated the improvements in navigation. Furnished with this new and
+excellent instructor, the seaman forsook the dangerous shore and launched
+out into the immense ocean in search of new regions, which, without it,
+must long have remained unknown. Even such expeditions as proved
+abortive, furnished observations and journals to succeeding navigators,
+and every discovery made, gave life and encouragement to brave
+adventurers.
+
+    [Sidenote] A project of Columbus for attempting a discovery.
+
+About this period Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa, appeared, who
+was a man of great ingenuity, courage, and abilities, and had acquired
+better notions of the globe, and greater skill in navigation, than any of
+his cotemporaries. Imagining there might be territories in the west to
+balance those in the east he directed all his views to that quarter, and
+was eagerly bent on a voyage of discovery. He drew a plan for the
+execution of his project, which, together with a map of the world, he
+laid before his countrymen, shewing them what grandeur and advantage
+would accrue to their state, should he prove successful. But the leading
+men of the republic considered his project as wild and chimerical, and
+shamefully treated him with neglect. Though mortified at this ill usage,
+he nevertheless remained inflexible as to his purpose, and therefore
+determined to visit the different courts of Europe, and offer his service
+to that sovereign who should give him the greatest encouragement and
+assistance.
+
+While he resolved to go in person to France, Spain and Portugal, he sent
+his brother Bartholomew to England; which nation had now seen an end of
+her bloody civil wars, and begun to encourage trade and navigation. But
+Bartholomew, in his passage, was unfortunately taken by pirates, and
+robbed of all he had; and, to augment his distress, was seized with a
+fever after his arrival, and reduced to great hardships. After his
+recovery, he spent some time in drawing charts and maps, and selling
+them, before he was in a condition to appear at court. At length, being
+introduced to the king, he laid before him his brother's proposals for
+sailing to the west on a voyage of discovery. King Henry, who was rather
+a prudent manager of the public treasure, than an encourager of great
+undertakings, as some historians say, rejected his proposals: but others
+of equal credit affirm, that the king entered into an agreement with
+Bartholomew, and sent him to invite his brother to England; and that the
+nation in general were fond of the project, either from motives of mere
+curiosity or prospects of commercial advantage.
+
+    [Sidenote] A. D. 1492.
+    [Sidenote] The discovery of Columbus.
+
+In the mean time Columbus, after surmounting several discouragements and
+difficulties, found employment in the service of Spain. Queen Isabella
+agreed with him on his own terms, and went so far as to sell her jewels
+in order to furnish him with every thing requisite for his intended
+expedition. Accordingly he embarked in August 1492, and sailed from Palos
+on one of the greatest enterprises ever undertaken by man. Steering
+towards the west, through what was then deemed a boundless ocean, he
+found abundance of scope for all the arts of navigation of which he was
+possessed; and, after surmounting numberless difficulties, from a
+mutinous crew and the length of the voyage, he discovered one of the
+Bahama islands. Here he landed, and, after falling on his knees and
+thanking God for his success, he erected the royal standard of Spain in
+the western world, and returned to Europe.
+
+    [Sidenote] 1494.
+    [Sidenote] The discovery of John Cabot.
+
+Upon his arrival in Spain, the fame of this bold adventurer and the
+success of his voyage, quickly spread through Europe, and excited general
+inquiry and admiration. John Cabot, a native of Venice, (at that time one
+of the most flourishing commercial states of the world), resided at
+Bristol in England, and, having heard of the territories in the west,
+fitted out a ship at his own expence and steered to that quarter on a
+voyage of discovery. Directing his course more to the northward, he was
+equally successful, and, in the year 1494, discovered the island of
+Newfoundland. He went ashore on another island, which he called St.
+John's, because discovered on the festival of St. John the Baptist. Here
+he found inhabitants clothed with skins, who made use of darts, bows and
+arrows, and had the address to persuade some of them to sail with him to
+England. On his return to Bristol he was knighted by the king, and
+reported that the land appeared rocky and barren, but that the sea
+abounded with fish of various kinds.
+
+King Henry was no sooner made acquainted with the success of John Cabot,
+than he gave an invitation to mariners of character and ability to enter
+his service, for the purpose of attempting further discoveries. Cabot
+declared, he doubted not to make discoveries for him equally honourable
+and advantageous as those Columbus had made for Ferdinand and Isabella.
+Accordingly, terms were proposed and agreed on between them. "Henry, in
+the eleventh year of his reign, gave a commission to John Cabot and his
+three sons, Sebastian, Lewis, and Sancius, and their heirs, allowing them
+full power to sail to all countries and seas of the east, west, and
+north, under English colours, with five ships of such burden and force as
+they should think proper, and with as many mariners as they should chuse
+to take on their own cost and charges, to seek out and discover all the
+isles, countries, regions and provinces of heathens and infidels they
+could find, which to all Christians before that time had remained
+unknown." In these letters-patent though it appears that Henry granted
+them a right to occupy and possess such lands and countries as they
+should find and conquer, yet he laid them under an obligation to erect
+the English standard in every place, and reserved to himself and his
+heirs the dominion, title and jurisdiction of all the towns, castles,
+isles and lands they should discover; so that whatever acquisitions they
+should make, they would only occupy them as vassals of the crown of
+England. And lest they should be inclined to go to some foreign port, he
+expressly bound them to return to Bristol, and to pay him and his heirs
+one fifth part of all the capital gains, after the expences of the voyage
+were deducted: and, for their encouragement, he invested them with full
+powers to exclude all English subjects, without their particular licence,
+from visiting and frequenting the places they should discover.
+
+    [Sidenote] A. D. 1497.
+    [Sidenote] The discovery of Sebastian Cabot.
+
+Soon after receiving this commission from the king, John Cabot died; and
+his son Sebastian, who was also a skilful navigator, set sail in 1497,
+with the express view of discovering a north-west passage to the eastern
+spice islands. Directing his course by his father's journals to the same
+point, he proceeded beyond the 67th degree of north latitude; and it is
+affirmed, that he would have advanced farther, had not his crew turned
+mutinous and ungovernable, and obliged him to return to the degree of
+latitude 56. From thence, in a south-west course, he sailed along the
+coast of the continent, as far as that part which was afterwards called
+Florida, where he took his departure, and returned to England. Thus
+England claims the honour of discovering the continent of North America,
+and by those voyages of John and Sebastian Cabot, all that right and
+title to this extensive region, founded on prior discovery, must be
+vested in the crown of England.
+
+    [Sidenote] 1498. The discovery of Americus Vespuccius.
+
+In the year following, Americus Vespuccius, a native of Florence, having
+procured a commission, together with the charts of the celebrated
+Columbus, sailed to the southern division of the western continent. In
+this voyage he discovered a large country, and drew a kind of map of
+those parts of it he visited. He also kept a journal, making several
+useful remarks on the coast and inhabitants; which, on his return to
+Europe, were published for general instruction. By this means he had the
+good fortune to perpetuate his name, by giving it to the whole western
+world. Posterior writers naturally following the same tract, and using
+the same names found in the first performance, America by accident became
+the denomination by which the western continent was distinguished, and
+probably will be so through all succeeding ages.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1500. The discovery of Cabral.
+
+Not long after this, Don Pedro Alvarez Cabral, admiral of the Portuguese
+fleet, bound for the East Indies, was driven by a storm on the coast of
+that country now called Brazil. There he found fine land, inhabited by
+savages, of which he took possession in name of his king. This discovery
+he deemed of great consequence, and therefore having put a native or two
+of the new-found land on board, he sent Gasper Lamidas back to Portugal
+with the news. He reported, at the same time, the gentle treatment he
+received from the natives of the country, the excellent soil and
+beautiful prospects it exhibited; and, upon his report, a settlement was
+soon after made, which advanced by rapid degrees in riches and
+population, and soon became the most valuable of the Portuguese
+possessions.
+
+    [Sidenote] America inhabited.
+
+This vast territory of America being now discovered by different nations,
+in every place they found it inhabited by human creatures; but from what
+country they derived their origin, or by what means they were conveyed to
+this distant region, has been the subject of much speculation and
+inquiry, not only in that, but also in every future period. History
+claims not the province of peremptorily determining inquires, which can
+have no better foundation than the probable opinions and uncertain
+conjectures of ingenious men, and therefore must leave every man to adopt
+such accounts as appear to him least absurd or liable to exception. Yet,
+as the subject is curious, it may be amusing to some readers to present
+them with the different conjectures respecting it, especially such as are
+supported by late observations and discoveries.
+
+    [Sidenote] Various conjectures about the first population of America.
+
+One person fancies that this country was peopled from Britain, and has
+recourse to a romantic story of a Welsh historian in support of his wild
+conjecture. This author gives an account of a discovery made in the year
+1170, by Maddock, a younger son of Owen Guineth, prince of Wales. That
+prince, observing his brethren engaged in civil war about the succession
+to his father's throne, formed a resolution to abandon his country.
+Having procured a ship, with plenty of necessaries for a long voyage, he
+embarked, and sailed far to the westward of Ireland, where he discovered
+a rich and fertile country, in which he resolved to establish a
+settlement. With this view he returned to Wales, prepared ten sail of
+ships, and transported a number of both sexes to this western territory.
+Some men, who have been rather too zealous for proofs in confirmation of
+this conjecture, have industriously traced, and flattered themselves with
+having found a striking resemblance between several words in the native
+language of some Indian nations and the old Welsh tongue.
+
+Other authors are of opinion, that the American tribes are the
+descendants of the ancient Phenicians and Carthaginians, who early formed
+settlements on the coast of Barbary and the Canary islands. The Tyrians
+and Carthaginians, beyond doubt, were a commercial people, and the first
+who distinguished themselves by their knowledge in navigation. They built
+ships which carried vast numbers of people. To plant a colony on the west
+of Africa, Hanno, a Carthaginian captain, embarked in a fleet of sixty
+ships, containing no fewer than thirty thousand persons, with implements
+necessary for building and cultivation. While he sailed along the stormy
+coast of Africa, it is not improbable that some of his ships might be
+driven out of sight of the land. In this case, the mariners finding the
+trade winds blowing constantly against them, might necessarily be obliged
+to bear away before them, and so be wafted over to America. The
+complexion of the inhabitants of the African islands resembled those
+Columbus found in the West Indies: The bows, arrows, spears, and lances
+of both were also nearly similar, only those of the latter were pointed
+with flints and the bones of fishes: There were also some resemblance in
+their religious rites and superstitions to those of the ancient
+Carthaginians, which afford some presumptive evidences that they might
+have derived their origin from nations where such arms were used, and
+such superstition prevailed. That America might receive some of its first
+inhabitants from the best and boldest navigators of the east, is a thing
+neither impossible nor incredible; and, if this be acknowledged, they had
+many hundred years to multiply and increase, before the period in which
+Columbus visited them.
+
+Other authors of considerable merit and ingenuity have contended, that
+America was first peopled by Norwegians, and the northern countries of
+Europe, formerly so populous and enterprising. They considered the route
+by Iceland and Greenland, where the sea is covered with ice and snow, as
+the most easy and practicable. They affirm, that colonies were planted in
+Greenland, by adventurers from the north of Europe; that the north-west
+coast of Greenland is removed at no great distance from America, and that
+it is not improbable these two territories may, in places yet
+undiscovered, be contiguous. In support of which conjecture, an affinity
+between the language of the Esquimaux Indians and that of the
+Greenlanders has been discovered by modern Danish travellers. It is
+asserted, that they understand each other in their commercial
+intercourses. Besides, so great is their likeness in features and
+manners, in their boats and darts, that late geographers have not
+scrupled to believe that the lands are united, as the inhabitants of both
+sides so manifestly appear to be descended from the same nation.
+
+Other writers, with greater probability and reason, suppose, that the
+western continent must have received its first inhabitants from the
+north-east parts of Asia and Europe. Some ancient Greek historians say,
+that the Scythians, from whom the Tartars derived their origin, were all
+painted from their infancy, and that they flayed the heads of their
+enemies, and wore their scalps, by way of triumph, at the bridles of
+their horses. Sophocles speaks of having the head shorn, and of wearing a
+skull-cap, like the Scythians. These indeed bear a faint resemblance to
+some customs of the Indian tribes in America; but late discoveries
+furnish us with the best proofs in favour of this conjecture. Some
+Russian adventurers, on the sea of Kamschatka, have discovered the coast
+of America, and reported, that the distance between the two continents is
+so small and inconsiderable, that a passage between them, at certain
+seasons, is easy and practicable, and that, though it be yet uncertain,
+it is by no means improbable that these two great territories are united.
+It is remarkable, that the aspect, language, and manners of the people,
+on each side of the narrow channel, are nearly similar; that the arms
+they use for procuring subsistence are the same; that their boats and
+method of fishing are exactly alike; that both make use of a wooden
+instrument for procuring fire by friction; that neither attack their
+enemies in the open field, but take all advantages of ensnaring them by
+wiles and stratagem; and that the vanquished, when taken prisoners, are
+tortured without mercy. These observations indicate a striking
+resemblance between the Tartars and the savages of America. One thing is
+certain, that emigrations to the western world by this narrow channel are
+easier accounted for than by any other route, and it is to be hoped a few
+years more will remove every difficulty attending this curious and
+important inquiry.
+
+Notwithstanding all these conjectures, various may have been the ways and
+means of peopling this large continent. It is not improbable that several
+nations may have contributed towards supplying it at different times with
+inhabitants. The Scripture affirms, that all mankind originally sprung
+from the same root, however now diversified in characters and
+complexions. In the early ages of the world, as mankind multiplied they
+dispersed, and occupied a greater extent of country. When thus divided,
+for the sake of self-preservation and mutual defence, they would
+naturally unite and form separate states. The eager desire of power and
+dominion would prove the occasion of differences and quarrels, and the
+weaker party or state would always be obliged to flee before the
+stronger. Such differences would necessarily promote distant settlements,
+and when navigation was introduced and improved, unforeseen accidents,
+sea-storms, and unfortunate shipwrecks, would contribute to the general
+dispersion. These, we may naturally suppose, would be the effects of
+division and war in the earlier ages. Nor would time and higher degrees
+of civilization prevent such consequences, or prove a sufficient remedy
+against domestic discord and trouble. Ambition, tyranny, factions and
+commotions of various kinds, in larger societies, would occasion
+emigrations, and all the arts of navigation would be employed for the
+relief and assistance of the distressed. So that if America was found
+peopled in some measure nigh 5,500 years after the creation, it cannot be
+deemed a thing more wonderful and unaccountable, than the population of
+many eastern islands, especially those lying at a considerable distance
+from the continents. The great Author of nature, who first framed the
+world, still superintends and governs it; and as all things visible and
+invisible are instruments in his hand, he can make them all conspire
+towards promoting the designs of his providence, and has innumerable
+methods, incomprehensible by us, of diffusing the knowledge of his name,
+and the glory of his kingdom, throughout the spacious universe.
+
+    [Sidenote] The natural proprietors of the country.
+
+Those scattered tribes of savages dispersed by Providence through the
+American continent, occupied its extensive forests; and it must be
+confessed, that no inhabitants of Europe, Africa or Asia could produce a
+better title to their possessions. Their right was founded in nature and
+Providence: it was the free and liberal gift of heaven to them, which no
+foreigner could claim any pretension to invade. Their lands they held by
+the first of all tenures, that of defending them with their lives.
+However, charters were granted to European intruders, from kings who
+claimed them on the foot of prior discovery; but neither the sovereigns
+who granted away those lands, nor the patentees who accepted their
+grants, and by fraud or force acquired possession, could plead any title
+to them founded on natural right. Prior discovery might give foreigners a
+kind of right to lands unoccupied, or possessions relinquished, but
+neither of these was the case of the American territories. Nations who
+lived by hunting like the savages in America, required a large extent of
+territory; and though some had more, others less extensive districts to
+which they laid claim, yet each tribe knew its particular division, and
+the whole coast was occupied by them. Indeed, in a general view, the
+whole earth may be called an inheritance common to mankind; but,
+according to the laws and customs of particular nations, strangers who
+encroach on their neighbours property, or attempt to take forcible
+possession, have no reason to wonder if they obtain such property at the
+risque of life. In justice and equity, Indian titles were the best ones;
+and such European emigrants as obtained lands by the permission and
+consent of the natives, or by fair and honourable purchase, could only be
+said to have a just right to them.
+
+In the centre of the continent the people, comparatively speaking, were
+numerous and civilized; the tribes farther removed from it on each side
+lived more dispersed, and consequently were more rude. Some historians
+have represented them as naturally ferocious, cruel, treacherous and
+revengeful; but no man ought to draw conclusions, with respect to their
+original characters, from their conduct in later times, especially after
+they have been hostilely invaded, injuriously driven from their natural
+possessions, cruelly treated, and barbarously butchered by European
+aggressors, who had no other method of colouring and vindicating their
+own conduct, but that of blackening the characters of those poor natives.
+To friends they are benevolent, peaceable, generous and hospitable: to
+enemies they are the reverse. But we forbear entering minutely into this
+subject at present, as we shall have occasion afterwards to make several
+remarks on the character, manners and customs of these tribes. Just views
+of them may indeed excite compassion; yet, for our instruction, they will
+exhibit to us a genuine picture of human nature in its rudest and most
+uncultivated state.
+
+    [Sidenote] Religious divisions the primary cause of emigrations to
+    the west.
+
+With the revival of learning in Europe, towards the close of the
+fifteenth century, a more free and liberal way of thinking, with respect
+to religion, was introduced and encouraged, than had taken place during
+many preceding ages. At this period several men of genius and courage
+appeared, who discovered to the world the gross absurdity of many of the
+tenets and practices of the Romish church; but were unwilling totally to
+overturn her established jurisdiction and authority. At length Luther
+boldly exposed her errors to public view, and the spirit of the age,
+groaning under the papal yoke, applauded the undertaking. Multitudes, who
+had long been oppressed, were ripe for a change, and well disposed for
+favouring the progress of that reformation which he attempted and
+introduced. By this means great commotions were excited throughout
+Christendom, and thousands united and entered warmly into designs of
+asserting their religious liberty. Hence a spirit of emigration arose and
+men seemed bent on visiting the remotest regions of the earth, rather
+than submit to spiritual oppression at home.
+
+Instead of improving the discoveries made in America during the reign of
+his father, Henry the eighth was busily engaged in gratifying the
+cravings of licentious appetites, or in opposing by writings the progress
+of the reformation. In his reign Sebastian Cabot, that eminent mariner,
+finding himself shamefully neglected by the capricious and voluptuous
+monarch, went over to Spain. There he got employment for several years,
+and made some new and useful discoveries in America for the Spanish
+nation. After the young Prince Edward ascended the English throne, the
+enterprising merchants of Bristol invited Cabot to return to Britain; and
+he, having a natural fondness for that city in which he was born, the
+more readily accepted their invitation. King Edward, having heard of the
+fame of this bold navigator, expressed a desire of seeing him; and
+accordingly Cabot was sent for and introduced to the king by the Duke of
+Somerset, at that time Lord protector of England. The king being highly
+pleased with his conversation, kept him about court, and from him
+received much instruction, both with respect to foreign parts, and the
+ports and havens within his own dominions. In all affairs relating to
+trade and navigation Cabot was consulted, and his judgment and skill
+procured him general respect. A trade with Russia was projected, and a
+company of merchants being incorporated for carrying it on, Sebastian
+Cabot was made the first governor of the company. In 1549, being advanced
+in years, the king, as a reward for his services, made him Grand Pilot of
+England, to which office he annexed a pension of _L_. 166: 13: 4 _per
+annum_, which Cabot held during his life, together with the favour of his
+prince, and the friendship of the trading part of the nation.
+
+When Mary, that cruel and inflexible bigot, succeeded to the throne,
+domestic troubles and ecclesiastical persecution were so prevalent in
+England, that commerce sunk into decay, and navigation was despised and
+neglected. The spirit of murmur and discontent pervaded the country, and
+multitudes wished for some foreign settlement, as an asylum against
+domestic trouble and persecution; and, had they been sufficiently
+acquainted with the western territories, would certainly have emigrated
+to that quarter. After Elizabeth ascended the throne, the bloody scene of
+violence closed, and national affairs took a more successful turn. During
+her reign the reformation advanced to a peaceable establishment in
+England, and commerce was encouraged and protected.
+
+    [Sidenote] Coligni's settlement in Florida.
+
+In France the reformation met with greater obstacles, and was productive
+of more serious and fatal consequences. It occasioned a civil war between
+the Protestant and Catholic parties of that kingdom, which raged for
+several years with great violence. During these domestic troubles, Jasper
+de Coligni, one of the chief leaders of the Protestant army, formed a
+project for carrying a colony to America. Forseeing the dangers to which
+he and his followers would be exposed, should the cause in which they
+were engaged prove unsuccessful, it is probable he intended this foreign
+settlement as a retreat. Accordingly, having fitted out two ships, he
+gave the command of them to Jean Ribaud, and sent him with a colony of
+Protestants to America. Ribaud landed at the mouth of the river now
+called Albemarle, which was then considered as part of Florida, where he
+built a fort, for the security of himself and followers, and called the
+country Carolina. By this time the Spaniards had incurred the
+irreconcilable hatred and resentment of the Indian nations by their
+cruelty and treachery in the heart of the continent. Ribaud found means
+of acquainting the Indians that he was an enemy to the Spaniards, and of
+consequence he was the more kindly received by them. He had the address
+to engage their affections, insomuch that in a little time they became
+fond of his alliance. But while the flames of war continued in France,
+Coligni could find no leisure to send supplies to his infant colony, and
+Ribaud was obliged to abandon the settlement. Great were the extremities
+to which he was reduced in returning to Europe: one of his crew was
+killed for subsistence to the rest, who had scarcely done eating him,
+when an English vessel providentially appeared, took the emaciated crew
+on board, and carried them to England.
+
+    [Sidenote] Extirpated by Spaniard.
+
+Mean while, a peace being patched up between the Papists and Protestants
+in France, Admiral Coligni, who was seemingly received into favour by
+that political court, fitted out three ships, loaded them with provisions
+and arms, and sent them to Carolina. Rene Laudoner to whom he had given
+the command, embarked with a number of adventurers. On his arrival he
+found the spot Ribaud had relinquished; but despaired of being able to
+keep possession of it without regular supplies. When he found his
+provisions beginning to fail, he had formed resolutions of returning to
+Europe. While he was making preparations to embark, Ribaud fortunately
+arrived with seven ships, a large supply of necessaries, and a
+considerable body of settlers. This animated them to enter with greater
+vigour on clearing and cultivating lands, and making provision for their
+future subsistence. The Indians rejoiced at Ribaud's return, and waited
+on him with their assurances of friendship. But while this French colony
+were beginning to flatter themselves with some faint hopes of success,
+Peter Melandez, who pretended a right to the whole territory, came
+against them with an armed force, killed Ribaud and seven hundred of his
+men, and compelled the remainder to return to France. M. de Gorgues, a
+Gascoon, afterwards, to avenge the disaster of his countrymen, dislodged
+Melandez, but made no attempt toward planting a colony in that quarter.
+This extensive country remained a wilderness until the reign of Charles
+the second of England. To keep possession, the Spaniards supported a
+small garrison at Augustine, on the most barren spot of the whole
+territory, upon which, together with the discovery of Ponce de Leon, they
+ever after founded their claim to all the southern parts of North
+America.
+
+    [Sidenote] A traffic in negroes.
+
+About the same time a traffic in the human species, called Negroes, was
+introduced into England; which is one of the most odious and unnatural
+branches of trade the sordid and avaricious mind of mortals ever
+invented. It had indeed been carried on before this period by Genoese
+traders, who bought a patent from Charles the fifth, containing an
+exclusive right of carrying Negroes from the Portuguese settlements in
+Africa, to America and the West Indies; but the English nation had not
+yet engaged in the iniquitous traffic. As it has since been deeply
+concerned in it, and as the province, the transactions of which I
+narrate, owes its improvements almost entirely to this hardy race of
+labourers, it may not be improper here to give some account of the origin
+and first inventor of this trade.
+
+William Hawkins, an expert English seaman, having made several voyages to
+the coast of Guinea, and from thence to Brazil and the West Indies, had
+acquired considerable knowledge of the countries. At his death he left
+his journals with his son John Hawkins, in which he described the lands
+of America and the West Indies to be exceedingly rich and fertile, but
+utterly neglected for want of hands to improve them. He represented the
+natives of Europe as unequal to the task in such a scorching climate; but
+those of Africa as well adapted to undergo the labours requisite. Upon
+which John Hawkins immediately formed a design of transporting Africans
+into the western world; and having drawn a plan for the execution of it,
+he laid it before some of his opulent neighbours for encouragement and
+approbation. To them it appeared promising and advantageous. A
+subscription was opened, and speedily filled up, by Sir Lionel Ducket,
+Sir Thomas Lodge, Sir William Winter and others, who plainly perceived
+the vast profits that would result from such a trade. Accordingly three
+ships were fitted out, and manned by an hundred select sailors, whom
+Hawkins encouraged to go with him by promises of good treatment and great
+pay. In the year 1562 he set sail for Africa, and in a few weeks arrived
+at the country now called Sierra Leona, where be began his commerce with
+the negroes. While he trafficked with them, he found some means of giving
+them a charming description of the country to which he was bound; the
+unsuspicious Africans listened to him with apparent joy and satisfaction,
+and seemed remarkably fond of his European trinkets, food and clothes. He
+pointed out to them the barrenness of the country, and their naked and
+wretched condition, and promised, if any of them were weary of their
+miserable circumstances, and would go along with him, he would carry them
+to a plentiful land, where they should live happy, and receive an
+abundant recompense for their labours. He told them, that the country was
+inhabited by such men as himself and his jovial companions, and assured
+them of kind usage and great friendship. In short, the negroes were
+overcome by his flattering promises, and three hundred stout fellows
+accepted his offer, and consented to embark along with him. Every thing
+being settled on the most amicable terms between them, Hawkins made
+preparations for his voyage. But in the night before his departure, his
+negroes were attacked by a large body from a different quarter; Hawkins,
+being alarmed with the shrieks and cries of dying persons, ordered his
+men to the assistance of his slaves, and having surrounded the
+assailants, carried a number of them on board as prisoners of war. The
+next day he set sail for Hispaniola with his cargo of human creatures;
+but, during the passage, treated the prisoners of war in a different
+manner from his volunteers. Upon his arrival he disposed of his cargo to
+great advantage; and endeavoured to inculcate on the Spaniards who bought
+the negroes the same distinction he observed: but they, having purchased
+all at the same rate, considered them as slaves of the same condition,
+and consequently treated all alike.
+
+When Hawkins returned to England with pearls, hides, sugar and ginger,
+which he had received in exchange for his slaves, multitudes flocked
+after him, to inquire into the nature, and learn the success of the new
+and extraordinary branch of trade. At first the nation was shocked at the
+unnatural trade of dealing in human flesh, and bartering the commodities
+and trinkets of Europe for the rational race of Africa. The queen, though
+a patroness of commerce, was doubtful of the justice and humanity of this
+new branch, it appearing to her equally barbarous as uncommon, and
+therefore sent for Hawkins to inquire into his method of conducting it.
+Hawkins told her, that he considered it as an act of humanity to carry
+men from a worse condition to a better, from a state of wild barbarism to
+another where they might share the blessings of civil society and
+Christianity; from poverty, nakedness and want to plenty and felicity. He
+assured her, that in no expedition where he had the command should any
+Africans be carried away without their own free will and consent except
+such captives as were taken in war and doomed to death; that he had no
+scruple about the justice of bringing human creatures from that barren
+wilderness, to a condition where they might be both happy themselves and
+beneficial to the world. Indeed it would appear that Hawkins had no idea
+of perpetual slavery, but expected they would be treated as free
+servants, after they had by their labours brought their masters an
+equivalent for the expence of their purchase. Queen Elizabeth seemed
+satisfied with his account, and dismissed him, by declaring, that while
+he and his owners acted with humanity and justice, they should have her
+countenance and protection.
+
+Soon after Hawkins made preparations for a second voyage, in which the
+Queen offered him a ship of war for his assistance and protection. But he
+declined accepting her offer, by telling her Majesty, that the profits of
+the trade would answer for all the risque and expences attending it. In
+his passage, however, he fell in with the Minion man of war, which
+accompanied him to the coast of Africa. After his arrival he began as
+formerly to traffic with the negroes, endeavouring by persuasion and the
+prospects of reward to induce them to go along with him. But now they
+were more reserved and jealous of his designs, and as none of their
+neighbours had returned, they were apprehensive he had killed and eat
+them. The crew of the man of war observing the Africans backward and
+suspicious, began to laugh at his gentle and dilatory methods of
+proceeding, and proposed having immediate recourse to force and
+compulsion. The sailors belonging to his own fleet joined those of the
+man of war, and applauded the proposal. But Hawkins considered it as
+cruel and unjust, and tried by persuasion, promises and threats to
+prevail on them to desist from a purpose so unwarrantable and barbarous.
+In vain did he urge his authority and instructions from the Queen: the
+bold and headstrong sailors would hear of no restraints. Drunkenness and
+avarice are deaf to the voice of humanity. They pursue their violent
+design, and, after several unsuccessful attacks, in which many of them
+lost their lives, the cargo was at length compleated by barbarity and
+force.
+
+    [Sidenote] Reflections on it.
+
+Hence arose that horrid and inhuman practice of dragging Africans into
+slavery; which has since been so pursued, in defiance of every principle
+of justice and religion: Though Hawkins was the first Englishman who
+engaged in this traffic, so repugnant to the spirit of the English
+constitution; though he made use of such fraudulent arts even in his
+first method of conducting it, as few men can have the assurance to
+vindicate; yet, as he was a man of prudence and humanity, he is no ways
+chargeable with those diabolical abuses which have since crept into this
+trade. Had men continued to conduct it according to his plan and
+proposal, and hands been transported by their voluntary consent to labour
+in burning climates, where Europeans are disqualified by nature for the
+task; had the Spaniards allowed them the common privileges of servants,
+after they had cleared the charges they cost them; had negroes been
+bought from the flames, to which in some countries they were devoted on
+their falling prisoners of war, and in others sacrificed at the funeral
+obsequies of the great and powerful among themselves; in short, had they
+been by this traffic delivered from torture or death, European merchants
+might have some excuse to plead in its vindication. But, according to the
+common mode in which it has been conducted, we must confess it a
+difficult matter to conceive a single argument in its defence. It is
+contrary to all laws of nature and nations to entice, inveigle and compel
+such multitudes of human creatures, who never injured us, from their
+native land, and dispose of them like flocks of sheep and cattle to the
+highest bidder; and, what compleats the cruelty and injustice of the
+traffic, to consign them over to ignorance, barbarism, and perpetual
+slavery. After this, where will insatiable avarice stop?  As a free and
+independent people, they had unquestionably an equal right to make slaves
+of the inhabitants of Europe. Nature has given the people of the one
+continent no superiority over those of the other; the advantages of
+Europeans were the effects only of art and improvement. And though policy
+has given countenance and sanction to the trade, yet every candid and
+impartial man must confess, that it is atrocious and unjustifiable in
+every light in which it can be viewed, and turns merchants into a band of
+robbers, and trade into atrocious acts of fraud and violence.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1584. Virginia settled.
+
+We shall now return to those naval adventurers, whose object was the
+establishment of colonies in America. About the year 1584, Sir Walter
+Raleigh, an able statesman and gallant officer, formed a project for
+planting an English colony in America. His penetrating genius easily
+discerned the great advantages which would accrue from a successful
+foreign settlement. He applied to the Queen, and having obtained from her
+letters-patent, immediately began to carry into execution what his
+ingenuity had projected. He fitted out two vessels, and gave the command
+of them to Philip Amidas and Arthur Barlow, and sent them to America.
+They landed at the island Roanock, and took possession of the country in
+the name of the Queen of England, and Sir Walter called it Virginia, in
+honour of his virgin Queen. The favourable report made by these two
+mariners, encouraged Sir Walter to pursue his design with resolution.
+Great minds are fond of new schemes and grand enterprizes, but it
+commonly falls to posterity to reap the advantages resulting from them.
+Sir Richard Grenville, one of Sir Walter's intimate companions,
+afterwards visited this country, and left one hundred and eight men in it
+to keep possession of the territory. But they running short of
+provisions, and having no source of supply, were reduced to great
+straits. Happily for them, admiral Drake, who had been sent with a fleet
+to Spanish America in search of treasure, had instructions to touch at
+Virginia in his return to England. On his arrival he found the infant
+colony in great distress, and at their request carried them back to
+England.
+
+Some years afterwards another attempt was made, and fifty men were left
+to begin a settlement. Whether these suffered death by hunger, or the
+hands of savages, is uncertain; but, on the arrival of another
+embarkation, none of the fifty could be found. They observed the word
+Croatan marked on some trees, from which the conjectured that the colony
+had moved to a place called by that name, and left this as a mark to
+conduct their friends to it. But a storm afterwords arising, these
+adventurers were driven out to sea, and, without finding their
+unfortunate countrymen, returned to England.
+
+From this period till the year 1606 Virginia was left without an
+inhabitant, except its original savages. In the mean time, Sir Walter
+Raleigh, having incurred the displeasure of the king and the jealousy of
+the court, fell a sacrifice to the malice and power of his enemies.
+However, some merchants of London and Bristol kept trading to the western
+world, and bartered beads, knives, hatchets and coarse cloths for the
+skins and furs which the Indians brought them. The immense profits
+arising from this commerce encouraged them to enlarge it. For this
+purpose two companies were incorporated for trading to America and
+establishing settlements in it, the one was called the Virginia Company,
+the other the Plymouth Adventurers. King James granted them all the
+territory which lies between the 34th and 45th degrees of north
+latitude. The former of these corporations laid the foundation of
+James-Town in Virginia, which was the first British settlement in America
+which proved permanent and successful. So after Sir Walter Raleigh had
+projected and spent forty thousand pounds, in vain attempts to establish
+a colony in this quarter, this company reaped the first advantages of his
+enterprising spirit and great design.
+
+    [Sidenote] Its progress.
+
+However, for many years, finall and inconsiderable was the progress of
+this distant settlement. Their object was rather Indian trade than
+cultivation, till Lord Delawar was appointed governor of the colony.
+After his arrival in Virginia, he turned the attention of the settlers to
+industry and application. From the rivers which abounded with fish, and
+the woods with game, he taught them the arts of procuring a plentiful
+supply of provision. He showed them the profitability of chastising those
+Indian tribes who presumed to harass the colony, pointed out the methods
+of defence in the woods, and by his example inspired them with revolution
+and perseverance. At length, having by his zeal and indefatigable labours
+brought the colony to a growing and hopeful condition, at the risque of
+his own health, he appointed his son deputy-governor, and returned to
+England.
+
+By this time several men of opulence and distinction in England had begun
+to form the most sanguine hopes with respect to this settlement, and
+united in a plan for carrying inhabitants to it. Sir Thomas Yates and Sir
+George Somers embarked with 500 men for Virginia: the latter being driven
+by a storm within sight of the island called Bermuda, formed a design of
+settling it. This embarkation proved a great acquisition to the colony in
+Virginia. On their arrival the colonists began to think themselves
+strong, and therefore, not content with the lands about James-Town, they
+forced their way up the large rivers, and made bold excursions into the
+country, in search of the most convenient and fertile spots of ground.
+The wisdom of their governor was no less conspicuous in the division of
+property, than in the distribution of justice. His tenderness and
+indulgences set the springs of industry in motion, which spread through
+the settlement, and excited a spirit of emulation with respect to the
+culture of lands. By degrees little spots were cleared and planted, which
+rewarded the diligent, and the country began to make some feeble advances
+towards improvement. In proportion as the colony multiplied, the
+inhabitants spread themselves through the country, yet abundance of land
+still remained for additional numbers, with which it might in time be
+augmented.
+
+    [Sidenote] Disturbances in England promote foreign settlements.
+
+During the reign of the family of Stuart, a series of weak and oppressive
+measures, pursued in England, occasioned domestic troubles and discontent
+to the nation, and contributed greatly to promote American settlements.
+James the first, surrounded by a crowd of flatterers, began to entertain
+high ideas of his power and prerogative, to inculcate the extravagant
+doctrines of divine indefeasible right, passive obedience, and
+non-resistance, on a people whom he was ill qualified to govern, and who
+had conceived an irreconcilable aversion from such political principles.
+The consequence was, he lost by his weakness and pedantry the affections
+of the nation, yet his reign is memorable for giving rise to many foreign
+settlements. From him the East-India Company received a new patent, which
+encouraged the corporation to enlarge their stock, and to fit out a
+greater number of ships for that trade. In his reign Barbadoes was
+settled by an association of noblemen, of whom the Earl of Pembroke was
+the chief. And though it afterwards changed its master, and fell into the
+hands of the Earl of Carlisle, yet it prospered from its first
+population, and soon became a rich and flourishing island. St.
+Christophers may also date its origin from the close of this king's
+reign. The Plymouth Adventurers, who had carried a colony to New-England,
+at different times added numbers to it, and, notwithstanding every
+difficulty, it grew and prospered. Sir William Alexander received a grant
+of that territory now called Nova Scotia from the same king, but never
+made and serious attempts towards settling it.
+
+During the succeeding reign several thousands emigrated to the western
+continent. Both the King and Queen were attached to the Popish religion,
+which vast multitudes of the nation abhorred. This served to alienate the
+people's affections not a little from the royal family; but the
+tyrannical and oppressive regulations established by the rulers of the
+church, doubled the distress of the people, and served to complete their
+disaffection to their native country. The Puritans, so called for their
+taking, or affecting to take, the pure and simple word of God for the
+rule of their faith and practice, regardless of ecclesiastical authority
+and institutions, were a numerous party in the nation. These people had
+begun their struggles for religious liberty, and as they afterwords
+occasioned such commotions in England, a general sketch of their
+character, and the rise and progress of their party, may not perhaps be
+unacceptable.
+
+    [Sidenote] New England peopled by Puritans.
+
+From the great aera of the Reformation the English nation had been
+distracted with religious disputes, and divided into contending parties.
+One part of the people adhered to the old superstitious system of the
+Romish church, and strictly observed all the absurd tenets and practices
+of that establishment. Another party, of which the church of England was
+composed, seceded several steps from popery, but maintained the hierarchy
+in its full power and authority. The third sect were Puritans, who had
+imbibed such high notions of civil and religious liberty, as struck at
+the foundation of both hierarchy and monarchy. On all occasions they
+discovered a strong tendency towards a republican form of government and
+an irreconcileable aversion towards the whole fabric of the Episcopalian
+church. This party, during the two preceding reigns being chiefly
+composed of the dregs of the people, were regarded as of little
+consequence, and treated with supercilious contempt by the
+administration. But in the reign of King Charles the first they had
+amazingly increased, and many men of opulence and distinction had joined
+them, from motives of discontent or ambition, or from a passion for
+singularity and popular applause. When the religious disputes became warm
+in the nation, the zeal of this party broke out, and burned with such
+amazing ardour that it levelled all distinctions. To increase the
+confusion, Archbishop Laud insisted on conformity, and persecuted all who
+refused obedience to his mandates with the utmost rigour. But
+persecution, for the most part, proves destructive to the cause it is
+intended to promote. The miseries the Puritans endured, and their
+firmness and perseverance in the midst of sufferings, contributed to give
+them that merit and importance in the eyes of the nation, which otherwise
+perhaps they had never attained. Their sober and rigid manner of life,
+the plainness of dress which they affected, and the strong tendency they
+shewed towards religion in all their words and actions, had great weight
+with the vulgar and credulous part, and induced them to entertain high
+notions of their sanctity, and to venerate them as the peculiar people of
+God. Their number increased and became formidable. Many men of rank,
+disgusted at the measures of court, and apprehensive that the liberties
+of the nation were in danger, turned zealous republicans, and seemed to
+aim at a total subversion of the constitution, both in church and state.
+The King, though a well-wisher to religion, hated the principles of the
+Puritans, and considered them as dangerous and deceitful. Those
+enthusiasts, on the other hand, were determined to endure the severest
+persecutions, rather than admit the common prayer, organs, and surplices
+into their worship, and conform to the popish ceremony of kneeling at the
+sacrament. In short, the dispute about trifling ceremonies became serious
+on both sides, and augured no good to the nation. Dr. Laud, observing not
+only the laity but the clergy also infected with puritanical principles,
+deprived many of their livings, merely for not conforming to all the
+ceremonies of the church. During these troubles many fled to New England;
+and others caused houses to be built and lands cleared for them, with a
+view of retiring there, should their contention for religious freedom in
+England prove unsuccessful. In vain did Dr. Laud obtain an order of court
+to put a stop to emigration. There was not a corner of the globe to which
+these people would not flee, rather than conform to ceremonies which they
+thought savoured of popery and idolatry, and endangered their salvation.
+
+To these disturbances New-England owed its population. Enthusiasm has
+often stimulated men to bold and arduous undertakings, and animated them
+to perseverance amidst great difficulties. Of this truth the first
+emigrants to New-England afford us a striking example. They seemed to bid
+defiance to the hardships to which they were exposed, having what they
+valued most of any thing in the world, I mean, liberty of conscience.
+Amidst cold, hunger, toil, disease, and distress of every kind, they
+comforted themselves with the thoughts of being removed far out of the
+reach of tyrants, and triumphed in their deliverance from an idolatrous
+and wicked nation. Neither the hideous gloom of the thick forest, nor the
+ravages and depredations of savage neighbours, appeared to them so
+grievous and intolerable as conformity to the that of England, and an
+implicit obedience to civil authority.
+
+    [Sidenote] Who turn persecutors.
+
+It might reasonably have been expected, that those emigrants who made
+New-England their asylum from what they deemed civil tyranny and
+ecclesiastical persecution, would have guarded against every degree of
+oppression and persecution in that form of government they were about to
+establish among themselves. This, however, was far from being the case.
+Some of their first laws favour of a degree of persecution and
+intolerance unknown in the most despotic governments of Europe; and those
+who fled from persecution became the most bitter persecutors. Those who
+were found dancing or drunk were ordered to be publicly whipped, in order
+to deter others from such practices. The custom of wearing long hair was
+deemed immodest, impious and abominable. All who were guilty of swearing
+rashly, might purchase an exemption from punishment for a schilling; but
+those who should transgress the fourth commandment were to be condemned
+to banishment, and such as should worship images, to death. Children were
+to be punished with death, for cursing or striking their father or
+mother. Marriages were to be solemnized by magistrates; and all who
+denied the coercive authority of the magistrate in religious matters, or
+the validity of infant baptism, were to be banished. Blasphemy, perjury,
+adultery, and witchcraft, were all made capital offences. In short, we
+may challenge the annals of any nation to produce a code of laws more
+intolerant than that of the first settlers in New-England. Unlimited
+obedience was enjoined to the authority of the magistrate, by the same
+men who had refused such submission in England, and fled from their
+native country because it was demanded. Thus, however incredible it may
+appear, blind fanatics became public legislators, and those who were
+unable to endure tyranny in England, became the most insupportable
+tyrants in America.
+
+This oppressive rigour of their first laws was soon heavily felt by many,
+but especially by that peaceable society of people called Quakers. Some
+of this sect, who had been banished on account of their religion, out of
+mere zeal for making proselytes, returned to the country. They were
+instantly seized by those oppressors, condemned and hanged, to prevent
+the clandestine incursions of others. Those who had the misfortune to be
+taken with convulsions, or any disorder to which vulgar ignorance was a
+stranger, were accused of witchcraft, and condemned to death. No age nor
+sex were secure from such suspicions, when ignorance, malice and phrenzy
+joined in framing accusations, and selecting victims at pleasure. Dreams,
+apparitions and tortures were all employed as evidences against persons
+accused, and served to increase the number of horrid executions. The
+clergy were often accused, and sometimes the judges themselves. The jails
+were filled with infants, old men and women, the people were distracted
+with gloomy apprehensions, and the country was stained with innocent
+blood. At last the popular phrenzy began to subside, and gave way to
+painful remorse. The eyes of the blinded fanatics were opened, so as to
+discern their guilt; and a general fast was appointed to implore the
+pardon and mercy of God for their enormous crimes and horrible delusions.
+
+    [Sidenote] Divide into different governments.
+
+This colony, which was planted by oppression, in process of time owed its
+extension to the same cause, Dissenters, who all claim an equal right to
+liberty in religion, with respect to private judgment and opinion, were
+not likely to remain long in harmony and peace among themselves. Though
+they reprobated the doctrine of uniformity in England, yet they became
+the most bigoted sticklers for it in their new settlement. The tenets of
+others, who differed from their mode of worship, were condemned without
+scruple or hesitation, insomuch that the oppression from which they fled
+in Britain was like gentle toleration, when compared with that to which
+they subjected their fellow-refugees. Hence various sectaries arose in
+their settlement, who claimed the same right to dissent from them, which
+they formerly did from the church of England. But their claim was
+rejected, and of consequence a persecution for conscience sake commenced
+among that people, who had become separatists in defence of universal
+toleration. However, these sprigs, torn by violence from the old root,
+had the same resource left; they separated, and planted themselves in a
+new soil, and spread their branches over the country. Hence different
+governments took their origin, and different colonies were settled, by
+persons who were denied religious freedom, and the right of private
+judgment, in Massachuset's bay.
+
+    [Sidenote] A colony planted in Maryland.
+
+From the same source, I mean, a division in England, another colony of
+catholics took its rise. The king not only lost the affections of his
+Protestant subjects, but was also obliged to give the Roman catholics up
+to the rigour of those laws enacted against them in the preceding reigns.
+Lord Baltimore therefore resolved to leave England, and settle a colony
+on lands which had been granted to his father a few years before his
+death. This territory he called Maryland, in honour of the queen, who
+gave him all the assistance in her power towards forwarding the
+settlement.
+
+    [Sidenote] General remarks on colonization.
+
+From the establishment and progress of these foreign settlements, and the
+spirit of emigration which prevailed in England, discerning men early
+foreboded ill consequences to the mother country. They were no strangers
+to the troubles which the colonies of Greece and Rome occasioned those
+ancient republics. Such vast territories as America contained, opened a
+boundless field for the encouragement of emigration, and every addition
+which these colonies received from Britain was prejudicial to her
+interest, as it served to weaken her, in proportion as it strengthened
+them. The riches of every country unquestionably depend on the number of
+its industrious inhabitants. America could furnish employment for
+innumerable hands, and emigrations from the mother country would in
+process of time dry up the sources of her wealth and power. England,
+though populous, could spare none, without prejudice to herself, but such
+as had either no employment at home, or no inclination to labour: for all
+industrious men serve to enrich their country, and whatever they earn by
+their labour, be it more or less, so much doth the nation profit by them.
+It is true, a number of idle and indolent people, like voracious drones
+in the hive, are a burden to every community. Such indeed might be spared
+for the purpose of colonization, without any detriment to the parent
+state; but every diligent and honest labourer that emigrates from his
+native country, helps to depopulate, and of course to impoverish it.
+
+Had England at that time been too populous for its extent, or incapable
+of employing and maintaining its inhabitants, in that case, her planting
+foreign colonies might have served the purpose of public utility, and
+given relief from domestic hardship, just as bees send off their young
+swarms without injuring the industrious hive. Britain, no doubt, might
+reap some advantages from her foreign plantations, especially such of
+them as are situated in a different climate, and produce such commodities
+as luxury obliged her to purchase from strangers; and while she
+maintained her supreme jurisdiction over them, she could bind them by
+laws to continue her customers for taking off her manufactures, and so
+extend her commerce and navigation. By such policy she might make the
+wealth of her laborious colonies center in herself, and add greatly to
+her opulence and power. In every other case, numerous and extensive
+foreign settlements must prove hurtful, if not troublesome and dangerous:
+for while they are draining her of her useful inhabitants, they are
+growing on her ruins; and if they turn not headstrong and ungovernable,
+they will at least oblige her to keep a much larger army and fleet than
+otherways she would have any occasion for, and double her expence for
+their protection.
+
+From Charles the first Sir Robert Heath obtained a grant for an immense
+territory lying to the southward of Virginia, which is now divided into
+several distinct provinces, but made no settlement on it. Excepting a
+small garison the Spaniards supported at Augustine, this country remained
+a rude wilderness, the habitation of savages and wild beasts, till the
+restoration. Soon after that important event several leading men of the
+nation, actuated by a pious and laudable zeal for the propagation of the
+Gospel, associated, and formed a design of settling it at their own
+expence. To give an account of the rise and progress of this settlement,
+especially of that division now called SOUTH CAROLINA, shall be our
+business in the following pages of this history.
+
+
+
+
+CHAP. II.
+
+
+During the period of the usurpation in England, popular anarchy
+prevailed, and levelled all ranks and distinctions throughout the nation.
+The lineal heir of the crown being expelled, Oliver Cromwell, that
+ambitious and crafty leader of the people, seized the reins of
+government, and ruled England with a rod of iron for several years. The
+nobles bowed to a fanatic, and the republican part of the constitution
+preponderated to such a degree, that the other two became as nothing in
+the balance.
+
+When the restoration took place, to the great joy and happiness of the
+nation, the nobles and royalists again stood forth, and assumed their
+former dignity and weight in the government of their country. Domestic
+peace being re-established on the solid foundation of regal and
+constitutional authority, England, amidst other national objects, turned
+her views toward the improvement of commerce, navigation, and her
+colonies.
+
+Hitherto the extensive territory of North America had been divided into
+two districts, which were called South and North Virginia. All lands
+lying towards the river St. Lawrence, from the northern boundaries of the
+province now called Virginia, belonged to the northern, and all those to
+the southward, as far as the Gulf of Florida, to the southern district.
+And though the first European settlement in America was attempted in
+Florida by the French, yet they were compelled to relinquish that place;
+and the English, preferring what they esteemed a more favourable climate,
+had hitherto neglected it.
+
+    [Sidenote] The first proprietors and their charter.
+
+After the restoration, England began to recognize her claim to a large
+territory in the southern district. In the year 1662, Edward Earl of
+Clarendon, George Duke of Albemarle, William Lord Craven, John Lord
+Berkeley, Antony Lord Ashley, Sir George Carteret, Sir William Berkeley,
+and Sir John Colleton, being apprized of the excellent soil of this
+country, united and formed a project for planting a colony in it. Upon
+application to the crown for a charter, Charles granted them all the
+lands lying between the thirty-first and thirty-sixth degrees of north
+latitude. Two years afterwards he confirmed this grant, and by a second
+charter enlarged the boundaries of it, from the 29th degree of north
+latitude to 36 degrees 30 minutes, and from these points on the sea-coast
+westward in parallel lines to the Pacific ocean. Of this immense region
+the king constituted them absolute lords and proprietors, saving to
+himself, his heirs and successors the sovereign dominion of the country.
+At the same time he invested them with all the rights, jurisdiction,
+royalties, privileges and liberties within the bounds of their province,
+to hold, use and enjoy the same, in as ample a manner as the bishop of
+Durham did in that county palatine in England. This province they were to
+hold and possess of the king, his heirs and successors, as of his manor
+of East Greenwich in Kent, not _in capite_, or by knight's service, but
+in free and common soccage.
+
+These absolute lords and proprietors were by their charter empowered to
+enact, and, under their seal, to publish any laws or constitutions they
+judged proper and necessary to the public state of the province, with the
+assent, advice and approbation of the freemen of the colony; to
+constitute counties, baronies and colonies within the province; to erect
+courts of judicature, and appoint civil judges, magistrates and officers;
+to erect forts, castles, cities and towns; to make war; to levy, muster
+and train men to the use of arms, and, in cases of necessity, to exercise
+the martial law; to confer titles of honour, only they must be different
+from those conferred on the people of England; to build harbours, make
+ports, and enjoy customs and subsidies, which they, with the consent of
+the freemen, should impose on goods loaded and unloaded; reserving the
+fourth part of the gold and silver ore found within the province to the
+crown. By the said charter the king granted them the patronage and
+avowson of all churches and chapels, to hold and exercise the same
+rights, powers and privileges as the bishop of Durham did in England: but
+as it might happen that several of the inhabitants could not in their
+private opinions conform to the exercise of religion, according to the
+liturgy and ceremonies of the church of England; the proprietors had
+power and authority granted them, to allow the inhabitants of the
+province both indulgences and dispensations, as they in their discretion
+should think proper and reasonable; and no person, to whom such liberty
+should be granted, was to be molested, punished, or called in question
+for any differences in speculative opinions with respect to religion; so
+that all persons, of what denomination soever, had liberty to enjoy their
+own judgments and consciences in religious concerns, provided they
+disturbed not the civil order and peace of the province. And as the
+assembly of freeholders could not be immediately called, the proprietors
+had power granted them to make such orders and ordinances as might be
+necessary to the government of the people and the preservation of peace,
+and as were not repugnant to the laws and statutes of England. Liberty
+was given to the king's liege subjects to transport themselves and
+families to settle the province, only they were to remain immediately
+subject to the crown of England, and to depend thereon for ever; and were
+not compellable to answer to any cause or suit in any other part of his
+majesty's dominions but in England and Wales.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of the foundamental constitutions.
+
+Agreeable to the powers with which the proprietors were invested by their
+charter, they began to frame a system of laws for the government of their
+colony; in which arduous task they called in the great philosopher John
+Locke to their assistance. A model of government, consisting of no less
+than one hundred and twenty different articles, was framed by this
+learned man, which they agreed to establish, and to the careful
+observance of which, to bind themselves and their heirs for ever. But
+there is danger of error, where speculative men of one country attempt to
+sketch out a plan of government for another, in a different climate and
+situation. This legislator must be acknowledged to have possessed great
+abilities and merit; yet his fine-spun system proved in effect useless
+and impracticable. Several attempts were afterwards made to amend these
+fundamental constitutions, but all to little purpose; the inhabitants,
+sensible of their impropriety, and how little they were applicable to
+their circumstances, neither by themselves, nor by their representatives
+in assembly, ever gave their assent to them as a body of laws, and
+therefore they obtained not the force of fundamental and unalterable laws
+in the colony. What regulations the people found applicable and useful,
+they adopted at the request of their governors; but observed them on
+account of their own propriety and necessity, rather than as a system of
+laws imposed on them by British legislators.
+
+As the proprietors were so fond of these constitutions, and expressed so
+much zeal for their establishment, it may not be improper to give a short
+and imperfect view of them, especially such as were allowed to take place
+in the government of the colony. The eldest of the eight proprietors was
+always to be Palatine, and at his decease was to be succeeded by the
+eldest of the seven survivors. This palatine was to sit as president of
+the palatine's court, of which he and three more of the proprietors made
+a quorum, and had the management and execution of all the powers of their
+charter. This palatine's court was to stand in room of the king, and give
+their assent or dissent to all laws made by the legislature of the
+colony. The palatine was to have power to nominate and appoint the
+governor, who, after obtaining the royal approbation, became his
+representative in Carolina. Each of the seven proprietors was to have the
+privilege of appointing a deputy to sit as his representative in
+parliament, and to act agreeable to his instructions. Besides a governor,
+two other branches, somewhat similar to the old Saxon constitution, were
+to be established, an upper and lower house of assembly; which three
+branches were to be called a Parliament, and to constitute the
+legislature of the country. The parliament was to be chosen every two
+years. No act of the legislature was to have any force unless ratified in
+open parliament during the same session, and even then to continue no
+longer in force than the next biennial parliament, unless in the mean
+time it be ratified by the hands and seals of the palatine and three
+proprietors. The upper house was to consist of the seven deputies, seven
+of the oldest landgraves and cassiques, and seven chosen by the assembly.
+As in the other provinces the lower house was to be composed of the
+representatives from the different counties and towns. Several officers
+were also to be appointed, such as an admiral, a secretary, a chief
+justice, a surveyor, a treasurer, a marshal, and register; and besides
+these, each county was to have a sheriff and four justices of the peace.
+Three classes of nobility were to be established, called Barons,
+Cassiques, and Landgraves; the first to possess twelve, the second
+twenty-four, and the third forty-eight thousand acres of land, and their
+possessions were to be unalienable. Military officers were also to be
+nominated, and all inhabitants from sixteen to sixty years of age, as in
+the times of feudal government, when summoned by the governor and grand
+council, were to appear under arms, and, in time of war, to take the
+field.
+
+With respect to religion, three terms of communion were fixed: First, To
+believe that there is a God; Secondly, That he is to be worshipped; And,
+thirdly, That it is lawful and the duty of every man when called upon by
+those in authority, to bear witness to the truth. Without acknowledging
+which, no man was to be permitted to be a freeman, or to have any estate
+or habitation in Carolina. But persecution for observing different modes
+and ways of worship, was expressly forbid, and every man was to be left
+full liberty of conscience, and might worship God in that manner which he
+in his private judgment thought most conformable to the divine will and
+revealed word. This was the opinion of Mr. Locke with respect to
+religious matters. He chose the word of God for his rule of life, and was
+used to say, "That, at the day of judgment, it would not be asked whether
+he was a follower of Luther or Calvin; but whether he embraced the truth
+in the love of it."
+
+    [Sidenote] William Sayle visits Carolina.
+
+Notwithstanding these preparations, several years elapsed before the
+proprietors of Carolina made any serious efforts towards its settlement.
+In 1667, they fitted out a ship, gave the command of it to Captain
+William Sayle, and sent him out to bring them some account of the coast.
+In his passage Captain Sayle was driven by a storm among the Bahama
+islands, which accident he improved to the purpose of acquiring some
+knowledge of them; particularly the island of Providence, which he judged
+might be of service to the intended settlement of Carolina; for, in case
+of an invasion from the Spaniards, this island, fortified, might be made
+to serve either as a check to the progress of their arms, or a useful
+retreat to unfortunate colonists. Leaving Providence, he sailed along the
+coast of Carolina, where he observed several large navigable rivers
+emptying themselves into the ocean, and a flat country covered with
+woods. He attempted to go ashore in his boat, but observing some savages
+on the banks of the rivers, he was obliged to drop his design; and, after
+having explored the coast and the mouth of the rivers, he took his
+departure and resumed to England.
+
+    [Sidenote] And is appointed the first governor of it.
+
+His report to his employers, as might naturally be expected, was
+favourable. He praised their possessions, and encouraged them to engage
+with vigour in the execution of their project. His observations
+respecting the Bahama islands induced them to apply to the king for a
+grant of them. Charles bestowed on them by patent all those islands lying
+between the 22d and 27th degrees of north latitude. Nothing then remained
+but to make preparations for sending a colony to Carolina. Two ships were
+procured, on board of which a number of adventurers embarked, with
+provisions, arms, and utensils requisite for building and cultivation.
+William Sayle, who had visited the country, was appointed the first
+governor of it, and received a commission, bearing date July 26, 1669.
+The expences of this first embarkation amounted to twelve thousand
+pounds, which vigorous effort was a proof that the proprietor entertained
+no small hopes with respect to their palatinate. The number of men,
+however, must have been inconsiderable, and no ways adequate to the
+undertaking, especially when we consider the multitude of savages that
+ranged through that extensive wilderness.
+
+    [Sidenote] Settles his colony on Ashley river.
+
+In what place Governor Sayle first landed is uncertain; but he was
+dissatisfied with his first situation, and, moving to the southward, took
+possession of a neck of land between Ashley and Cooper rivers. The
+earliest instructions we have seen upon record were directed to the
+governor and council of Ashley river, in which spot the first settlement
+was made that proved permanent and successful. This place, however, was
+more eligible for the convenience of navigation than for the richness of
+its soil. But to struggle amidst a complication of difficulties and
+dangers was the lot of such adventurers; to surmount which, at this early
+period, no small degree of fortitude, patience and perseverance must have
+been requisite.
+
+    [Sidenote] Hardship of the first settlers, from the climate.
+
+New settlers in all countries and climates are subject to many hardships,
+especially such as are in low and indigent circumstances; but those of
+the first settlers of Carolina must have equalled, if not surpassed,
+every thing of the kind to which men in any age have been exposed. To
+fell the trees of the thick forest, and build habitations for themselves,
+would probably be their first employment, before they began to clear
+their spots of ground for raising the necessaries of life. In such a low
+country, and warm climate, even this task must have been a considerable
+burden. But Carolina, like other level countries overflowed with water,
+is productive of many disorders, such as putrid fevers, agues,
+dysenteries, and the like; and to fix habitations on such places where
+the exhalations from stagnated waters and marshy swamps poisoned the air,
+must have rendered them extremely unwholesome. During the summer months
+the climate is so sultry, that no European, without hazard, can endure
+the fatigues of labouring in the open air: for the most part, the weather
+during this season is very clear and serene, excepting when a
+thunder-storm happens, which cools the air, suddenly stops perspiration,
+and becomes exceedingly dangerous to labourers of little precaution.
+Besides, the violent heat continues through the night, and denies the
+weary workman the natural refreshment of sleep.  The autumn introduces
+cool evenings and mornings, while the noon-day is intolerably warm; which
+change, together with the thick fogs that commonly fall at this season,
+rendered it the most unhealthy division of the year. In winter, though
+the degree of cold is not so great as in the more northern climates of
+America, yet it is severely felt by the human body, exhausted and relaxed
+with the summer heat; and when the wind shifts suddenly from any quarter
+to the north-west or north, it blows extremely sharp and piercing, brings
+along with it sometimes frost and snow, and renders the warmest clothing
+requisite. The spring is the most temperate and delightful season of the
+year: it begins early, and diffuses its enlivening influence over the
+fields and forests. Experience had not yet taught the young colonists the
+methods either of improving the advantages, or guarding against the
+disadvantages of the climate, and therefore it is no wonder that they
+found themselves involved at this period in a complication of hardships.
+
+    [Sidenote] And from the Indians.
+
+To enhance their distress, they were surrounded with tribes of warlike
+savages, who viewed them with a jealous eye, and were by no means pleased
+at the encroachments made on their natural possessions. The tribes called
+Stonoes and Westoes were particularly troublesome. The colonists, indeed,
+were furnished with arms and ammunition from the storehouse of the
+proprietors, yet as they lived in the midst of perpetual alarms, their
+condition must have been deplorable. Nor did the musket give those
+strangers to the woods such an advantage over the bow and arrow in the
+hands of the Indians, as some people may be apt to imagine. The savage,
+quick-sighted, and accustomed to perpetual watchfulness, springs from his
+den behind a bush, and surprizes his enemy with the pointed arrow before
+he is aware of danger. He ranges through the trackless forest like the
+beasts of prey, and safely sleeps under the same canopy with the wolf and
+bear. His vengeance is concealed, and sends the tidings in the fatal
+blow. The first settlers were obliged to stand in a continual posture of
+defence; and as they could not be supposed to understand the political
+methods of managing their barbarous neighbors, they must have been
+subjected to all the hardships arising from their ignorance and dangerous
+condition.
+
+While one party was employed in raising their little habitations, another
+was always kept under arms, to watch the motions of these Indians. The
+governor shared those hardships along with his fellow adventurers, and by
+his example animated and encouraged them to perseverance. The only fresh
+provisions they could procure were fish from the river, and what game
+they could kill with their gun. While the settlers were struggling under
+the difficulties inseparable from the first state of colonization, the
+ship Blessing, belonging to the proprietors, commanded by Captain
+Matthias Halstead, happily arrived, and brought them a seasonable supply
+of necessaries. At the same time deputies from the other proprietors came
+over, to assist the governor in the discharge of the duties of his
+office. They brought with them twenty-three articles of instruction,
+called Temporary Agrarian Laws, intended for the equitable division of
+lands among the people; but whatever difficulties or inconveniencies
+might occur in the execution of them, the governor had directions to
+represent them to the proprietors, who had reserved to themselves the
+sole power of making alterations in them. At the same time, the governor
+received a plan of a magnificent town, to be laid out on the neck of land
+between the two rivers, to be called Charlestown, in honour of the king.
+Captain Halstead was employed, during his stay, in sounding the rivers,
+for the benefit of navigation, which were found sufficiently deep, and
+excellently calculated for the purposes of trade.
+
+    [Sidenote] Sir John Yeamans arrives at Carolina.
+
+About this time the Duke of Albemarle, who was the first palatine, died,
+and was succeeded by the Earl of Craven, as eldest proprietor. John
+Locke, Sir John Yeamans, and James Carteret, were created landgraves, to
+make part of the nobility required by the fundamental constitutions. Sir
+John was the eldest son and heir of Robert Yeamans alderman of Bristol,
+who was imprisoned and executed in 1643, by order of Nathaniel Fienes,
+son to Lord Say, who had been appointed governor of Bristol by the
+parliament. His son, Sir John, was afterwards advanced to the dignity of
+baronet by King Charles the second in 1664, as a reward for the steady
+loyalty and heavy sufferings of his father. But as the violence of the
+preceding times, which had deprived Sir John of his father, had also
+injured him in his private fortune, he embarked for the island of
+Barbadoes, at that time in a flourishing condition, to hide his poverty
+from his acquaintance in England, and endeavour to acquire a fortune
+suitable to his dignity. When Carolina was settled, having received a
+grant of a large tract of land from the proprietors, he, with several
+respectable followers, retired to that infant colony, to forward by his
+presence and example, the interest of his generous and beloved friends,
+from whom he had received great encouragement and assistance.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1671.
+    [Sidenote] And is appointed governor.
+
+Soon after his arrival in Carolina, Governor Sayle fell a sacrifice to
+the hardships of the climate. Upon his death the council met, and Sir
+John claimed the office of vice-palatine in consequence of his rank,
+being the only landgrave resident in the colony. But the council, who
+were empowered to elect a governor in such a case, chose to prefer Joseph
+West, until a special appointment arrived from England. West was a
+popular man, much esteemed among the colonists for his activity, courage,
+and prudence. However, he did not long remain in office, for the first
+vessel that arrived from England brought a commission to Sir John
+Yeamans, constituting him governor of the colony.
+
+    [Sidenote] Various causes contribute to the settlement
+    of the country.
+
+Here it may be remarked, that various causes contributed towards the
+population of this settlement, as well as those in the more northern
+climates. After the Restoration, a total change in the manners of the
+English nation took place, and many of the people from the strictest
+rigour and severity in point of morals, became profane, dissolute and
+abandoned. The Cavaliers, who had suffered during the usurpation, began
+to retaliate on the Puritans, and having obtained the ascendency over
+them in public affairs, on all occasions treated them with severe
+ridicule and supercilious contempt. On the other hand, the morose
+republican party, highly offended at the licentious manners and growing
+wickedness of the times, ardently wished for some distant retreat to
+shelter themselves from the storm of divine judgments which they believed
+hung over the corrupted and profligate nation. To prevent disturbances
+from these different parties, Lord Clarendon, and many more of the king's
+council, from maxims of policy, encouraged emigration, which they
+considered as a sovereign remedy for political disorders. A new field was
+opened in Carolina for discontented and turbulent spirits, to whom the
+proprietors promised grants of land, upon condition they would transport
+themselves and families to that quarter. They knew that industry was a
+good cure for enthusiasm, and that enthusiasm was an excellent spur to
+new and hazardous undertakings. The privilege of liberty of conscience
+allowed to every one by the charter equally suited all parties, and
+proved a great encouragement to emigration. New-England indeed had drawn
+over many of the warmest and most turbulent republicans, and proved a
+happy shelter to some against the terrors of future reckonings. Still,
+however, multitudes remained in the nation, who, being discontented with
+their present circumstances, were willing to seek for liberty of
+conscience in the deserts of America. Accordingly, many dissenters
+embraced the offers of the proprietors, and the infant colony received
+its earliest acquisitions from this restless and troublesome party.
+
+Other reasons of state contributed to render those new settlements
+seasonably useful and important to the king. Several of his zealous
+friends had been ruined by their steady adherence to his family during
+the civil war, which had subverted the English monarchy; many brave
+officers and soldiers of the royal army had been reduced to indigent
+circumstances, for whom the king could make little provision in England;
+these useful subjects and faithful friends merited the compassion of
+their country, and being inured to face dangers, for landed estates were
+willing to accept of grants in the neighbourhood of Indian savages. By
+this time several of the settlers in Virginia and Barbadoes had been
+successful, and having surmounted the difficulties attending the first
+state of colonization, were living in easy and plentiful circumstances.
+The lands of Carolina were esteemed equal, if not superior in value, to
+those of the northern colonies. Here the servants of the king could
+provide for his friends without any expence to the nation, and by this
+means not only secured their attachment, but also extended his power.
+Grants of land were allowed them in Carolina by the proprietors, where it
+was thought they might in time enrich themselves, and become beneficial
+to the commerce and navigation of the mother country.
+
+From this period every year brought new adventurers to Carolina. The
+friends of the proprietors were invited to it, by the flattering
+prospects of obtaining landed estates at an easy rate. Others took refuge
+there from the frowns of fortune and the rigour of unmerciful creditors.
+Youth reduced to misery by giddy passion and excess embarked for the new
+settlement, where they found leisure to reform, and where necessity
+taught them the unknown virtues of prudence and temperance. Restless
+spirits, fond of roving abroad, found also the means of gratifying their
+humours, and abundance of scope for enterprise and adventure. It cannot
+be deemed wonderful if many of them were disappointed, especially such as
+emigrated with sanguine expectations. The gaiety, luxury and vices of the
+city were bad qualifications for rural industry, and rendered some
+utterly unfit for the frugal simplicity and laborious task of the first
+state of cultivation. An hardy race, inured to labour, hunger, and
+fatigue, were best adapted for making impressions on the thick forest,
+and not such emigrants as left the city, tinctured with its vices and
+fond of luxury and ease.  Nor could the Puritans, who settled before
+them, promise themselves much greater success than their neighbours;
+though more rigid and austere in their manners, and more religiously
+disposed, their scrupulosity about trifles and ceremonies, and their
+violent and litigious dispositions, created trouble to all around them,
+and disturbed that general harmony so necessary to the welfare and
+prosperity of the young settlement. From the various principles which
+actuated the populace of England, and the different sects who composed
+the first settlers of Carolina, nothing less could be expected, but that
+the seeds of division should be imported into that country with its
+earliest inhabitants.
+
+We are apt to attend chiefly to the desolating wars, or the great and
+surprising revolutions which happen to kingdoms in their populous and
+advanced state, and to pass over the events of their rise and progress as
+trifling and inconsiderable; but as the greatest nations upon earth have
+gradually sprung from such beginnings, it is no less curious and
+instructive to view the smaller transactions of their infant state, than
+the grander events of their mature age. Kingdoms in the political world,
+like plants in the vegetable, have their stages of rise, progress,
+perfection, and decline; and, in the fields of nature, it is equally
+pleasant to mark the buds of the spring, as the bloom of summer, or the
+decay of autumn.
+
+    [Sidenote] America peopled in an improved age.
+
+One advantage certainly attended the various settlements in America, of
+which no European state can boast. Being peopled from civilized nations
+in an enlightened age, when records are carefully kept and faithfully
+preserved, the events of their rise and progress, though not so
+important, were equally clear as those of their more perfect state:
+whereas the history of the origin of eastern nations could only be
+transmitted to future generations by the songs of bards or oral
+tradition. Ignorance of geography, and the art of printing not being then
+invented, must have rendered the transactions of rude and barbarous ages
+so precarious and obscure, that if the dead of past ages were to revive,
+they could scarcely be able to recognize the complexion of their own
+time. Even in the ages preceding the invention of printing, and the happy
+Reformation, many events lie buried in darkness and oblivion. The small
+knowledge which then existed being confined to the clergy, their accounts
+do not merit entire credit; for the various orders of ecclesiastics at
+that time were too much under the influence of monkish pride and
+superstition, to transmit faithful memorials to posterity.
+
+    [Sidenote] The first treaty with Spain respecting it.
+
+Before the year 1667, there is no mention made of America in any treaty
+between England and Spain, the latter being contented to keep up her
+ancient claims to that country, and the former careful to keep and
+improve the footing she had already gained in it. However, a few years
+after Carolina was settled, Sir William Godolphin concluded a treaty with
+Spain, in which, among other articles, it was agreed, "That the King of
+Great-Britain should always possess, in full right of sovereignty and
+property, all the countries, islands, and colonies, lying and situated in
+the West Indies, or any part of America, which he and his subjects then
+held and possessed, insomuch that they neither can nor ought thereafter
+to be contested on any account whatsoever." The Bucaniers, who had for
+many years infested Spanish America, were now cut off from all future
+protection from the English government in their hostile invasions of
+these dominions, and all commissions formerly granted to such pirates,
+were recalled and annulled. By this treaty, the freedom of navigation in
+these American seas was opened to both nations; and all ships in
+distress, whether from storms, or the pursuit of enemies and pirates,
+taking refuge in places belonging either to Britain or Spain, were to be
+treated with humanity, to meet with protection and assistance, and to be
+permitted to depart without molestation. These things merit particular
+notice, as by this treaty Spain evidently gave up all future pretensions
+to the country of Carolina granted to the proprietors by the king; and
+this freedom of navigation, provided for in such express terms, was
+violated, as we shall afterwards see, by the Spaniards, and proved the
+occasion of a bloody war between the two nations. Not long after this, a
+treaty of neutrality between Britain and France was also concluded; by
+which negotiations the possessions of Great Britain, France, and Spain,
+in the western world, were better ascertained; and the freedom of
+commerce and navigation was more firmly established by those three great
+potentates, than had taken place in any former period.
+
+    [Sidenote] A council of commerce is instituted.
+
+It is not improbable that King Charles the second, during his exile, had
+acquired in Holland some knowledge in trade, and seen the vast advantage
+resulting from it to that republic; for after his return to his native
+dominions, he made the naval strength of England, and her commercial
+affairs, the principal objects of attention. He instituted a select
+council of commerce, consisting of a president, vice-president, and nine
+counsellors, for the encouragement of trade, navigation and the colonies.
+Instead of the former method, of referring all commercial concerns to a
+fluctuating committee of the privy-council, this institution was intended
+to chalk out a particular line of duty, which was to engage the whole
+attention of that board. But the king was so immersed in private luxuries
+and pleasures, that it was difficult to keep him steady and firm to any
+laudable public regulation. The annual expence attending this excellent
+institution he soon found was too heavy, and therefore it was dropt, and
+the affairs of commerce returned to their former tedious and fluctuating
+channel.
+
+    [Sidenote] A legislature is formed in the colony.
+
+In Carolina Sir John Yeamans had entered on the government with an
+uncommon zeal for the success of the settlement, and a grateful anxiety
+to discharge the duties of his trust with fidelity and honour. The
+proprietors, fond of their new form of government, had instructed him to
+use his endeavours to introduce it, as the most excellent of its kind,
+and wisely adapted to promote the prosperity and happiness of the people.
+Accordingly, Sir John summoned the people together, ordered the
+fundamental constitutions to be read, and representatives to be elected.
+The province was divided into four counties, called Berkeley, Colleton,
+Craven, and Carteret counties. The people, who had hitherto lived under a
+kind of military government, now began to form a legislature for
+establishing civil regulations. Ten members were elected as
+representatives for Colleton, and ten for Berkeley counties. A committee,
+consisting of Stephen Bull, Ralph Marshal, and William Owen, were
+nominated for framing some public regulations. Three acts were proposed
+by them as beneficial; the first, to prevent persons leaving the colony;
+the second, to prohibit all men from disposing of arms and ammunition to
+Indians; and the third, for the regular building of Charlestown.
+
+    [Sidenote] Its troubles from the Spaniards.
+
+Notwithstanding the public treaty already mentioned, a religious society
+of the Spanish nation laid claim to the large territory of Florida, not
+only on the foot of prior discovery, but also by virtue of a grant from
+the pope; and the garrison kept at Augustine regarding the British
+settlement as an encroachment on their possessions, were disposed to
+throw every difficulty in the way of the Carolineans, in order to compel
+them to relinquish the country. They encouraged indented servants to
+leave their masters, and fly to them for liberty and protection. They
+instilled into the savage tribes the most unfavourable notions of British
+heretics, and urged them on to the destruction of the colony. Good policy
+required that the governor should keep a watchful eye on the motions of
+such neighbours, and guard his weak and defenceless colony against the
+pernicious designs of their Spanish rivals. Some men he discovered who
+were attempting to entice servants to revolt; these were ordered to
+receive so many stripes. Others, in defiance of the feeble power of the
+magistrate, took to such courses as were subversive of public peace and
+justice. Except a few negroes whom Sir John Yeamans and his followers
+brought along with them from Barbadoes, there were no labourers but
+Europeans for the purposes of culture. Until the fields were cleared the
+brute creation could afford the planters no assistance; the weak arm of
+man alone had to encounter all the hardships of clearing and cultivation,
+and the thick forest seemed to bid defiance to his strength. Hard indeed
+was the task of these labourers while employed in felling the large and
+lofty trees, and all the while exposed to the heat of an inclement sky,
+and the terrors of barbarous enemies; with great truth it may be said of
+them, that they purchased their scanty morsel with the sweat of their
+brows. After all, the provisions they raised were exposed to the
+plundering parties of savage neighbours, and one day often robbed them of
+the dear-bought fruits of their whole year's toil.
+
+    [Sidenote] Its domestic troubles and hardships.
+
+It is no easy matter to describe the dreadful extremities to which these
+poor settlers were sometimes reduced. During the government of Sir John
+Yeamans a civil disturbance broke out among the colonists, which
+threatened the ruin of the settlement. At such a distance it was very
+difficult for the proprietors to furnish their colony with regular
+supplies; and the spots of sandy and barren land they had cleared poorly
+rewarded their toil. Small was the skill of the planter, and European
+grain, which they had been accustomed to sow, proved suitable to neither
+soil nor climate. The emigrants being now, from sad experience, sensible
+of difficulties inseparable from their circumstances, began to murmur
+against the proprietors, and to curse the day they left their native
+land, to starve in a wilderness. While they gathered oysters for
+subsistence with one hand, they were obliged to carry their muskets for
+self-defence in the other. A great gun had been given to Florence
+O'Sullivan, which he placed on an island situate at the mouth of the
+harbour, to alarm the town in cases of invasion from the Spaniards.
+O'Sullivan deserted his island, being ready to perish with hunger, and
+joined the discontented party in the town. The people became seditious
+and ungovernable, and threatened to compel the governor to relinquish the
+settlement: even Mr. Culpepper the surveyor-general, joined them in their
+complaints and murmurs. The greatest prudence and courage were requisite
+to prevent tumults, and animate the colonists to perseverance. Florence
+O'Sullivan was taken up by the marshal on a charge of sedition, and
+compelled to find security for his future good behaviour. One sloop,
+commanded by Joseph Harris, was despatched to Virginia, another to
+Barbadoes, to bring provisions. Happily before their return a seasonable
+supply arrived from England, together with a number of new settlers,
+which revived the drooping spirits of the people, and encouraged them to
+engage in more vigorous efforts. The governor, sensible of the hardships
+the people had suffered, the more readily forgave them for their past
+misconduct; but as Mr. Culpepper held an office from the proprietors, he
+sent him to England to be tried by them for joining the people in
+treasonable conspiracies against the settlement.
+
+The garrison at Augustine having intelligence from servants who fled to
+them of the discontented and miserable situation of the colony in
+Carolina, advanced with a party under arms as far as the island of St.
+Helena, to dislodge or destroy the settlers. Brian Fitzpatrick, a noted
+villain, treacherously deserted his distressed friends on purpose to join
+their enemies. However, Sir John Yeamans having received a reinforcement,
+set his enemies at defiance. Fifty volunteers, under the command of
+Colonel Godfrey, marched against the Spaniards, who, on his approach,
+evacuated the island of St. Helena, and retreated to Augustine.
+
+    [Sidenote] A war among the Indians seasonable for the settlement.
+
+At this period, to form alliances with Indian tribes was an object of
+great importance with the governor and council. One circumstance proved
+favourable to the colony at the time of its settlement. The Westoes, a
+powerful and numerous tribe, who harboured an irreconcileable aversion to
+the white faces of strangers, would have proved a dangerous enemy to
+them, had not their attention been occupied by the Serannas, another
+Indian nation. A bloody war between these two tribes providentially
+raged, and was carried on with such fury, that in the end it proved fatal
+to both. This served to pave the way for the introduction and
+establishment of this British settlement, which otherwise might have
+shared the same unhappy fate with the first adventurers to Virginia. Many
+tribes besides that might no doubt have extirpated the colony, but it is
+probable the governor studied by every means to avoid giving them any
+provocation, and to conciliate their affection and esteem.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of Indians in general.
+
+While we now and then turn our eyes to those wild hunters who ranged
+through the American woods, we must guard against such false and horrid
+descriptions of them, as some who have suffered from their warlike temper
+have exhibited to the world. Many authors have discovered unreasonable
+prejudices against them, and shewn that they either wanted judgment to
+distinguish, or candour to make due allowances for, the failings peculiar
+to all nations in the same rude and uncultivated state. When Julius Cesar
+carried the Roman arms into Britain, and Germanicus over-run the forests
+of Germany, did they not find the silvestres of those countries little,
+if at all, more civilized than the brown natives of America? If the
+Indians were offended at the encroachments made by strangers on lands
+which they had possessed unmolested for time immemorial, that is nothing
+wonderful or uncommon. Lands may be called the first property of all
+nations on the face of the earth. While unacquainted with the advantages
+of pasturage and agriculture, a greater extent of hunting lands are
+requisite for their subsistence. Through this territory, now possessed by
+Europeans, they had been accustomed to range, independent, fearless and
+free. If they were ready to defend their property at the risque of life,
+this practice is nothing more than what all nations in the same barbarous
+state have followed. Until laws were made to prevent and redress wrongs,
+and men delivered up their arms to the civil magistrate, have they not,
+in every age, had recourse to forcible means for the defence of their
+property? The natives of Carolina were doubtless displeased at the
+encroachments of strangers on their inheritance, and if they had not
+advanced a single step towards civilization, no man can reasonably expect
+from them a conduct incompatible with their natural circumstances. The
+woods abounded with deer and buffaloes, which, when young, might have
+been domesticated; but on such employment no Indian had entered; it
+probably appeared to him equally despicable as that of agriculture.
+
+    [Sidenote] The occasion of Europeans being peaceably admitted among
+    them.
+
+The first bond of union and affection between Europeans and Americans was
+conveniency. At this early period, to the Indian a knife, a hatchet, or a
+hoe, was a useful and invaluable acquisition. He observed with what
+facility the strangers supplied their wants, which were many in
+comparison with his, by means of the various implements they used. The
+woods fell before the axe, the earth opened before the hoe or the spade;
+and the knife was useful on numberless occasions. He admired the skill of
+white men in making those implements of ease and profit, and voluntarily
+offered them his deer skins, the only riches he had which could procure
+them. The love of ease was as natural to the one as the other, and he
+would rather give them the profits of a year's hunting than want such
+instruments. Having obtained these in process of time, he found the
+tomahawk and musket equally useful; these he also coveted, and could not
+rest till he obtained them. What was at first only convenient, as his
+wants increased, became absolutely necessary, by which means the original
+bond was strengthened and confirmed. As the channel of commerce opened,
+the Indian found that he was not only treated with friendship and
+civility, but that the white people were equally fond of his skins, furs
+and lands, as he was of their gaudy trinkets, and various implements of
+convenience and advantage. It was this connection that induced the native
+inhabitants of the forest, peaceably to admit stranger differing so much
+in complexion, language and manners, among them and allow them to clear
+and cultivate their lands.
+
+From the ignorance of Englishmen with respect to the policy and customs
+of these wild tribes, they must have been exposed to numberless dangers
+in the earlier periods of their commercial intercourse. At first, the
+rude manners of the western savages must have been equally strange to the
+European, as the civilized manners of eastern nations to the Indian. The
+commerce itself served to enhance the danger; for although Indians lived
+much dispersed, yet they united under one chief, and formed different
+towns, all the lands around which they claimed as their property. The
+boundaries of their hunting grounds being carefully fixed, each tribe was
+tenacious of its possessions, and fired with resentment at the least
+encroachment on them. Every individual looked on himself as a proprietor
+of all the lands claimed by the whole tribe, and bound in honour to
+defend them. This may serve to account for many umbrages (which we shall
+afterwards have occasion to mention) taken by Indians in general at
+purchases made and titles obtained by private persons, and even by
+particular provinces: for no Indian, however great his influence and
+authority, could give away more than his own right to any tract of land,
+which, in proportion, is no more than as one man to the whole tribe. To
+all such gifts the concurrence and consent of the whole nation must be
+obtained. Here a large source of difference and quarrels opened, and a
+foolish bargain of an individual often exposed the European settlers to
+the fury and vengeance of the whole clan.
+
+    [Sidenote] General remarks on the manners, government and religion,
+    _&c._ of the Indians.
+
+Those inhabitants, like beasts of prey, traverse the forest, and while
+they neither encroach on their neighbours territories, nor are at war
+with another tribe, enjoy freedom in the most extensive sense of the
+word. In stature they are of a middle size, neither so tall nor yet so
+low as some Europeans. To appearance they are strong and well made; yet
+they are totally unqualified for that heavy burden or tedious labour
+which the vigorous and firm nerves of Europeans enable them to undergo.
+None of them are deformed, deformities of nature being confined to the
+ages of art and refinement. Their colour is brown, and their skin shines,
+being varnished with bears fat and paint. To appearance the men have no
+beards, nor hair on their head, except a round tuft on its crown; but
+this defect is not natural, as many people are given to believe, but the
+effect of art, it being customary among them to tear out such hair by the
+root. They go naked, except those parts which natural decency teaches the
+most barbarous nations to cover. The huts in which they live are foul,
+mean and offensive; and their manner of life is poor, nasty and
+disgustful. In the hunting season they are eager and indefatigable in
+pursuit of their prey; when that is over, they indulge themselves in a
+kind of brutal slumber, indolence and ease. In their distant excursions
+they can endure hunger long, and carry little with them for their
+subsistence; but in days of plenty they are voracious as vultures. While
+dining in company with their chieftains, we were astonished at the vast
+quantity of meat they devoured. Agriculture they leave to women, and
+consider it as an employment unworthy of a man: indeed they seem
+amazingly dead to the tender passions, and treat their women like slaves,
+or beings of an inferior rank. Scolding, insults, quarrels, and
+complaints, are seldom heard among them: on solemn occasions they are
+thoughtful, serious, and grave; yet I have seen them free, open and merry
+at feasts and entertainments. In their common deportment towards each
+other they are respectful, peaceable, and inoffensive. Sudden anger is
+looked upon as ignominious and unbecoming, and, except in liquor, they
+seldom differ with their neighbour, or ever do him any harm or injury. As
+for riches they have none; nor covet any; and while they have plenty of
+provisions, they allow none to suffer through want: if they are
+successful at hunting, all their unfortunate or distressed friends share
+with them the common blessings of life.
+
+Although in some particular customs the separate tribes of Indians differ
+from each other, yet in their general principles and mode of government
+they are very similar. All have general rules, with respect to other
+independent tribes around them, which they carefully observe. The great
+concerns relating to war or peace, are canvassed in assemblies of
+deputies from all the different towns. When injuries are committed, and
+Indians of one tribe happen to be killed by those of another, then such a
+meeting is commonly called. If no person appears on the side of the
+aggressors, the injured nation deputes one of their warriors to go to
+them, and, in name of the whole tribe, to demand satisfaction: if this is
+refused, and they think themselves able to undertake a war against the
+aggressors, then a number of warriors, commonly the relations of the
+deceased, take the field for revenge, and look upon it as a point of
+honour never to leave it till they have killed the same number of the
+enemy that had been slain of their kinsmen. Having accomplished this,
+they return home with their scalps, and by some token let their enemy
+know that they are satisfied. But when the nation to whom the aggressors
+belong, happen to be disposed to peace, they search for the murderers,
+and they are, by the general judgment of the nation, capitally punished,
+to prevent involving others in their quarrel; which act of justice is
+performed often by the aggressor's nearest relations. The criminal never
+knows of his condemnation until the moment the sentence is to be put in
+execution, which often happens while he is dancing the war dance in the
+midst of his neighbours, and bragging of the same exploit for which he is
+condemned to die.
+
+In different ages mankind in similar circumstances, with respect to their
+progress in improvements, bear a striking resemblance one to another. The
+accounts of rude and barbarous Indians may be so far curious and
+instructive, as they serve to throw light on several earlier periods of
+history, both sacred and profane. The American savages almost universally
+claim the right of private revenge. It is considered by them as a point
+of honour to avenge the injuries done to friends, particularly the death
+of a relation. Scalp for scalp, blood for blood, and death for death, can
+only satisfy the surviving friends of the injured party. The same law of
+retaliation was established among the ancient Jews and Romans. But should
+the wise and aged men of weight and influence among Indians interpose, on
+account of some favourable circumstances on the side of the aggressor,
+perhaps satisfaction may be made by way of compensation. In this case,
+some present made to the party aggrieved serves to gratify their passion
+of revenge, by the loss the aggressor sustains, and the acquisition of
+property the injured receives. Should the injured friends refuse this
+kind of satisfaction, which they are entirely at liberty to do, then the
+murderer, however high his rank may be, must be delivered up to torture
+and death, to prevent the quarrel spreading wider through the nation.
+This custom of making compensation also prevailed among European nations
+in their earlier and more uncultivated ages. In the time of Tacitus, the
+relations of the maimed or murdered person, among the Germans, were
+obliged to accept of a compensation, and restrain the spirit of revenge.
+During the Anglosaxon period in England, laws were made to determine the
+various fines for murder, man-slaughter, wounds and other injuries, and
+prices were fixed on the heads of men according to their rank. In case of
+adultery among Indians, the injured husband considers himself as under an
+obligation to revenge the crime, and he attempts to cut off the ears of
+the adulterer, provided he be able to effect it; if not, he may embrace
+the first opportunity that offers of killing him, without any danger from
+his tribe. Then the debt is paid, and the courage of the husband proved.
+This is more severe than the law of Ethelbert, which admitted of a fine
+from the adulterer, and obliged him to purchase another wife for the
+injured husband.
+
+With respect to internal government, these savages have also several
+customs and regulations to which the individuals of the same tribe
+conform. Personal wisdom and courage are the chief sources of distinction
+among them, and individuals obtain rank and influence in proportion as
+they excel in these qualifications. Natural reason suggests, that the man
+of the greatest abilities ought to be the leader of all possessed of
+inferior endowments; in him they place the greatest confidence, and
+follow him to war without envy or murmur. As this warrior arrives at
+honour and distinction by the general consent; so, when chosen, he must
+be very circumspect in his conduct, and gentle in the exercise of his
+power. By the first unlucky or unpopular step he forfeits the goodwill
+and confidence of his countrymen, upon which all his power is founded.
+Besides the head warrior, they have judges and conjurers, whom they call
+Beloved Men, who have great weight among them; none of whom have indeed
+any coercive authority, yet all are tolerably well obeyed. In this
+commonwealth every man's voice is heard, and at their public
+deliberations the best speakers generally prevail. When they consult
+together about important affairs, such as war or peace, they are serious
+and grave, and examine all the advantages and disadvantages of their
+situation with great coolness and deliberation, and nothing is determined
+but by the general consent. When war is the result of their councils, and
+the great leader takes the field, any one may refuse to follow him, or
+may desert him, without incurring any punishment, but by such ignominious
+conduct he loses his reputation, and forfeits the hopes of distinction
+and preferment. To honour and glory from warlike exploits the views of
+every man are directed, and therefore they are extremely cautious and
+watchful against doing any action for which they may incur public censure
+and disgrace.
+
+The Indians, like all ignorant and rude nations, are very superstitious.
+They believe that superior beings interfere in, and direct, human
+affairs, and invoke all spirits, both good and evil, in hazardous
+undertakings. Each tribe have their conjurers and magicians, on whose
+prophetic declarations they place much confidence, in all matters
+relating to health, hunting, and war. They are fond of prying into future
+events, and therefore pay particular regard to signs, omens, and dreams.
+They look upon fire as sacred, and pay the author of it a kind of
+worship. At the time of harvest and at full moon they observe several
+feasts and ceremonies, which it would seem were derived from some
+religious origin. As their success, both in warlike enterprises and in
+procuring subsistence depends greatly on fortune, they have a number of
+ceremonious observances before they enter on them. They offer in
+sacrifice a part of the first deer or bear they kill, and from this they
+flatter themselves with the hopes of future success. When taken sick they
+are particularly prone to superstition, and their physicians administer
+their simple and secret cures with a variety of strange ceremonies and
+magic arts, which fill the patients with courage and confidence, and are
+sometimes attended with happy effects.
+
+    [Sidenote] A Dutch colony brought to Carolina.
+
+During the time Sir John Yeamans was governor of Carolina, the colony
+received a great addition to its strength from the Dutch settlement of
+Nova Belgia, which, without any resistance, surrendered to the armament
+commanded by Sir Robert Carr, and became subject to England. Charles the
+second gave it to his brother the Duke of York, who called the province
+New-York, and governed it on the same arbitrary principles which
+afterwards rendered him so obnoxious to the English nation. After the
+conquest many of the Dutch colonists, who were discontented with their
+situation, had formed resolutions of moving to other provinces. The
+proprietors of Carolina offered them lands and encouragement in their
+palatinate, and sent their ships Blessing and Phoenix and brought a
+number of Dutch families to Charlestown. Stephen Bull, surveyor-general
+of the colony, had instructions to mark out lands on the southwest side
+of Ashley river for their accommodation. There each of the Dutch
+emigrants drew lots for their property, and formed a town, which was
+called James-town. This was the first colony of Dutch who settled in
+Carolina, whose industry surmounted incredible hardships, and whose
+success induced many from ancient Belgia afterwards to follow them to the
+western world. The inhabitants of James-town, afterwards finding their
+situation too narrow and circumscribed, in process of time spread
+themselves through the country, and the town was totally deserted.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1674. Joseph West made governor.
+
+About the year 1674, Sir John Yeamans being reduced to a feeble and
+sickly condition by the warm climate, and his indefatigable labours for
+the success of the settlement, returned to Barbadoes, where he died.
+After his departure the grand council again chose Joseph West governor;
+and the palatine confirmed the election. A meeting of all the freemen was
+called at Charlestown, where they elected representatives, for the
+purpose of making laws for the government of the colony. Thomas Gray,
+Henry Hughs, Maurice Mathews, and Christopher Portman, were chosen
+deputies from the people, and took their seat at the upper house of
+assembly. These new members were obliged to take an oath, that they
+should shew equity and justice to both rich and poor, without favour or
+affection; that they should observe the laws of England, and those that
+should hereafter be established in the colony; that they should obey the
+rules and directions of the proprietors; that they should not divulge the
+secrets of the grand council, without sufficient authority from that
+board. A question being put, whether the deputies of the proprietors
+should take the same oath? it was judged unnecessary, as they held their
+appointments during pleasure, and were immediately answerable to the
+proprietors for their conduct. Now the colony had its governor, its upper
+and lower house of assembly, which three branches took the name of
+Parliament, agreeable to the constitutions. This was the first parliament
+that passed acts which are ratified by the proprietors, and found on
+record in the colony.
+
+    [Sidenote] Variances break out in the colony.
+
+It might have been expected, that these adventurers, who were all
+embarked on the same design, would be animated by one spirit, and zealous
+above all things to maintain harmony and peace among themselves; they had
+all the same hardships to encounter, the same enemies to fear, and the
+same cause, the prosperity of the settlement, to promote. In such
+circumstances, the governor had good reason to hope, that one common
+desire of safety, and principle of love and friendship, would pervade the
+whole colony; yet nothing is more certain than that the contrary effect
+took place. The most numerous party in the country were dissenters, of
+various denominations, from the established church of England; which body
+of men, whatever high pretensions they may affect to superior sanctity of
+manners, have not always been found the most peaceable members of
+society. A number of cavaliers having received grants from the
+proprietors, had now brought over their families and effects, and joined
+the Puritans in Carolina. The latter were looked upon by the proprietors
+with a partial eye, as men of honour, loyalty and fidelity, and met with
+great indulgence and encouragement; by which means they thrust themselves
+into offices of trust and authority. The Puritans, on the other hand,
+viewed them with the eye of envy and jealousy, and having suffered from
+them in England, could not bear to see the smallest share of power
+committed to them in Carolina. Hence the seeds of strife and division,
+which had been imported into the colony, began to spring forth, and, as
+if brought to a warmer and more fertile soil, to grow so rank as to
+promise little peace and happiness to the young settlement. No common
+dangers or difficulties could blot out of their memories the prejudices
+and animosities contracted in England: the odious terms of distinction
+were revived and propagated among the people, and while one party were
+attached to the church of England, the other, who had fled from the
+rigour of ecclesiastical power, were jealous above all things of
+religious liberties, and could bear no encroachment on them. The governor
+found that matters of religion were tender points, and therefore wisely
+avoided all deliberations about them, chusing rather to leave every man
+to his free choice, than propose an establishment of any kind, which he
+saw would occasion trouble and division among the people.
+
+Another source of difficulty arose to government from the different
+manners of these colonists. These emigrants were not a people accustomed
+to rural labours and frugal simplicity, but many of them pampered
+citizens, whose wants luxury had increased, and rendered them impatient
+of fatigue and the restraints of legal authority. The sober and morose
+life, the stiff and rigid morals of the Puritans, were made the objects
+of ridicule by their neighbours, and all the powers of wit and humour
+were employed in exposing them to public derision and contempt. Their
+levelling spirit, republican principles, and contentious disposition,
+they declared merited the hatred and abhorrence of every man of honour
+and honesty, as they had served to produce in England that race of sly,
+deceitful and hypocritical wretches, who had been the curse and scourge
+of the nation. The Puritans, on the other hand, possessed of no small
+share of rancour and malevolence, and exasperated by their licentious
+manner and grievous abuse, violently opposed their influence among the
+people. Hence arose a number of difficulties in framing laws, in
+distributing justice, and in maintaining public order and tranquillity.
+Governor West, observing those dissentions breaking out in the
+settlement, was at no small pains to keep them within the bounds of
+moderation, but having a council composed of ambitious cavaliers, was
+unable entirely to check the disorder. In spite of his authority, the
+Puritans were treated with insolence and neglect, and the colony,
+distracted with domestic differences, were ill prepared for defence
+against external enemies: not only so, but such divisions occasioned a
+neglect of industry and application, which prevented the country from
+making that progress in improvement which might have been expected from
+its natural advantages.
+
+    [Sidenote] A trade in Indians encouraged.
+
+At this unfavourable juncture the Indians, from Stono, came down in
+straggling parties, and plundered the plantations of the scanty and
+dearly earned fruits of labour and industry. Being accustomed to the
+practice of killing whatever came in their way, they ranked the planter's
+hogs, turkeys and geese among their game, and freely preyed upon them.
+The planters as freely made use of their arms in defence of their
+property, and several Indians were killed during their depredations. This
+occasioned a war, and the Indians poured their vengeance
+indiscriminately, as usual, on the innocent and guilty, for the loss of
+their friends. Governor West found it necessary to encourage and reward
+such of the colonists as would take the field against them for the public
+defence. Accordingly, a price was fixed on every Indian the settlers
+should take prisoner, and bring to Charlestown. These captive savages
+were disposed of to the traders, who sent them to the West-Indies, and
+there sold them for slaves. This traffic was deemed by some an inhuman
+method of getting rid of troublesome neighbours; yet, at this period, the
+planters had some reasons to plead in its vindication. Lands indeed were
+given as the reward of valour; but lands, without hands to cultivate
+them, were rather a burden, than any way beneficial, to men who were
+allowed more by the proprietors than they could turn to any profit. But
+the planters had an immediate reward for Indian prisoners, and while it
+encouraged bold adventurers, it was made a profitable branch of trade.
+Whether the rum which was imported into the colony, in return for these
+Indians, proved of beneficial consequence or not, we shall not pretend to
+determine, as this depended on the use or abuse that was made of it.
+Where the water is bad, a little rum mixed with it is accounted wholesome
+and nourishing; but excess in drinking, every where, destroys the
+constitution, and proves a fruitful spring of pains, diseases, and death.
+
+    [Sidenote] A general description of the climate.
+
+Though Carolina lies in the same latitude with some of the most fertile
+countries on the globe, yet he is in danger of error who forms his
+judgment of its climate from the latitude in which it lies. Many local
+circumstances concur to occasion a difference between it and Palestine,
+the north of Egypt, or the dominions in the same latitude in China.
+Besides the bleak mountains, frozen lakes, and the large uncultivated
+territory over which the north and northwest winds blow in winter, by
+which they are rendered dangerous; when the extreme heat of summer is
+united with a low marshy soil, where the water stagnates, and the
+effluvia arising from it thicken and poison the air, it must prove the
+occasion of a numberless list of fatal distempers. This last circumstance
+serves to decide the healthiness of climates in every latitude. Sudden
+changes from heat to cold are every where dangerous; but, in countries
+where little caution is used in dress, they must often prove fatal. The
+winds in Carolina are changeable and erratic, and, about the vernal and
+autumnal equinoxes, commonly boisterous. In summer, they are sultry and
+suffocating; in winter, cold and dry. Beyond doubt, the flat maritime
+part is a most unhealthy situation, and the first settlers could scarcely
+have been cast ashore in any quarter of the globe where they could be
+exposed to greater hazards from the climate.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of the the country.
+
+Yet the country, low and unhealthy as it is, affords many advantages for
+commerce and navigation. As you approach towards the shore, the sea
+gradually ebbs, which furnishes good soundings for the help of
+navigators. For eighty, and in some places an hundred, miles from the
+Atlantic, the country is an even plain, no rocks, no stones, scarce a
+hill of any height is to be seen. Backwards from this the lands begin to
+rise gradually into little hills and beautiful inequalities, which
+continue increasing in height and variation until you advance to the
+Apalachian mountains, three hundred miles and more from the sea. Here a
+vast ridge of mountains begins, and runs through North America, in the
+bowels of which no man can say what riches lie in store. These mountains
+give rise to four large rivers, called by their Indian names, Alatahama,
+Savanna, Santee and Pedee. Among the hills these rivers are composed of
+different branches, and run in a rapid course; but lose their velocity
+when they reach the plains, through which they glide smoothly along, in a
+serpentine course, to the ocean. Up these large rivers the tide flows a
+considerable way, and renders them navigable for ships, brigs, sloops and
+schooners, and smaller craft force their way still higher than the tide
+flows. Besides these large rivers, the hills in the heart of the country
+give rise to others of a secondary size, such as Ogetchee, Cusaw,
+Cambahee, Edisto, Ashley, Cooper, and Black rivers; all which are also
+navigable many miles from the ocean. The coast is also chequered with a
+variety of fine islands, around which the sea flows, and opens excellent
+channels, for the easy conveyance of produce to the market.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its soil and lands.
+
+By the different trees which cover the lands the soil is distinguished,
+which in some places is very rich, and in others very poor. Where the
+pine-trees grow the ground is sandy and barren, and produces little
+except in rainy seasons. The oaks and hickories delight to grow in a
+lower and richer soil, running in narrow streaks through the different
+eminences, which grounds, when cleared and cultivated, amply reward the
+industrious planter. The cypresses and canes chuse a still deeper and
+more miry soil, which is exceedingly fruitful, having had the fruits and
+foliage of trees from the higher grounds flowing into it from the
+creation. The river swamp lands, by proper culture and judicious
+management, are of inexhaustible fertility. The savannas and open plains
+are of a deep fat and greasy mould, which when drained and freshened,
+become also fruitful and excellent parts of a plantation. The marshy
+grounds, some of which are fresh and others salt, are much neglected, yet
+they yield a kind of grass grateful to some animals, and are used as yet
+only for pasturage. Many years elapsed before the planters found out the
+different grains suited to those different soils, and we shall take
+occasion to mention them as time and experience taught them the useful
+discoveries. The soil of the hilly country differs from all these; for
+there, in the vallies between the hills, a black and deep loam is found,
+probably formed of rotten trees and vegetables, which the showers and
+floods have carried into them from the adjacent heights. Marble, clay,
+chalk and gravel grounds are also observed among these hills in the
+middle of the country, and a variety of soil nearly similar to that found
+in Europe.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its storms and natural phenomena.
+
+At this period Carolina, in her natural and rural robes, to an ingenious
+stranger must have exhibited a noble and striking appearance, as all
+objects of nature do in their primeval state. Still we may fancy what new
+scenes would command his attention, and excite his admiration. A
+thunder-storm here is a grand phenomenon, especially in the night; it is
+said to be the voice of the supreme Author of nature, whose command all
+the various elements obey, and it speaks his majesty and glory in the
+loudest and most exalted strain. The frequent balls of fire bursting from
+cloud to cloud; the forked flashes darting from the clouds to the earth,
+and from the earth to the clouds alternately, illuminating the whole
+surrounding atmosphere, and men, like so many worms, crawling in the dust
+in the midst of flaming fire, form a magnificent and striking scene. The
+continual muttering noise of thunder at a distance the dreadful explosion
+on the right hand, the repercussive roar on the left, while the solid
+foundations of the earth shake, and the goodly frame of nature seems
+ready to dissolve, to the eyes of an intelligent stranger must have
+appeared awful and great. The beasts of the field retire from the
+thicket, and shew evident symptoms of silent awe and astonishment during
+the storm, and man's ultimate source of confidence is in the divine
+protection. In every quarter you meet with the blasted trees of the
+forest, which wither and decay at the lightning's stroke. No earthquakes,
+such as are commonly known in the West-India islands, have ever been felt
+here; but whirlwinds sometimes have made avenues through the thick
+forest, by levelling the loftiest trees, or sweeping them away before
+them like chaff.  These terrible blasts are generally confined to a
+narrow tract, and run in an oblique and crooked direction. Hurricanes
+have also often visited the country and through such low and flat lands
+have spread their defolation far and wide.
+
+In travelling along the coast of Carolina, partly by water and partly by
+land, the stranger has an excellent view of the natural beauties, and
+rural inhabitants of the forest. At a distance the marshes and savannas
+appear like level meadows, with branches or creeks of the sea running
+through them. On one hand the evergreen pines appear, and engross almost
+the whole higher lands of the country; on the other the branching oaks
+and stately hickories stand covered with mossy robes: now he passes a
+grove covered with cypress; then the laurels, the bays, the palmetoes,
+the beech or mulberry-trees surround him, all growing as the hand of
+nature hath wildly scattered them. In the spring the dogwood,
+cherry-trees, and many others blossom, and, together with the jessamines,
+perfume the air; while the luxuriant vines climb over the loftiest trees,
+and bushes or shrubs of humbler growth fill up the thicket.
+
+At this early period the rude hunters, though masters of the woods,
+while they attracted the attention of the stranger, must also have
+convinced him how little human nature uncultivated is exalted above the
+brute creation. Numbers of deer, timorous and wild, ranged through the
+trees, and herds of buffaloes were found grazing in the savanna. Above
+his head the feathered tribes, more remarkable for the splendour of their
+plumage than the harmony of their notes, would fly; whilst under his feet
+would crawl innumerable reptiles and insects. Here it may not be improper
+to enumerate some of the different kinds of living creatures found in the
+country, and leave the particular description of them to the natural
+historian.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its animals.
+
+Beyond doubt Carolina teems with animals both of the useful and hurtful
+kind. The alligator, probably a species of the crocodile, is found here
+nigh the rivers and ponds, and is very destructive to young creatures
+about a plantation. He is perhaps the largest animal, except the
+crocodile in Africa, of the ovarious kind. The bear is a fierce animal,
+but in many respects a rich prize to the Indian hunter. The beaver is
+also a native of Carolina, and his fur is a precious article of American
+commerce. The racoon and oppossum are also natives of the country, and
+scarcely found in any other continent. The latter demands the particular
+notice of naturalists; its young are said to breed at the female's teats,
+which is furnished with a double belly, into one of which, on the
+appearance of danger, the young ones retreat, and are saved by being
+carried up a tree. The leopard, the panther, the wolf, the fox, the
+rabbit, wild and pole cats, are all found in the country, on which the
+American hunter pours his vengeance. Squirrels of various kinds and
+different hues are numerous here; one of which is called the flying
+squirrel, not from its having wings like a bird, but from its being
+furnished with a fine loose skin between its fore and hind legs, which it
+contracts or expands at pleasure, and which buoys it up, and enables it
+to spring from branch to branch at considerable distances, with amazing
+nimbleness.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its fishes.
+
+In the mouth of the rivers, and on the coast, the shark, the porpoise,
+the sword, the guarr, and devil fishes, are all found, but in no respects
+rendered useful. However, the sea coast and rivers furnish a variety of
+fine fish for human use, both of the salt and fresh-water kinds. The
+angel fish, so called for their uncommon splendour; the sheephead, so
+named from its having teeth like those of sheep; the cavalli, the mullet,
+the whiting, the plaice, and young bass, are all esteemed delicate food.
+Besides these, porgy, shads, trout, stingre, drum, cat, and black fish,
+are all used, and taken in great abundance. The fresh-water rivers and
+ponds furnish stores of fish, all of which are excellent in their season.
+The sturgeon and rock fish, the fresh-water trout, the pike, the bream,
+the carp and roach, are all fine fish, and found in plenty. Nigh the
+sea-shore vast quantities of oysters, crabs, shrimps, _&c._ may be taken,
+and sometimes a kind of turtle.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its birds.
+
+There were also vast numbers of winged fowls found in the country, many
+of which for human use and subsistence. Besides eagles, falcons,
+cormorants, gulls, buzzards, hawks, herons, cranes, marsh-hens, jays,
+woodpeckers; there are wild turkeys, pigeons, black-birds, woodcocks,
+little partridges, plovers, curlieus and turtle-doves, in great numbers;
+and also incredible flocks of wild geese, ducks, teal, snipes, and
+rice-birds. There has been found here, nigh rivers, a bird of an amazing
+size, some think it a species of the pelican. Under its beak, which is
+very long, it is furnished with a large bag, which it contracts or lets
+loose at pleasure, to answer the necessities or conveniences of life. The
+summer duck is a well known and beautiful creature, and has got this name
+to distinguish it from others of the same species, which continue not in
+the country during the summer months, but search for a cooler retreat.
+The mockbird of Carolina is a fine bold creature, which mimics the
+various voices of the forest, both in captivity and in the enjoyment of
+natural freedom. The red bird is exceedingly beautiful, and has a soft
+melodious note, but with few variations. The humming bird is remarkable
+for its small size, flies from flower to flower like a bee, and is
+sometimes caught by children while lying buried in a large flower it is
+sucking out the juice. Its nest is very curious, and discovers amazing
+art and contrivance. These are some of the feathered inhabitants of this
+forest, among which there is little melody, and, were it otherways, the
+music would all be lost, by the continual croaking of frogs, which swarm
+in millions over the flat country.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its snakes and vipers.
+
+While ranging over the natural field, there is no reptile merits more
+particular notice than the rattle-snake, which is one of the most
+formidable living creatures in the whole universe. Providence hath kindly
+furnished him with a tail which makes a rattling noise, and no doubt was
+intended to warn every other creature of the danger of approaching nigh
+him. He indeed possesses that noble fortitude, which is harmless unless
+when provoked and molested. He is never the aggressor, and seems averse
+from making use of his weapons of destruction. He flies from man; but
+when pursued, and he finds he cannot escape, he instantly gathers himself
+into a coil, and prepares for self-defence. He has a sharp and sparkling
+eye, and quickly spies any person approaching towards him, and winds his
+course out of the way into some thicket or concealed place. The greatest
+danger is, when we inadvertently trample upon him as he lies coiled among
+the long grass or thick bushes. On each side of his upper jaw he has two
+long fangs, which are hollow, and through which he injects the poison
+into the wound they make. When he penetrates a vein or nerve sudden death
+ensues, unless some effectual remedy be instantly applied. The usual
+symptoms of being bit by him are, acute pains from the wound,
+inflammatory swellings round it, sickness at the stomach, and convulsive
+vomitings. In all countries, however, where venomous creatures exist, the
+hand of nature hath kindly planted some antidote against their poison,
+which it is the business of rational creatures to investigate and apply.
+Even the rude and ignorant Indians were not strangers to the method of
+curing the wounds of this dreadful reptile; as quickly as possible, after
+being bit, they swallowed a strong doze of the decoction of snake-root,
+which they found every where growing in the woods, which caused them to
+vomit plentifully; at the same time, having sucked the poison out of the
+wound, they chewed a little snake-root, and applied it externally to it.
+This remedy, when timely applied, sometimes proved efficacious, which
+induced the early settlers of Carolina to follow their example. Besides
+the rattle-snake, the black and brown vipers have fangs, and are also
+venomous. The horn-snake is also found here, which takes his name from a
+horn in his tail, with which he defends himself, and strikes it with
+great force into every aggressor. This reptile is also deemed very
+venomous, and the Indians, when wounded by him, usually cut out the part
+wounded as quickly as possible, to prevent the infection spreading
+through the body. There are, besides these, a variety of other snakes
+found here, such as the green, the chicken, the copperbelly, the wampum,
+the coach-whip and corn snakes; all of which are esteemed harmless
+creatures.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of its insects.
+
+Innumerable are the insects in Carolina, as might naturally be expected
+from the heat of the climate. The bees are found in several places, and
+they chuse the hollow trees for their habitation, but whether imported or
+not is uncertain. The fire-fly, so called from its emitting sparks of
+fire in the night, resembling flashes from the strokes of steel upon
+flint, is a curious creature. About the beginning of summer, when these
+insects are very numerous, they illuminate the woods, and strike a
+stranger with astonishment. Millions of pestiferous gnats, called
+Musketoes, are hatched during the summer, and swarm over the country in
+such numbers, that, during the day, it requires no small trouble for the
+inhabitants to defend themselves in every quarter against them; and,
+during the night, gause pavilions are necessarily used, to exclude them
+from their beds, without which it is impossible to enjoy undisturbed
+repose. The sand-flies are also vexatious insects, and so minute, that
+one would imagine it needless to provide any defence against them; yet,
+wherever they bite, their poison occasions itching and painful
+inflammations. Besides these, there are ticks, flies, wasps, and many
+more insects which are very troublesome. To these plagues, with which
+this country is cursed, we may also add the water wood-worms, which
+infest the rivers as far as the salt-water flows, eat the bottoms of
+vessels into the form of honey-combs, and prove extremely destructive to
+shipping.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1682. Joseph Morton made governor.
+
+About the year 1682, Governor West having incurred the displeasure of the
+proprietors, Joseph Morton, who had lately been created a landgrave,
+received a commission from Lord Craven, investing him with the government
+of the colony. About the same time, Joseph Blake sold his estate in
+England, and with his family and several substantial followers retired to
+Carolina. Lord Cardross also, a nobleman of Scotland, having formed a
+project for carrying over some of his countrymen to Carolina, embarked
+with a few families, and made an attempt to establish a colony on
+Port-Royal Island: but observing the government in a confused and
+fluctuating state, he soon after returned to Britain. The island on which
+he left his few followers having excellent conveniencies for navigation,
+was a place of all others in the country the most advantageous for a
+settlement; but, to effect it, a greater number of emigrants was
+absolutely requisite. The Spaniards sent an armed force, and dislodged
+the Scotch settlers, after which no attempts were made for many years
+towards establishing a colony in that quarter.
+
+    [Sidenote] Pennsylvania settled.
+
+About the same time, William Penn, an eminent quaker, obtained a grant
+from the king of a large territory in the middle of North America, which
+he called Pennsylvania, and which he resolved to settle on the enlarged
+bottom of universal benevolence, friendship and humanity. Not satisfied
+with the title he held from the crown to this extensive territory, he
+thought himself bound in conscience to purchase one also from its natural
+possessors, and therefore gave the Indians some consideration for their
+property; by which means he obtained not only an equitable right, but
+peaceable possession. At first, it is probable, he intended his province
+as an asylum for the hamlets and peaceable people of his own persuasion,
+who were oppressed in Britain, and persecuted in a degree equal to the
+Spanish inquisition in New England; yet, so liberal were his principles,
+that he opened a door to mankind in general who were unhappy in their
+external circumstances, and persecuted for their conscientious opinions.
+His plan of settlement was so large, and the regulations he established
+for preventing idleness, luxury and vice, were so wise and judicious, as
+soon to attract the eyes and admiration of vast numbers of men in the
+different quarters of Europe. Multitudes flocked to Pennsylvania, and sat
+down happy under Penn's gentle laws and government. His own example of
+benevolence, frugality and temperance, endeared him to every inhabitant;
+and a general simplicity of manners for several years prevailed in the
+settlement. It remained for the future ages of pride, luxury and
+ambition, to defeat the wise maxims of this legislator. A plan of a city
+was framed, which, for order, beauty and magnificence, was excelled by
+none upon earth. Indeed, every thing relating to the first settlement of
+that province was conducted with such wisdom and equity, that it could
+not fail of speedy population and improvement. The industrious planters
+and merchants of Pennsylvania, soon advanced to an easy and independent
+state; an advantage far from being common to the other British
+settlements in America, and therefore to be ascribed chiefly to their
+general harmony, temperance and application.
+
+The colony of Carolina, though planted at an earlier period, from various
+causes and impediments, advanced by slower steps in population and
+improvement. Pennsylvania, being farther removed from the equator, was
+considered as a better climate. The lands were found better adapted to
+British grain, and more favourably situated for cultivation. Like a
+younger beauty, she attracted the eyes of many admirers, and promised to
+be a powerful rival to Carolina. She flattered her labourers with the
+prospects of longer life, and with the hopes of greater increase in those
+kinds of grain they had been accustomed to cultivate in Europe. Her
+institutions, with respect to government, were more applicable and
+prudent; her planters, blessed with health and good-humour, laboured with
+greater pleasure and success: the tribes of savages around her, being
+more gently used, were more peaceable. Hence it happened, that the
+Pennsylvanians, having fewer obstacles to surmount than their southern
+neighbours, prospered in a more rapid manner.
+
+    [Sidenote] The proprietors forbid the trade in Indians.
+
+The proprietors of Carolina had indeed instructed Governor Morton to take
+all Indians within four hundred miles of Charlestown under his
+protection, and to treat them with humanity and tenderness; but such
+instructions were very disagreeable to many of the people, especially to
+those members of the council who were concerned in the Indian trade, and
+therefore great opposition was raised to the execution of them. Maurice
+Mathews, James Moore, and Arthur Middleton, members of the council,
+warmly opposed the governor, while he proposed regulations for the
+peaceable management of Indians, and considered the proprietors as
+strangers to the interest of their colony by such impolitic restrictions.
+The people, who had lost some friends and relations by the savages were
+also greatly irritated against them, and breathed nothing but vengeance
+and implacable resentment. These members of the council were removed from
+it for their disobedience; nevertheless they had such influence among the
+people, as to occasion great trouble to the governor, and totally to
+subvert his authority; in consequence of which, Joseph West appeared
+again at the head of the colony, and gave his assent to several laws made
+in it. During which time the people followed their former practice, of
+inveigling and kidnapping Indians where-ever they found them, and shipped
+them off to the West Indies, without any restraint from government.
+
+    [Sidenote] The toleration of pirates in Carolina.
+
+Soon after Governor West was superseded by Sir Richard Kirle, an Irish
+gentleman, who died six months after his arrival in the country. After
+his decease, Colonel Robert Quarry was chosen his successor. During the
+time of his government, a number of pirates put into Charlestown, and
+purchased provisions with their Spanish gold and silver. Those public
+robbers, instead of being taken and tried by the laws of England, were
+treated with great civility and friendship, in violation of the laws of
+nations. Whether the governor was ignorant of the treaty made with Spain,
+by which England had withdrawn her former toleration from these
+plunderers of the Spanish dominions; or whether he was afraid to bring
+them to trial from the notorious courage of their companions in the West
+Indies, we have not sufficient authority to affirm; but one thing is
+certain, that King Charles II. for several years after the restoration,
+winked at their depredations, and many or them performed such valiant
+actions as, in a good cause, had justly merited honours and rewards. Even
+as the case was, Charles, out of mere whim, knighted Henry Morgan, a
+Welshman, who had plundered Porto Bello and Panama, and carried off large
+treasures from them. For several years so formidable was this body of
+plunderers in the West Indies, that they struck a terror into every
+quarter of the Spanish dominions. Their gold and silver, which they
+lavishly spent in the colony, ensured to them a kind reception among the
+Carolineans, who opened their ports to them freely, and furnished them
+with necessaries. They could purchase the favour of the governor, and the
+friendship of the people, for what they deemed a trifling consideration.
+Leaving their gold and silver behind them, for clothes, arms, ammunition
+and provisions, they embarked in quest of more. However, the proprietors,
+having intelligence of the encouragement given to pirates by Governor
+Quarry, dismissed him from the office he held; and, in 1685, Landgrave
+Joseph Morton was reinstated in the government of the colony.
+
+    [Sidenote] Cause of migration from England.
+
+During the reign of King James II. the hardships under which the people
+of Britain laboured, and the troubles they apprehended, brought much
+strength to the colonies. The unsuccessful or unfortunate part of mankind
+are easily induced to emigrate; but the oppressed and persecuted are
+driven from their country, however closely their affections may cleave to
+it. Such imprudent attempts were made by this prince against what the
+nation highly revered, that many Protestants deserted it, preferring the
+hardships of the first state of colonization abroad, to oppression at
+home. So far was he from concealing his attachment to the Popish
+religion, that he gloried in the open profession of it, and took every
+opportunity of transferring both the legal authority and military command
+into the hands of such men as were best affected to that religion, and
+would most readily contribute their assistance towards the accomplishment
+of his favourite design. The Protestants in general were alarmed, and
+filled with the most gloomy apprehensions from the bloody and persecuting
+spirit of the Popish faction. They foresaw the subversion of their
+religion and liberties, and fled over the Atlantic from the approaching
+rigours of persecution, being determined to submit to any hardships
+abroad, rather than to the establishment of Popery in England.
+
+    [Sidenote] Cause of migration from France.
+
+The next acquisition America gained, was from the revocation of the edict
+of Nantz; in consequence of which the flames of persecution broke out in
+France, and drove many of its best subjects out of that kingdom. These
+Protestant refugees were beneficial in many respects to England and
+Holland, and served greatly to promote the trade and manufactures of
+these nations. Among the other colonies in America which reaped advantage
+from this impolitic measure of France, Carolina had a large share. Many
+of the Protestant refugees, having purchased lands from the proprietors,
+embarked with their families for that colony, and proved some of its best
+and most industrious inhabitants.
+
+    [Sidenote] The European animals increase.
+
+Small was the progress in cultivation which the colonists of Carolina had
+yet made, and fatal had the heat of the climate and the labours of the
+field proved to many of them. Yet their cattle increased in an amazing
+manner, and thrived exceedingly well in their forest. Having little
+winter, the woods furnished them with both shelter and provisions all the
+year; neither houses nor attendants were provided for them, but each
+planter's cattle, distinguished only by his mark, every where grazed with
+freedom. Hogs still fared better, and increased faster. The woods
+abounded with acorns, and roots of different kinds, on which they fed and
+fattened, and were reckoned most excellent food. Stocks of cattle, at
+this period, were a great object with the planters, for several reasons.
+Little labour was requisite to raise and render them profitable. The
+planters were at no trouble in building houses for them, nor at any
+expence in feeding them. If either cattle or hogs were fed, it must only
+have been intended to accustom them to keep nigh their owner's abode, or
+to return under his eye every evening. Besides, a planter fond of hunting
+might supply his family with game through the year, with which the woods
+abounded, and save his stock. Horses were also bred in the same manner,
+and though they degenerated greatly, they multiplied fast. No part of the
+world could prove more favourable to poultry of all kinds. By the trade
+of the colony to the West Indies, they had rum and sugar in return for
+their lumber and provisions; and England supplied them with clothes,
+arms, ammunition, and utensils for building and cultivation, in exchange
+for their deer-skins, furs, and naval stores.
+
+    [Sidenote] The manner of obtaining turpentine in Carolina.
+
+Turpentine is the gum in a liquid state of that species of the pine tree
+called Pitch-pine, extracted by incision and the heat of the sun, while
+the tree is growing. The common manner of obtaining it is as follows:
+about the first of January the persons employed in making turpentine
+begin to cut boxes in the trees, a little above the ground, and make them
+large or small in proportion to the size of the tree; the box of a large
+tree will hold two English quarts, of a middling tree one, and of a small
+one a pint. About the middle of March, when the weather becomes warm,
+they begin to bleed, which is done by cutting about an inch into the sap
+of the tree with a joiner's hatchet; these channels made in the green
+standing tree, are framed so as to meet in a point where the boxes are
+made to receive the gum; then the bark is peeled off that side of the
+tree which is exposed to the sun, that the heat may extract the
+turpentine. After bleeding, if rain should happen to fall, it not only
+condenses the sap, but also contracts the orifices of the vessels that
+discharge the gum, and therefore the trees must be bled afresh. About
+fourteen days after bleeding the boxes will be full of turpentine, and
+must be emptied into a barrel. When the boxes are full, an able hand will
+fill two barrels in a day. A thousand trees will yield at every gathering
+about two barrels and a half of turpentine, and it may be gathered once
+every fourteen days, till the frost comes, which chills the sap, and
+obliges the labourer to apply to some other employment, until the next
+season for boxing shall approach. The oil of turpentine is obtained by
+distillation; and rosin is the remainder of the turpentine, after the oil
+is distilled from it.
+
+    [Sidenote] And of making tar and pitch.
+
+From the same pine trees tar and pitch are also made, but by a different
+mode of operation. "For extracting tar they prepare a circular floor of
+clay, declining a little towards the centre, from which there is laid a
+pipe of wood, extending almost horizontally two feet without the
+circumference, and so let into the ground, that its upper side may be
+level with the floor: at the outer end of this pipe they dig a hole large
+enough to hold the barrels of tar, which, when forced out of the wood,
+naturally runs to the centre of the floor as the lowest part, and from
+thence along the pipe into the barrels. Matters being thus prepared, they
+raise upon the clay floor a large pile of dry pine-wood split in pieces,
+and inclose the whole pile with a wall of earth, leaving only a little
+hole in the top, where the fire is to be kindled; when that is done, and
+the inclosed wood begins to burn, the whole is stopped up with earth,
+that there may be no flame, but only heat sufficient to force the tar out
+of the wood, and make it run down to the floor. They temper the heat as
+they think proper, by thrusting a stick through the wall of earth, and
+letting the air in at as many places as they judge necessary. As to
+Pitch, it is nothing more than the solid part of the tar separated from
+the liquid by boiling."
+
+As Carolina abounds with this kind of pine trees, vast quantities of
+pitch, tar, and turpentine might have been made in it. At this early
+period the settlers, having little strength to fell the thick forest and
+clear the lands for cultivating grain, naturally applied themselves to
+such articles as were in demand in England, and for procuring which
+moderate labour was requisite. Lumber was a bulky article, and required a
+number of ships to export it. Naval stores were more valuable and less
+bulky, at the same time that the labour necessary to obtain them was
+easier, and more adapted to European constitutions. The province as yet
+could supply Britain with a very inconsiderable quantity of naval stores;
+but by encouraging the planters in preparing them, the expence of its
+vast importations from the Baltic might have been in some measure saved
+to the nation.
+
+    [Sidenote] A difference with the civil officers.
+
+Though Governor Morton was possessed of a considerable share of wisdom,
+and was connected with several respectable families in the colony, yet so
+inconsistent were his instructions from England, with the prevailing
+views and interests of the people, that he was unable, without great
+trouble, to execute the duties of his trust. He was a man of a sober and
+religious temper of mind, and had married Mr. Blake's sister, lately
+arrived from England, by which alliance it was hoped the hands of
+government would be strengthened, and a check given to the more
+licentious and irregular party of the people. His council was composed of
+John Boone, Maurice Mathews, John Godfrey, Andrew Percival, Arthur
+Middleton, and James Moore, _&c._; some of whom differed widely from him
+in opinion with respect to public measures, and claimed greater
+indulgences for the people than he had authority to grant. Hence two
+parties arose in the colony: one in support of the prerogative and
+authority of the proprietors, the other in defence of the liberties of
+the people. The former contended, that the laws and regulations received
+from England respecting government ought to be strictly and implicitly
+observed: the latter kept in view their local circumstances, and
+maintained, that the freemen of the colony were under obligations to
+observe them only so far as they were consistent with the interest of
+individuals and the prosperity of the settlement. In this situation of
+affairs, no governor could long support his power among a number of bold
+adventurers, who improved every hour for advancing their interest, and
+could bear no restraints which had the least tendency to defeat their
+favourite views and designs: for whenever he attempted to interpose his
+feeble authority, they insulted his person and complained of his
+administration, till he was removed from his office.
+
+    [Sidenote] James Colleton made governor.
+
+The proprietors also finding it prudent to change their governor so soon
+as he became obnoxious to the people, James Colleton at this time was
+appointed to supersede Joseph Morton. He was a brother to Sir Peter
+Colleton, one of the proprietors, but was possessed neither of his
+address nor abilities for the management of public affairs. He left
+Barbadoes and retired to Carolina, where he built an excellent house on
+Cooper River, in hopes of settling in that country, and long enjoying, by
+the influence of his brother, the emoluments of his office in
+tranquillity and happiness. To give him the greater weight, he was
+created a landgrave of the colony, to which dignity forty-eight thousand
+acres of land were unalienably annexed: but to his mortification he soon
+found, that the proprietary government had acquired but little firmness
+and stability, and, by his imprudence and rigour, fell into still greater
+disrespect and contempt.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1687.
+
+About the year 1687, having called an assembly of the representatives, he
+proposed to make some new regulations respecting the government of the
+colony. Having examined the fundamental constitutions, and finding the
+people disposed to make many objections to them, he thought proper to
+nominate a committee, to consider wherein they were improper or
+defective, and to make such alterations and amendments in them as they
+judged might be conducive to the welfare of the country. This committee
+consisted of the Governor, Paul Grimball, the secretary, William Dunlop,
+Bernard Schinking, Thomas Smith, John Far, and Joseph Blake. Accordingly,
+by these men a new code of laws was framed, consisting of many articles
+different from the former, which they called _Standing Laws_, and
+transmitted to England for the approbation of the proprietors. These
+standing laws, however, the proprietors rejected, and insisted on the
+observance of the fundamental constitutions; and all the while the people
+treated both with equal indifference and neglect.
+
+    [Sidenote] His difference with the house of assembly.
+
+At this early period a dissatisfaction with the proprietary government
+appeared, and began to gain ground among the people. A dispute having
+arisen between the governor and the house of assembly about the tenures
+of lands and the payment of quitrents, Landgrave Colleton determined to
+exert his authority, in compelling the people to pay up their arrears of
+quitrents, which, though very trifling and inconsiderable, were
+burdensome, as not one acre out of a thousand of these lands for which
+quitrents were demanded yielded them any profit. For this purpose, he
+wrote to the proprietors, requesting them to appoint such deputies as he
+knew to be most favourably disposed towards their government, and would
+most readily assist him in the execution of his office. Hence the
+interest of the proprietors and that of the people were placed in
+opposite scales, and the more rigorously the governor exerted his
+authority, the more turbulent and seditious the people became. At last
+they proceeded to avowed usurpation: they issued writs in their own name,
+and held assemblies in opposition to the governor and the authority of
+the proprietors. Letters from England, containing deputations to persons
+obnoxious to the people, they seized and suppressed, and appointed other
+men better affected to the popular cause. Paul Grimball, the secretary of
+the province, they imprisoned, and forcibly took possession of the public
+records. The militia act they refused to settle, because recommended by
+the governor, even though their own security depended on it. In short,
+the little community was turned into a scene of confusion, and every man
+acted as he thought proper, without any regard to legal authority, and in
+contempt of the governor and other officers of the proprietors.
+
+Landgrave Colleton, mortified at the loss of power, and alarmed at the
+bold and seditious spirit of the people, was not a little perplexed what
+step to take in order to recal them to the obedience of legal authority.
+Gentle means he perceived would be vain and ineffectual. One expedient
+was suggested, which he and his council flattered themselves might be
+productive of the desired effect, and induce the people through fear to
+return to his standard, and stand by the person who alone had authority
+to punish mutiny and sedition, which was to proclaim the martial law, and
+try to maintain by force of arms the proprietary jurisdiction.
+Accordingly, without letting the people into his secret design, he caused
+the militia to be drawn up, as if some danger had threatened the country,
+and publicly proclaimed the martial law at their head. His design,
+however, did not long remain a secret, and, when discovered, served only
+to exasperate the more. The members of the assembly met, and taking this
+measure under their deliberation, resolved, that it was an encroachment
+upon their liberties, and an unwarrantable exertion of power, at a time
+when the colony was in no danger from any foreign enemy. The governor,
+however, insisted on the articles of war, and tried to carry the martial
+law into execution; but the disaffection was too general to admit of such
+a remedy. In the year 1690, at a meeting of the representatives, a bill
+was brought in and passed, for disabling Landgrave James Colleton from
+holding any office, or exercising any authority, civil or military,
+within the province: nay, so outrageous were they against him, that
+nothing less than banishment could appease them, and therefore gave
+notice to him, that, in a limited time, he must depart from the country.
+
+    [Sidenote] Seth Sothell chosen governor.
+    [Sidenote] His oppression and expulsion.
+
+During these public commotions Seth Sothell, pretending to be a
+proprietor by virtue of some regulations lately made in England, usurped
+the government of the colony. At first the people seemed disposed to
+acknowledge his authority, while the current of their enmity ran against
+Landgrave Colleton; and as he had stood forth as an active and leading
+man in opposition to that governor, and ratified the law for his
+exclusion and banishment: but afterwards, finding him to be void of every
+principle of honour and honesty, they persecuted him also with deserved
+and implacable enmity. Such was the insatiable avarice of this usurper
+that his popularity was of short duration. Every restraint of common
+justice and equity was trampled upon by him; and oppression, such as
+usually attends the exaltation of vulgar and ambitious scramblers for
+power, extended her rod of iron over the distracted colony. The fair
+traders from Barbadoes and Bermuda were seized as pirates by order of
+this popular governor, and confined until such fees as he was pleased to
+exact were paid him: bribes from felons and traitors were accepted to
+savour their escape from the hands of justice: plantations were forcibly
+taken possession of, upon pretences the most frivolous and unjust, and
+planters were compelled to give bonds for large sums of money, to procure
+from him liberty to remain in posession of their property. These, and
+many more acts of the like atrocious nature, did this rapacious governor
+commit, during the short time of his administration, to increase his fees
+as governor and proprietor. At length the people, weary of his grievous
+impositions and extortions, agreed to take him by force, and ship him off
+for England. Then, to his other ill qualities he added meanness of
+spirit, and humbly begged of them liberty to remain in the country,
+promising to submit his conduct to the trial of the assembly at their
+first meeting. When the assembly met, thirteen different charges were
+brought against him, and all supported by the strongest evidence: upon
+which, being found guilty, they compelled him to abjure the government
+and country for ever. An account of his infamous and wicked conduct was
+drawn up and sent to the proprietors, which filled them with astonishment
+and indignation. He was ordered to England, to answer the accusations
+brought against him before the palatine's court, and, in case of refusal,
+was given to understand it would be taken as a further evidence and
+confirmation of his guilt. The law for disabling Landgrave James Colleton
+from holding any authority civil or military in Carolina, was repealed,
+and strict orders were sent out to the grand council, to support the
+power and prerogative of the proprietors. To compose the minds of the
+people, they declared their detestation of such unwarrantable and wanton
+oppression, and protested that no governor should ever be permitted to
+grow rich on their ruins; enjoining them, at the same time, to return to
+the obedience of their magistrates, and subjection to legal authority.
+
+Hitherto this little community has been a scene of continual contention
+and misery. The fundamental constitutions, which the proprietors thought
+the most excellent form of government upon earth, have been little
+regarded. The governors have been either ill qualified for their office,
+or the instructions given them have been unacceptable to the people. The
+inhabitants, far from living in friendship and harmony among themselves,
+have also been seditious and ungovernable. Indeed, while the proprietary
+government shall continue to be thus weak and unstable, its authority
+will be little respected; while the encouragement given to civil officers
+and magistrates is trifling and inconsiderable; men of judgment and
+ability will not throw away their time and pains for supporting the
+honour and authority of others, which might be otherwise employed to
+purposes more advantageous to themselves. The titles of Landgraves and
+Cassiques will not compensate for the loss of such time and labour,
+especially when they come only joined with large tracts of land which,
+for want of hands, must lie uncultivated. The money arising from
+quitrents and the sale of lands was inconsiderable, hard to be collected,
+and by no means adequate to the support of government. The proprietors
+were unwilling to involve their English estates for the improvement of
+American property; hence their government was feeble and ill supported in
+Carolina, and there is reason to fear it will become more so, in
+proportion as the colonists shall become richer and more independent, and
+the country shall advance to a more populous and better cultivated state.
+
+
+
+
+CHAP. III.
+
+
+    [Sidenote] A revolution in England.
+
+During the reign of the infatuated King James II. the English nation,
+oppressed by a Popish faction, and apprehensive about their civil and
+religious liberties, were ripe for a revolt; and, upon his abdication,
+William Prince of Orange accepted of the English crown, on such terms as
+the Parliament thought proper to offer it. Though history can furnish few
+examples of a daughter conspiring with subjects to exclude her father
+from the throne, and then accepting of a crown from his head; yet, by
+this Revolution the long-contested boundaries between the prerogative of
+the king and the rights and liberties of the people, were more clearly
+marked and determined than they had been in any former period, to the
+great relief and happiness of the nation. This event is distinguished in
+the annals of England as the era of freedom; and it must be confessed,
+that the change has been productive of many important and happy
+consequences.
+
+As nothing tends more to the increase of industry and commerce than
+religious toleration, and great freedom to scrupulous consciences, soon
+after the Revolution an act passed in parliament, for exempting his
+majesty's Protestant subjects from the penalties of certain laws, under
+which they had formerly suffered great severities. King William and his
+council, at that juncture, wisely judged, that such a law might be of
+excellent use in removing the complaints of many of his good subjects,
+and uniting their minds in interest and affection. Though the variances
+of Whigs and Tories may have sometimes obstructed the salutary effects of
+this law, yet it must be acknowledged to have answered many wise and
+valuable purposes to the nation.
+
+    [Sidenote] The French refugees meet with encouragement.
+
+In the history of England, nothing is found to redound more to the honour
+of the people than their signal and uncommon acts of generosity and
+humanity. Even in the reign of King James large collections had been made
+for the distressed French refugees. After King William's accession to the
+throne, the parliament voted fifteen thousand pounds sterling to be
+distributed among persons of quality, and all such as through age or
+infirmities were unable to support themselves or families. To artificers
+and manufacturers encouragement was offered in England and Ireland, who
+have contributed not a little to the improvement of the silk and linen
+manufactures of these kingdoms. To husbandmen and merchants agreeable
+prospects were opened in the British colonies. In 1690, King William sent
+a large body of these people to Virginia. Lands were allotted them on the
+banks of St. James's river, which by their diligence and industry they
+soon improved into excellent estates. Others purchased lands from the
+proprietors of Carolina, transported themselves and families to that
+quarter, and settled a colony on Santee river. Others, who were merchants
+and mechanics, took up their residence in Charlestown, and followed their
+different occupations. At this period these new settlers were a great
+acquisition to Carolina. They had taken the oath of allegiance to the
+king, and promised fidelity to the proprietors. They were disposed to
+look on the colonists, whom they had joined, in the favourable light of
+brethren and fellow-adventurers, and though they understood not the
+English language, yet they were desirous of living in peace and harmony
+with their neighbours, and willing to stand forth on all occasions of
+danger with them for the common safety and defence.
+
+    [Sidenote] Philip Ludwell appointed governor.
+
+About the same time Philip Ludwell, a gentleman from Virginia, being
+appointed governor of Carolina, arrived in the province. Sir Nathaniel
+Johnson, who had been general of the Leeward Islands in the reign of King
+James, being created a Cassique of Carolina, after the Revolution retired
+to that country, and took his seat as a member of the council. The
+proprietors having found the fundamental constitutions disagreeable to
+the people, and ineffectual for the purposes of government, repealed all
+their former laws and regulations, excepting those called Agrarian Laws,
+and sent out a new plan of government to Mr. Ludwell, consisting of
+forty-three articles of instruction, for the better management of their
+colony. The inhabitants, who had been long in a confused and turbulent
+stare, were enjoined to obedience and submission. Liberty was granted to
+the representatives of the people to frame such laws as they judged
+necessary to the public welfare and tranquillity, which were to continue
+in force for two years, but no longer, unless they were in the mean time
+ratified and confirmed by the palatine and three more proprietors. Lands
+for the cassiques and landgraves were ordered to be marked out in square
+plats, and freedom was granted them to chuse their situation. Hitherto
+the planters remained utter strangers to the value and fertility of the
+low lands, the swamps were therefore carefully avoided, and large tracts
+of the higher lands, which were esteemed more precious, were surveyed,
+and marked out for estates by the provincial nobility.
+
+    [Sidenote] Harsh treatment of the colonists to the refugees.
+
+Governor Ludwell, who was a man of great humanity, and considerable
+knowledge and experience in provincial affairs, by those large estates
+which were allowed the leading men, and the many indulgences he was
+authorized to grant to others, had the good fortune to allay the ferment
+among the people, and reconcile them to the proprietors. But this
+domestic tranquility was of short duration. New sources of discontent
+broke out from a different quarter. He had instructions to allow the
+French colony settled in Craven county, the same privileges and liberties
+with the English colonists. Several of the refugees being possessed of
+considerable property in France, had sold it, and brought the money with
+them to England. Having purchased large tracts of land with this money,
+they sat down in more advantageous circumstances than the poorer part of
+English emigrants. Some of them, who had gone to the northern provinces,
+hearing of the kind treatment and great encouragement their brethren had
+received in Carolina, came to southward and joined their countrymen.
+Having clergymen of their own persuasion, for whom they entertained the
+highest respect and veneration, they were disposed to encourage them as
+much as their narrow circumstances would admit. Governor Ludwell received
+the wandering foreigners with great civility, and was not a little
+solicitous to provide them with settlements equal to their expectations.
+While these refugees were entering on the hard task of clearing and
+cultivating spots of land, encouraging and relieving each other as much
+as was in their power, the English Settlers began to revive the odious
+distinctions and rooted antipathies of the two nations, and to consider
+them as aliens and foreigners, entitled by law to none of the privileges
+and advantages of natural-born subjects. The governor had instructions to
+allow them six representatives in assembly; this the Englishmen
+considered as contrary to the laws of the land, and beyond the power of
+the proprietors, who were subject to the laws, to grant. Instead of
+considering these persecuted strangers in the enlarged light of brethren
+descended from the same common parent, and entitled to the free blessings
+of Providence; instead of taking compassion on men who had sought an
+asylum from oppression in their country, whom they were bound to welcome
+to it by every tie of humanity and interest; they began to execute the
+laws of England respecting aliens in their utmost rigour against them.
+Their haughty spirit could not brook the thoughts of sitting in assembly
+with the rivals of the English nation for power and dominion, and of
+receiving laws from Frenchmen, the favourers of a system of slavery and
+absolute government. In this unfavourable light they were held forth to
+the people, to the great prejudice of the refugees; which sentiments,
+however narrow and improper, served to excite no small jealousies and
+apprehensions in their minds, with respect to these unhappy foreigners.
+
+Hard as this treatment was, this violent party did not stop here. They
+insisted, that the laws of England allowed no foreigners to purchase
+lands in any part of the empire under her supreme jurisdiction, and that
+no authority but the house of commons in Britain could incorporate aliens
+into their community, and make them partakers of the rights and
+privileges of natural-born Englishmen; that they ought to have been
+naturalized by parliament before they obtained grants of lands from the
+proprietors; that the marriages performed by their clergymen, not being
+ordained by a bishop, were unlawful; and that the children begotten in
+those marriage could be considered in law in no other light as bastards.
+In short, they averred, that aliens were not only denied a seat in
+parliament, but also a voice in all elections of members to serve in it;
+and that they could neither be returned on any jury, nor sworn for the
+trial of issues between subject and subject.
+
+The refugees, alarmed at these proceedings, and discouraged at the
+prospects of being deprived of all the rights and liberties of British
+subjects, began to suspect that the opposition of England would fall
+heavier upon them than that of France from which they had fled. Dejected
+at the thoughts of labouring they knew not for whom, if their children
+could not reap the fruits of their labours, or if their estates should
+escheat to the proprietors at their decease, they could consider
+themselves only as deceived and imposed upon by false promises and
+prospects. After holding several consultations among themselves about
+their deplorable circumstances, they agreed to state their case before
+the proprietors, and beg their advice. In answer to which the Proprietors
+instructed Governor Ludwell to inform them, that they would enquire what
+does in law qualify an alien born for the enjoyment of the rights and
+privileges of English subjects, and in due time let them know; that, for
+their part, they would take no advantages of the present grievous
+circumstances of the refugees; that their lands should descend to such
+persons as they thought proper to bequeath them; that the children of
+such as had been married in the same way were not deemed bastards in
+England, nor could they be considered as such in Carolina, where such
+unlimited toleration was allowed to all men by their charter. Though this
+served in some measure to compose the minds of the refugees, yet while
+the people harboured prejudices against them the relief was only partial;
+and, at the next election of members to serve in assembly, Craven county,
+in which they lived, was not allowed a single representative.
+
+    [Sidenote] The manner of obtaining lands.
+
+From the first settlement of the colony, the common method of obtaining
+lands in it was by purchase, either from the Proprietors themselves, or
+from officers commissioned by them, who disposed of them agreeable to
+their directions. Twenty pounds sterling for a thousand acres of land,
+and more or less, in proportion to the quantity, was commonly demanded,
+although the proprietors might accept of any acknowledgment they thought
+proper. The emigrants having obtained warrants, had liberty to go in
+search of vacant ground, and to pitch upon such spots as they judged most
+valuable and convenient. This was surveyed, and marked out to them,
+according to the extent of their purchase, and plats and grants were
+signed, registered and delivered to them, reserving one shilling quitrent
+for every hundred acres, to be paid annually to the Proprietors. Such
+persons as could not advance the sum demanded by way of purchase,
+obtained lands on condition of paying one penny annual-rent for every
+acre to the landlords. The former, however, was the common method of
+obtaining landed estates in Carolina, and the tenure was a freehold. The
+refugees having purchased their estates, and meeting with such harsh
+treatment from the colonists, were greatly discouraged, and apprehensive,
+notwithstanding the fair promises of the Proprietors, they had escaped
+one abyss of misery only to plunge themselves deeper into another.
+
+    [Sidenote] Juries chosen by ballot.
+
+The manner of impannelling juries in Carolina being remarkably fair and
+equitable, justly claims our particular notice. Juries here are not
+returned by sheriffs, whose ingenuity and integrity are well known,
+particularly in England; but according to an article in the fundamental
+constitutions. The names of all the freemen in the colony being taken
+down on small pieces of parchment of equal size, they are put into a
+ballot-box, which is shaken on purpose to mix them, and out of which
+twenty-four names are drawn, at every precinct court before it rises, by
+the first boy under ten year of age that appears; which names are put
+into another box, and twelve out of the twenty-four are drawn by another
+boy under the same age, and summoned to appear at the next meeting of
+court; which persons are the jury, provided no exceptions are taken
+against any of them. If any of them are challenged by the prisoner, the
+boy continues drawing other names till the jury be full. In this mild and
+fair manner prisoners are tried, which allows them every chance for life
+humanity can suggest or require: for after the most careful examination
+of witnesses, and the fullest debate on both sides from the bar, the jury
+have instructions about the evidences given, and the point of law which
+is to guide them in their decision, from the bench; and are shut up in a
+room, where they must remain until they agree, and return their unanimous
+verdict, guilty or not guilty.
+
+    [Sidenote] Pirates favored by the colonists.
+
+Notwithstanding the excellence of this form of trial, it must be
+confessed that justice has not always had its free course, nor been
+administered with impartiality by the officers and judges appointed by
+the proprietors for this purpose. Pirates, for instance, are a body of
+men whom all civilized nations are bound in honour and justice to crush;
+yet, instead of this, by bribery and corruption they often found favour
+with the provincial juries, and by this means escaped the hands of
+justice. About this time forty men arrived in a privateer called the
+Royal Jamaica, who had been engaged in a course of piracy, and brought
+into the country treasures of Spanish gold and silver. These men were
+allowed to enter into recognizance for their peaceable and good behaviour
+for one year, with securities, till the governor should hear whether the
+proprietors would grant them a general indemnity. At another time a
+vessel was shipwrecked on the coast, the crew of which openly and boldly
+confessed, they had been in the Red sea plundering the dominions of the
+Great Mogul. The gentleness of government towards those public robbers,
+and the civility and friendship with which they were treated by the
+people, were evidences of the licentious spirit which prevailed in the
+colony. For although all men ought to be tender of the lives of their
+fellow-creatures, and permit ten guilty persons to escape rather than one
+innocent man should suffer; yet, to bring pirates to justice is a duty
+which both national honour and the common welfare of society necessarily
+require. For if we allow such public robbers to escape with impunity, it
+may be attended with serious and fatal consequences; it may prove the
+occasion of war and bloodshed to nations in general, to the prejudice of
+navigation, and the destruction of many innocent lives, which might have
+been prevented by proper and legal punishments. The Proprietors were
+disposed to consider piracy in this dangerous light, and therefore
+instructed Governor Ludwell to change the form of electing juries, and
+required that all pirates should be tried and punished by the laws of
+England made for the suppression of piracy. Before such instructions
+reached Carolina, the pirates, by their money and freedom of intercourse
+with the people, had so ingratiated themselves into the public favour,
+that it was become no easy matter to bring them to trial, and dangerous
+to punish them as they deserved. The courts of law became scenes of
+altercation, discord, and confusion. Bold and seditious speeches were
+made from the bar, in contempt of the Proprietors and their government.
+Since no pardons could be obtained but such as they had authorised the
+governor to grant, the assembly took the matter under deliberation, and
+fell into hot debates among themselves about a bill of indemnity. When
+they found the governor disposed to refute his assent to such a bill,
+they made a law impowering magistrates and judges to put in force the
+_habeas corpus_ act made in England. Hence it happened, that several of
+those pirates escaped, purchased lands from the colonists, and took up
+their residence in the country. While money flowed into the colony in
+this channel, the authority of government was a barrier too feeble to
+stem the fide, and prevent such illegal practices. At length the
+proprietors, to gratify the people, granted an indemnity to all the
+pirates, excepting those who had been plundering the Great Mogul, most of
+whom also found means of making their escape out of the country.
+
+In this community there subsisted a constant struggle between the people
+and the officers of the Proprietors: the former claimed great exemptions
+and indulgences, on account of their indigent and dangerous
+circumstances; the latter were anxious to discharge the duties of their
+trust, and to comply with the instructions of their superiors. When
+quitrents were demanded some refused payment, others had nothing to
+offer. When actions were brought against all those who were in arrears,
+the poor planters murmured and complained among themselves, and were
+discontented at the terms of holding their lands, though, comparatively
+speaking, easy and advantageous. It was impossible for any governor to
+please both parties. The fees also of their courts and sheriffs were
+such, that, in all actions of small value, they exceeded the debt to be
+recovered by them. To remedy this inconvenience, the assembly made a law
+for empowering justices of the peace to hear, and finally to determine,
+all causes of forty shillings sterling value and under. This was equally
+agreeable to the people, as it was otherwise to the officers of justice.
+At length, to humour the planters, the governor proposed to the assembly,
+to consider of a new form of a deed for holding lands, by which he
+encroached on the prerogative of the proprietors, who had referred to
+themselves the sole power of judging in such a case, incurred their
+displeasure, and was soon after removed from the government.
+
+    [Sidenote] Thomas Smith appointed governor.
+
+To find another man equally well qualified for the trust, was a matter at
+this time of no small difficulty to the Proprietors. Thomas Smith was a
+man possessed of considerable property, much esteemed by the people for
+his wisdom and sobriety; such a person they deemed would be the most
+proper to succeed Ludwell, as he would naturally be both zealous and
+active in promoting the prosperity and peace of the settlement.
+Accordingly a patent was sent out to him creating him a landgrave, and,
+together with it, a commission investing him with the government of the
+colony. Mr. Ludwell returned to Virginia, happily relieved from a
+troublesome office, and Landgrave Smith, under all possible advantages,
+entered on it. He was previously acquainted with the state of the colony,
+and with the tempers and complexions of the leading men in it. He knew
+that the interest of the Proprietors, and the prosperity of the
+settlement were inseparably connected. He was disposed to allow the
+people, struggling under many hardships, every indulgence consistent with
+the duties of his trust. No stranger could have been appointed to the
+government that could boast of being in circumstances equally favourable
+and advantageous.
+
+    [Sidenote] The planting of rice introduced.
+
+About this time a fortunate accident happened, which occasioned the
+introduction of rice into Carolina, a commodity which was afterwards
+found very suitable to the climate and soil of the country. A brigantine
+from the island of Madagascar touching at that place in her way to
+Britain, came to anchor off Sullivan's island. There Landgrave Smith,
+upon an invitation from the captain, paid him a visit, and received from
+him a present of a bag of seed rice, which he said he had seen growing in
+eastern countries, where it was deemed excellent food, and produced an
+incredible increase. The governor divided his bag of rice between Stephen
+Bull, Joseph Woodward, and some other friends, who agreed to make the
+experiment, and planted their small parcels in different soils. Upon
+trial they found it answered their highest expectations. Some years
+afterwards, Mr. Du Bois, treasurer to the East-India Company, sent a bag
+of seed rice to Carolina, which, it is supposed, gave rise to the
+distinction of red and white rice, which are both cultivated in that
+country. Several years, however, elapsed, before the planters found out
+the art of beating and cleaning it to perfection, and that the lowest and
+richest lands were best adapted to the nature of the grain; yet, from
+this period, the colonists persevered in planting it, and every year
+brought them greater encouragement. From this small beginning did the
+staple commodity of Carolina take its rife, which soon became the chief
+support of the colony, and its great source of opulence. Besides
+provisions for man and beast, as rice employs a number of hands in trade,
+it became also a source of naval strength to the nation, and of course
+more beneficial to it, than foreign mines of silver and gold. From the
+success attending this inconsiderable beginning, projectors of new
+schemes for improvement may draw some useful lessons, especially where
+lands are good, and the climate favourable to vegetation.
+
+    [Sidenote] Occasions a necessity for employing negroes.
+
+With the introduction of rice planting into this country, and the fixing
+upon it as its staple commodity, the necessity of employing Africans for
+the purpose of cultivation was doubled. So laborious is the task of
+raising, beating, and cleaning this article, that though it had been
+possible to obtain European servants in numbers sufficient for attacking
+the thick forest and clearing grounds for the purpose, thousands and ten
+thousands must have perished in the arduous attempt. The utter inaptitude
+of Europeans for the labour requisite in such a climate and soil, is
+obvious to every one possessed of the smallest degree of knowledge
+respecting the country; white servants would have exhausted their
+strength in clearing a spot of land for digging their own graves, and
+every rice plantation would have served no other purpose than a burying
+ground to its European cultivators. The low lands of Carolina, which are
+unquestionably the richest grounds in the country, must long have
+remained a wilderness, had not Africans, whose natural constitutions were
+suited to the clime and work, been employed in cultivating this useful
+article of food and commerce.
+
+    [Sidenote] Perpetual slavery repugnant to the principles of humanity
+    and Christianity.
+
+So much may be said for the necessity of employing Africans in the
+cultivation of rice; but great is the difference between employing
+negroes in clearing and improving those rich plains, and that miserable
+state of hardship and slavery to which they are there devoted, and which
+has been tolerated and established by the law of the land. If we view
+this race, first ranging over the hills of Africa, equally free and
+independent as other rude nations on earth, and from thence inveigled by
+frauds or compelled by force, and then consigned over to a state of
+endless slavery, we must confess the change is great and deplorable,
+especially to an impartial and disinterested eye. Without them, it is
+acknowledged, slow must have been the progress of cultivation in
+Carolina; but, from such a confederation, what man will presume to
+vindicate the policy of keeping those rational creatures in perpetual
+exile and slavery. Nature had given them an equal right to liberty as to
+life, and the general law of self-preservation was equally concerned for
+the preservation of both. We would be glad then to know, upon what
+principle of equity and justice the English traders found their right to
+deprive the freeborn inhabitants of Africa of their natural liberty and
+native country; or on what grounds the planter afterwards founds his
+right to their service during life, and that of all their posterity, to
+the latest generation. Can the particular laws of any country supersede
+the general laws of nature? Can the local circumstances of any province
+upon earth be pled in excuse for such a violent trade, and for such
+endless slavery in consequence of it? Besides, has not this trade a
+tendency to encourage war and plunder among the natives of Africa? to set
+one tribe against another, to catch and trepan their neighbours, on
+purpose to barter them for European trinkets to the factories? Nor is the
+traffic confined to the captives of war alone, who have been subjected to
+slavery by many nations; for so ardently do they covet the pernicious
+liquors and trifling commodities carried to them from Europe, that,
+without scruple, they will part with their nearest relations, their wives
+and children not excepted, to procure them. Thus civilized nations, by
+such a traffic, have made barbarians more barbarous, and tempted them to
+commit the most cruel and unnatural actions.
+
+Nothing can be more evident, than that such a trade is tolerated and
+carried on in violation of the grand rule of equity prescribed to
+Christians. For example, let us suppose the people of Africa had
+discovered an island, such as Newfoundland, in a climate too cool for the
+natives of that continent to cultivate, and that the inhabitants of the
+north of Europe were alone adapted to the work. In consequence of this
+discovery, were they to sail to Britain with a cargo of their gold dust,
+and stir up one county to wage war with another for the sake of captives
+were they to tempt the father to dispose of his son, the mother of her
+daughter, the husband of his wife, and the nearest friends, first to
+steal and kidnap, and then barter each other, for Africa's golden idol:
+we may with justice put the question, Ye inhabitants of England, what
+would ye think of such a traffic? We will readily own, there are few
+nations upon earth more fond of gold dust than you, or have gone farther
+lengths in the commercial way to procure it; yet, fond as ye are of this
+favourite metal, we must do so much justice to your humanity as to
+believe, that your nation would resound with complaints against a traffic
+so unjust and cruel. Yet certainly the African's natural right to pursue
+it is equally well grounded as that of the European. What principle of
+Christianity can you then plead in its vindication? Your superior power,
+avarice, and craft, the African acknowledges to his sad experience; but
+he complains of being made absolute property, such as cattle, goods and
+chattels, and subject to be seized, levied upon, and tossed from hand to
+hand for the payment of commercial debts, by the laws of your realm, to
+which he never owed any subjection or obedience. He complains of the
+means used to bring him into such grievous and deplorable circumstances,
+as unfair and iniquitous. He complains, that his utmost labour and
+industry for any limited time will not be accepted by the master he
+serves, as a compensation for the expence of his purchase, and that he
+and all his generation must remain slaves for ever, without hope of
+redemption or deliverance. And, without doubt, hard is his case, and well
+grounded are his complaints. Indeed the planter's concern only commences
+with the arrival of these slaves, and his contract made with the
+merchant, who, under the colour and authority of the laws, brought them
+into the country where he lives. For the purchase he makes he has also
+the sanction and countenance of law, which is in some measure a
+justification of his conduct. On provincial regulations, with respect to
+the subsequent management and treatment of negroes, we shall afterwards
+take occasion to make some remarks. At present we shall only add, that in
+no instance can it be said to be a more plain and lamentable truth, that
+the love of money is the root of all evil, than when it urges men to
+trade in the bodies and souls of their fellow-creatures.
+
+    [Sidenote] Foreign colonies encouraged from views of commercial
+    advantage.
+
+During the period of the usurpation in England, when the great councils
+of the nation were under the direction of men of mean birth and little
+education, the considerations of mercantile profit became connected with
+those of dominion and the higher springs of government. After the
+conquest of Jamaica, it was resolved, that the nation should make a
+commercial profit of every colony that had been, or should be, planted in
+the western world. At the Restoration the same turn in politics was also
+adopted, and the parliament which brought about that great event made a
+law, by which it was enacted, that no sugar, cotton, wool, indigo,
+ginger, fustic, or other dying wood, of the growth of any English
+plantation in Asia, Africa, or America, should be transported to any
+other place than to some English plantation, or to England, Ireland,
+Wales, and Berwick upon Tweed, upon pain of forfeiture of ship and goods;
+that, for every vessel sailing from England, Ireland, Wales, and Berwick
+upon Tweed, bond shall be given, with security of one or two thousand
+pounds sterling, money of Great Britain, that if she load any of the said
+commodities at such plantations, she shall bring them to some port of
+these English dominions. And for every vessel coming to the said
+plantations the governor shall, before she be permitted to load, take
+such bond as aforesaid, that she shall carry such commodities to England,
+Ireland, Wales, or Berwick upon Tweed.  This laid the foundation of what
+was afterwards called _enumerated commodities_; and to these already
+mentioned, rice, hemp, copper ore, beaver skins, and naval stores, were
+afterwards added, and, with some exceptions, subjected to the same
+restraint.
+
+This navigation law, though it cramped the trade of the colonies, yet it
+has been attended with many beneficial consequences to Britain: and while
+she maintained the supreme power of legislation throughout the empire,
+and wisely regulated the trade and commerce of her foreign settlements,
+she might reap many and substantial advantages from them. She might
+render them a market for her manufactures, and at the same time supply
+herself with such commodities as her northern climate refused, and
+obliged her to purchase from other nations. By such means she might
+enlarge her commerce and trade, at the same time she increased her naval
+strength. It was her interest in a particular manner to encourage
+settlements in a different climate, the productions of which luxury had
+made necessary to the support of her domestic dominions. Their articles
+of product interfered not with those of Britain, and were in no danger of
+rivalling her at any market. But should the planters in these colonies
+begin to think themselves entitled to the privileges of raising what
+productions they please, and of sending them to any market they judged
+most advantageous to themselves, they would then become colonies equally
+useful to all the world; and the mother country, who discovered, peopled
+and protected them, would share no more advantage from them than rival
+states around her. On this principle Great Britain grounds her right to
+expect a market for her manufactures in the colonies she planted and
+nursed, and to regulate their produce and trade in such a channel as to
+render them only subservient to her own interest. Without this right they
+would not only be useless to her, but very prejudicial. Colonies planted
+in the same latitude with the parent state, raising the same productions,
+and enjoying the same privileges, must in time be both detrimental and
+dangerous; for while they drain her of inhabitants, they are growing
+strong upon her ruins. They meet her at the same market with the same
+commodities, a competition arises between them, and occasions jealousies,
+quarrels, and animosities. Then she will become sensible of the bad
+policy of having promoted such colonies, when they prove dangerous rivals
+in trade and commerce, and when perhaps it is become too late to remedy
+the evil: for a rival daughter often becomes the more abusive and
+troublesome, in proportion as she is better acquainted than strangers
+with the natural fondness and indulgent temper of a tender mother.
+
+From Carolina indeed Britain had less to fear than from the more northern
+colonies, as the latitude was more remote, and the climate and soil
+better suited to different productions. Here the people naturally engaged
+in pursuits different from those of the mother country, and a mutual
+exchange of commodities and good offices would of consequence the more
+necessarily take place. They might barter their skins, furs, and naval
+stores, for clothes, arms, ammunition, and utensils necessary for
+cultivation, imported from England. They might send their provisions,
+lumber, and Indian captives to the West Indies, and receive the luxuries
+of these islands, and the refuse of their cargoes of slaves, in return,
+without any prejudice to Britain: for as the two climates differed
+greatly, they were of consequence adapted to different articles of
+produce. To such staples the first views of the planters ought to have
+been chiefly directed, and, for their encouragement in raising them,
+premiums from the Proprietors might have been attended with the most
+beneficial effects.
+
+    [Sidenote] A.D. 1693. Indians complain of injustice.
+
+Before this time the Carolineans had found out the policy of setting one
+tribe of Indians against another, on purpose to save themselves. By
+trifling presents they purchased the friendship of some tribes, whom they
+employed to carry on war with others, which not only diverted their
+attention from them, but encouraged them to bring captives to
+Charlestown, for the purpose of transportation to the West Indies, and
+the advantage of trade. In the year 1693, twenty Cherokee chiefs waited
+on Governor Smith, with presents and proposals of friendship, craving the
+protection of government against the Esaw and Congaree Indians, who had
+destroyed several of their towns, and taken a number of their people
+prisoners. They complained also of the outrages of the Savanna Indians
+for selling their countrymen, contrary to former regulations established
+among the different tribes; and begged the governor to restore their
+relations, and protect them against such insidious enemies. Governor
+Smith declared to them, that there was nothing he wished for more than
+friendship and peace with the Cherokee warriors, and would do every thing
+in his power for their defence: that the prisoners were already gone, and
+could not be recalled; but that he would for the future take care that a
+stop should be put to the custom of sending them off the country. At the
+same time the Chihaw king complained of the cruel treatment he had
+received from John Palmer who had barbarously beat and cut him with his
+broad-sword. In answer to which charge Palmer was insolent and
+contumacious, and protested, in defiance and contempt of both governor
+and council, he would again treat him in like manner upon the same
+provocation; for which he was ordered into custody, until he asked pardon
+of the house, and found security for his future peaceable behaviour to
+Indians. Such instances of harsh treatment serve to account for many
+outrages of Indian nations, who were neither insensible to the common
+feelings of human nature, nor ignorant of the grievous frauds and
+impositions they suffered in the course of traffic. By some planters
+indeed they were used with greater humanity, and employed as servants to
+cultivate their lands, or hunt for fresh provisions to their families;
+and as the woods abounded with deer, rabbits, turkeys, geese, ducks,
+snipes, etc. which were all accounted game, an expert hunter was of great
+service in a plantation, and could furnish a family with more provisions
+than they could consume.
+
+    [Sidenote] The troubles among the settlers continue.
+
+With respect to government Carolina still remained in a confused and
+turbulent state. Complaint from every quarter was made to the governor,
+who was neither able to quiet the minds of the people, nor afford them
+the relief they wanted. The French refugees were uneasy that there was no
+provincial law to secure their estates to the heirs of their body, or the
+next in kin, and afraid that their lands at their death would escheat to
+the Proprietors, and their children become beggars, notwithstanding their
+utmost industry and application; and, in such a case, the sooner they
+removed from the colony the better it would be for themselves and their
+posterity. The English colonists, not only kept up variances among
+themselves, bur also perplexed the governor with their complaints of
+hardships and grievances. At last Landgrave Smith wrote the Proprietors,
+and frankly told them, that he despaired of ever uniting the people in
+interest and affection; that he and many more, weary of the fluctuating
+state of public affairs, had resolved to leave the province; and that he
+was convinced nothing would bring the settlers to a state of tranquillity
+and harmony, unless they sent out one of the Proprietors, with full
+powers to redress grievances, and settle differences prevailing and
+likely to prevail more in their colony.
+
+    [Sidenote] John Archdale appointed governor.
+
+The Proprietors, astonished at the discontented and turbulent spirit of
+the people, yet anxious to prevent the settlement from being deserted and
+ruined, resolved to try the remedy Landgrave Smith had suggested; and
+accordingly pitched on Lord Ashley, an ingenious and bright young
+nobleman, to go to Carolina, and invested him with full powers, after
+viewing the posture of affairs on the spot, to establish such regulations
+as he judged most conducive to the peace and welfare of the colony. Lord
+Ashley, however, having either little inclination to the voyage, or being
+detained in England by business of greater consequence, John Archdale
+agreed to embark in his place. Archdale was a man of considerable
+knowledge and discretion, a Quaker, and a Proprietor; great trust was
+reposed in him, and much was expected from his negociations.
+
+In the mean time Landgrave Smith having resigned his charge, Daniel Blake
+was chosen governor, until the pleasure of the Proprietors was known. So
+great was the antipathy of the English settlers to the French refugees
+now grown, that they insisted on their total exclusion from a voice in
+the legislature. For this purpose an address was prepared and signed by a
+great number of them, and presented to Governor Blake, praying, that the
+refugees might not only be denied the privilege of sitting as members of
+the legislative body, but also of a vote at their election, and that the
+assembly might be composed only of English members, chosen by Englishmen.
+Their request, however, being contrary to the instructions of the
+Proprietors, Blake, it is probable, judged beyond his power to grant, and
+therefore matters relating to them continued in the same unsettled state,
+until the arrival of Governor Archdale, which happened about the middle
+of the year 1695.
+
+    [Sidenote] Archdales's arrival, and new regulations.
+
+The arrival of this pious man occasioned no small joy among all the
+settlers, who crowded about him, each expecting some favour or
+indulgence. Amidst the general joy, private animosities and civil discord
+seemed for a while to be buried in oblivion. The governor soon found,
+that three interesting matters demanded his particular attention. The
+first was, to restore harmony and peace among the colonists themselves;
+the second, to reconcile them to the jurisdiction and authority of the
+Proprietors; and the third, to regulate their policy and traffic with the
+Indian tribes. For these purposes he summoned his council for advice, and
+the commissions to the different deputies were read. The members
+appointed were Joseph Blake, Stephen Bull, James Moore, Paul Grimball,
+Thomas Carey, John Beresford, and William Hawett. All former judges of
+the courts, officers of the militia, and justices of the peace, were
+continued in their respective offices. But such was the national
+antipathy of the English settlers to the poor French refugees, that
+Archdale found their total exclusion from all concern in legislature was
+absolutely necessary to the peaceable convocation of the delegates, and
+therefore issued writs directing them only to Berkley and Colleton
+counties. Ten members for the one, and ten for the other, all Englishmen,
+were accordingly chosen by the freemen of the same nation. At their
+meeting the governor made a seasonable speech to both houses, acquainting
+them with the design of his appointment, his regard for the colony, and
+great desire of contributing towards its peace and prosperity. They, in
+return, presented affectionate addresses to him, and entered on public
+business with great temper and unanimity. Matters of general moment and
+concern Governor Archdale, by his extensive powers and great discretion
+settled to the satisfaction of all, excepting the French refugees. The
+price of lands and the form of conveyances were fixed by law. Three years
+rent was remitted to those who held land by grant, and four years to such
+as held them by survey, without grant. Such lands as had escheated to the
+Proprietors, were ordered to be let out or sold for their Lordships
+benefit. It was agreed to take the arrears of quitrents either in money
+or commodities, as should be most easy and convenient for the planters.
+Magistrates were appointed, for hearing all causes between the settlers
+and Indians, and finally determining all differences between them. Public
+roads were ordered to be made, and water passages cut, for the more easy
+conveyance of produce to the market. Some former laws were altered, and
+such new statutes made as were judged requisite for the good government
+and peace of the colony. In short, public affairs began to put on an
+agreeable aspect, and to promise fair towards the future progress and
+welfare of the settlement. But as for the French refugees, all the
+governor could do for them was, to recommend it to the English
+freeholders to consider them in the most friendly and compassionate point
+of light, and to treat them with lenity and moderation.
+
+    [Sidenote] Treats Indians with humanity.
+
+No man could entertain more benevolent sentiments, with respect to the
+ignorant heathen savages, than Governor Archdale; his compassion for them
+was probably one of the weighty motives which induced him to undertake
+the voyage to this country. To protect them against insults, and
+establish a fair trade and friendly intercourse with them, were
+regulations which both humanity required and sound policy dictated. But
+such was the rapacious spirit of individuals, that it could be curbed by
+no authority. Many advantages were taken of the ignorance of Indians in
+the way of traffic. The liberty of seizing their persons, and selling
+them for slaves to the West-India planters, the colonists could not be
+prevailed on entirely to resign, without much reluctance. At this time a
+war raged between two Indian nations, the one living in the British, the
+other in the Spanish territories. The Yamassees, a powerful tribe in
+Carolina, having made an incursion into Florida, took a number of Indians
+prisoners, whom they brought to Charlestown for sale to the provincial
+traders to Jamaica and Barbadoes. Governor Archdale no sooner heard of
+their arrival, than he ordered the Spanish Indians to be brought to him,
+and finding that they had been instructed in the rites and principles of
+the Catholic religion, he could not help considering it as an atrocious
+crime to sell Christians of any denomination. To maintain a good
+understanding between the two provinces, he sent the prisoners to
+Augustine, and along with them the Yamassee warriors, to treat of peace
+with the Indians of Florida. The Spanish governor wrote a letter to Mr.
+Archdale, thanking him for his humanity, and expressing a desire to live
+on terms of friendship and peace with the Carolineans. In consequence of
+which, Governor Archdale issued orders to all Indians in the British
+interest, to forbear molesting those under the jurisdiction of Spain. The
+two kings being at that time confederates, the like orders were issued at
+St. Augustine, and in a short time they were attended with beneficial
+effects. Such wise steps served not only to prevent slaughter and misery
+among these savages themselves, but an English vessel being accidentally
+shipwrecked on the coast of Florida, the Indians did the crew no harm,
+but, on the contrary, conducted them safe to Augustine, where the
+commandant furnished them with provisions, and sent them to the English
+settlements.
+
+Nor did Governor Archdale confine his views to the establishment of a
+good correspondence with the Indian nations on the south of this
+settlement, but extended them also to those on the north side of it.
+Stephen Bull, a member of the council and an Indian trader, at his
+request entered into a treaty of friendship with the Indians living on
+the coast of North Carolina. This proved also favourable for some
+adventurers from New England, who were soon after the conclusion of the
+treaty shipwrecked on that coast. These emigrants got all safe to land,
+but finding themselves surrounded by barbarians, expected nothing but
+instant death. However, to defend themselves in the best manner they
+could, they encamped in a body on the shore, and threw up an entrenchment
+around them. There they remained until their small stock of provisions
+was almost exhausted. The Indians, by making signs of friendship,
+frequently invited them to quit their camp; but they were afraid to trust
+them, until hunger urged them to run the hazard at all events. After they
+came out, the Indians received them with great civility, and not only
+furnished them with provisions, but also permitted some of them peaceably
+to travel over land to Charlestown, to acquaint the governor with their
+misfortune. Upon which a vessel was sent to North Carolina, which brought
+them to Cooper river, on the north side of which lands were allotted them
+for their accommodation and they formed that settlement afterwards known
+by the name of Christ's-church parish.
+
+About the same time, two Indians of different tribes being intoxicated
+with liquor, a vice which they learned from the English settlers,
+quarrelled at Charlestown, and the one murdered the other. Among these
+barbarians, not to avenge the death of a friend is considered as
+pusillanimous, and whenever death ensues, drunkenness, accident, or even
+self-defence, are in their eyes no extenuation of the crime. The
+relations of the deceased, hearing of his death, immediately came to
+Charlestown, and demanded satisfaction. Governor Archdale, who had
+confined the murderer, being desirous to save his life, offered them a
+compensation; but they refused it, and insisted on blood for blood and
+death for death, according to the law of retaliation. To prevent the
+quarrel spreading wider among them, he was obliged to deliver the
+prisoner up to punishment and death. While they were conducting him to
+the place of execution, his king, coming up to him, enjoined him, since
+he must die, to stand and die like a man; adding, at the same time, that
+he had often warned him of the danger of rum, and now he must lose his
+life for neglecting his counsel. When he had advanced to the stake to
+which he was to be fastened, he desired that they would not bind him,
+promising not to stir a foot from the spot; and accordingly he did not,
+but with astounding resolution braved the terrors of death, and fell a
+sacrifice to justice, the frequent wages of blind drunkenness and mad
+excess.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Proprietors shamefully neglected agriculture.
+
+It may now be thought a matter of surprise by some men, especially by
+such as know the advantages of agriculture, that the Proprietors of
+Carolina, who were men of knowledge, and zealous for the interest and
+improvement of the colony, paid so little regard to the only thing upon
+which the subsistence of the inhabitants and the success of the
+settlement depended. Instead of framing codes of laws, and modelling the
+government of the country on principles of speculation, in which men are
+always in danger of error, especially when living in a different climate,
+far remote from the country they mean to govern; had they established a
+plantation in it for the particular purpose of making experiments, to
+find out what productions were most suitable to the soil and climate;
+this would have been of more real use than all the visionary laws they
+ever framed. The first planters were men of little knowledge or
+substance, many of them utter strangers to the arts of agriculture; and
+those who had been accustomed to husbandry in Europe, followed the same
+rules, and planted the same grain in Carolina, as they had formerly done
+in England; which were by no means adapted to the climate. They moved on
+in the old line, exhausted their strength in fruitless efforts, without
+presuming to imagine, that different articles of produce, and a deviation
+from the eastern modes of cultivation, could be beneficial. Hence the
+planters, though they had lands on the easiest terms, remained poor; and
+the fault was occasioned more by their ignorance and inexperience than by
+the climate or soil. It was the business of the Proprietors to have
+directed their views to such productions as were best suited to the
+nature of their lands, and most likely to reward their toil; and not to
+have left a matter of such importance to chance, or the ingenuity of poor
+labourers. Agriculture was certainly an object of the highest consequence
+to the settlers, and of course also to the Proprietors of the country.
+
+    [Sidenote] Archdale returns to England, and leaves Joseph Blake
+    governor.
+
+Governor Archdale having finished his negociations in Carolina, made
+preparations for returning to Britain. During his time though the
+government had acquired considerable respect and stability, yet the
+differences among the people still remained. Former flames were rather
+smothered for a while than extinguished, and were ready on the first
+occasion to break out again and burn with greater violence. Before he
+embarked, the council presented to him an address, to be transmitted to
+the Proprietors, expressing the deep sense they had of their Lordships
+paternal care for their colony, in the appointment of a man of such
+abilities and integrity to the government who had been so happily
+instrumental in establishing its peace and security. They told them, they
+had now no contending factions in government, or clashing interests among
+the people, excepting what respected the French refugees, who were
+unhappy at their not being allowed all the privileges and liberties of
+English subjects, particularly those of sitting in assembly, and voting
+at the election of its members, which could not be granted them without
+losing the affections of the English settlers, and involving the colony
+in civil broils; that Governor Archdale, by the advice of his council,
+had chose rather to refuse them those privileges than disoblige the bulk
+of the British settlers; that, by his wise conduct, they hoped all
+misunderstandings between their Lordships and the colonists were now
+happily removed; that they would for the future cheerfully concur with
+them in every measure for the speedy population and improvement of the
+country; that they were now levying money for building fortifications, to
+defend the province against foreign attacks, and that they would strive
+to maintain harmony and peace among themselves. Governor Archdale
+received this address with peculiar satisfaction, and promised to present
+it to the Proprietors on his arrival in England. Being impowered to
+nominate a lieutenant-governor, he made choice of Joseph Blake for his
+successor, and embarked for Britain about the close of the year 1696.
+
+After Mr. Archdale's arrival in England, he laid this address, together
+with a state of the country, and the regulations he had established in
+it, before the Proprietors, and showed them the necessity of abolishing
+many articles in the constitutions, and framing a new plan of government.
+Accordingly, they began to compile new constitutions; from his
+information and intelligence forty-one different articles were drawn up
+and sent out by Robert Daniel, for the better government of the colony.
+But when the governor laid these new laws before the assembly for their
+assent and approbation, recommending the careful perusal and
+consideration of them, they treated them as they had done the former
+constitutions, and, instead of taking them under deliberation, modestly
+laid them aside.
+
+    [Sidenote] A colony of French in Florida.
+
+Mean while France, having thought proper to recognize King William in the
+quality of king of Great Britain and Ireland, a treaty of peace was
+concluded between the two nations. After which, a project was formed by
+Lewis XIV. for establishing a colony of his people at the mouth of the
+great river Mississipi. To that immense territory lying to the eastward
+of that river, and extending along the back of the Appalachian mountains,
+from the Mexican seas to his dominions in Canada, he laid claim, which,
+in honour of him, was afterwards called Louisiana. Some discerning men in
+England early warned the nation of danger to the British settlements from
+a French colony established on this quarter; yet many years elapsed
+before they began to feel the inconveniences and troubles arising from
+it. It was foreseen, that, besides the Spaniards, another competitor for
+power and dominion would spring up, in a situation where they had a fair
+opportunity of engrossing the trade and affections of Indian tribes, and
+harassing the weakest frontiers of the British colonies: and doubtless,
+from the influence and address of the Frenchmen among Indians, the
+English settlers had more to fear, than from the religious zeal and
+bigotry of indolent Spanish friars.
+
+John Earl of Bath having succeeded Lord Craven as Palatine, several
+persons of character and influence in Carolina were by him created
+landgraves; among whom were Edmund Ballenger, John Bayley, and Robert
+Daniel; Edmund Bohun was appointed Chief Justice of the colony. About the
+same time Nicholas Trott, a learned and ambitious man, left the Bahama
+islands, and took up his residence in Carolina. Numbers from different
+quarters continued to resort to this country, and, notwithstanding its
+warm and unhealthy climate, the flattering prospects of landed estates
+induced men to run every risque; and the Proprietors neglected no means
+which they judged conducive towards its speedy population.
+
+    [Sidenote] The French refugees incorporated by law.
+
+With respect to the French refugees, the national antipathies among the
+colonists now began to abate, who, from their quiet and inoffensive
+behaviour, entertained daily more favourable sentiments of them. Along
+with their neighbours they had defied the dangers of the desert, and
+given ample proofs of their fidelity to the Proprietors, their love to
+the people, and their zeal for the success of the colony. They had
+cleared little spots of land for raising the necessaries of life, and in
+some measure surmounted the difficulties of the first state of
+colonization. Yet none of them could boast of great success, excepting
+one man who had taught the Indians dancing and music, for which arts they
+discovered an amazing fondness, and liberally rewarded him for his
+instructions. At this favourable juncture the refugees, by the advice of
+the governor and other friends, petitioned the legislature to be
+incorporated with the freemen of the colony, and allowed the same
+privileges and liberties with those born of English parents. Accordingly
+an act passed for making all aliens free, for enabling them to hold
+lands, and to claim the same as heirs to their ancestors, who should take
+the oath of allegiance to King William. With this condition the refugees
+joyfully complied, and the Proprietors, without scruple, ratified the
+law; in consequence of which, the French and English settlers, united in
+interest and affection, have ever since lived together in harmony and
+peace.
+
+Though every person enjoyed liberty of conscience with respect to
+religion, yet as the Proprietors were Episcopalians, the tendency of
+their government leaned towards that mode of religious worship. Governor
+Blake, though a dissenter himself, possessed the most liberal sentiments
+towards men of a different persuasion. During his time a bill was brought
+into the assembly, for allowing the Episcopal minister of Charlestown,
+and his successors for ever, a salary of one hundred and fifty pounds
+sterling, together with a house, glebe, and two servants. Samuel Marshal,
+a pious and learned man, being the Episcopal minister at that time, whose
+prudence and ability had gained him great esteem from Christians of all
+denominations, the bill passed with the less opposition. Dissenters in
+general, a large body of the people, conscious of the amiable character
+and great merit of the man, acquiesced in the measure; and as no motion
+had been made respecting any established church, they seemed apprehensive
+of no ill consequences from it. However, soon after this, when the design
+of the Proprietors became more plain, this party, jealous above all
+things of their religious liberties, took the alarm, and opposed the
+establishment of the church of England in the colony with such violence,
+as occasioned no small ferment for many years in the settlement.
+
+    [Sidenote] Depredations of pirates.
+
+About this time the coast of Carolina was infested with pirates, who
+hovered about the mouth of Ashley river, and obstructed the freedom of
+trade. In the last year of the seventeenth century, the planters had
+raised more rice than they could find vessels to export. Forty-five
+persons from different nations, Englishmen, Frenchmen, Portuguese, and
+Indians, had manned a ship at the Havanna, and entered on a cruise of
+piracy. While they were on the coast of Carolina, the people felt
+severely the pernicious effects of that lawless trade, which in former
+times they were too apt to encourage. Several ships belonging to
+Charlestown were taken by those public robbers, who sent the crews
+ashore, but kept the vessels as their prizes. At last having quarrelled
+among themselves about the division of the spoil, as frequently happens
+among such free-booters, the Englishmen proving the weaker party, were
+turned adrift in a long-boat. They landed at Sewee bay, and from thence
+travelled over land to Charlestown, giving out that they had been
+shipwrecked, and fortunately escaped to shore in their boat. But, to
+their sad disappointment and surprise, no less than three masters of
+ships happened to be at Charlestown at the time, who had been taken by
+them, and knew them; upon whose testimony the pirates were instantly
+taken up, tried and condemned, and seven out of nine suffered death.
+
+    [Sidenote] A hurricane,
+
+During the autumn of the same year, a dreadful hurricane happened at
+Charlestown, which did great damage, and threatened the total destruction
+of the town. The lands on which it is built being low and level, and not
+many feet above high-water mark, the swelling sea rushed in with amazing
+impetuosity, and obliged the inhabitants to fly for shelter to the second
+stories of their houses. Happily few lives were lost in town; but a large
+vessel, called the Rising Sun, belonging to Glasgow, and commanded by
+James Gibson, which had come from Darien with part of the unfortunate
+Scotch settlers, at the time of the storm rode at anchor off the bar.
+This ship the hurricane drove from her anchor, and dashed to pieces
+against the sand-banks, and every person on board perished. Archibald
+Stobo, a Presbyterian clergyman, Lieutenant Graham, and several more
+belonging to the ship, being accidentally on shore during the tempest,
+escaped the disaster. These men going next day in search of their
+unfortunate countrymen, found the corpses of the greatest part of them
+driven ashore on James's island, where they spent a whole day in burying
+them, the last act of humanity they could then perform to their beloved
+companions.
+
+    [Sidenote] and other public calamities, visit the province.
+
+Nor was this the only disaster which distinguished this year in the
+annals of Carolina. A fire broke also out in Charlestown, and laid the
+most of it in ashes. The small-pox raged through the town, and proved
+fatal to multitudes of the rising generation. To complete their distress,
+an infectious distemper broke out, and carried off an incredible number
+of people, among whom were Chief Justice Bohun, Samuel Marshal the
+Episcopal clergyman, John Ely the receiver-general, Edward Rawlins the
+provost-martial, and almost one half of the members of assembly. Never
+had the colony been visited with such general distress and mortality. Few
+families escaped a share of the public calamities. Almost all were
+lamenting the loss, either of their habitations by the devouring flames,
+or of friends or relations by the infectious and loathsome maladies.
+Discouragement and despair sat on every countenance. Many of the
+survivors could think of nothing but abandoning a country on which the
+judgments of heaven seemed to fall so heavy, and in which there was so
+little prospect of success, health, or happiness. They had heard of
+Pennsylvania, and how pleasant and flourishing a province it was
+described to be, and therefore were determined to embrace the first
+opportunity that offered of retiring to it with the remainder of their
+families and effects.
+
+Governor Blake, deeply sensible of the public distress, tried every art
+for alleviating the misery of the people, and encouraging them to
+perseverance; but the members of assembly who survived, became so
+negligent about public affairs, that he found himself under a necessity
+of dissolving the house, and calling another, hoping that they might be
+more zealous and active in concerting measures for the public relief. Of
+this new assembly Nicholas Trott, whose talents had raised him above the
+level of his fellow-representatives, was made speaker, and who warmly
+espoused the cause of the people, in opposition to the interest of the
+proprietors. The governor and council claimed the privilege of nominating
+public officers, particularly a receiver-general, until the pleasure of
+the proprietors was known. The assembly, on the other hand, insisted that
+it belonged to them. This occasioned several messages between the two
+houses, and much altercation. However, the upper house appointed their
+man. The lower house resolved, that the person appointed by them was no
+public receiver, and that whoever should presume to pay money to him as
+such, should be deemed an infringer of the privileges of assembly, and an
+enemy to the country. Trott flatly denied they could be called an upper
+house, though they thus styled themselves, as they differed in the most
+essential circumstances from the house of lords in England; and therefore
+led the assembly to call them the Proprietors deputies, and to treat them
+with indignity and contempt, by limiting them to a day to pass their
+bills, and to an hour to answer their messages. At this time Trott was
+eager in the pursuit of popularity, and by his uncommon abilities and
+address succeeded in a wonderful manner. Never had any man there, in so
+short a time, so thoroughly engrossed the public favour and esteem, or
+carried matters with so high a hand, in opposition to the proprietary
+counsellors.
+
+    [Sidenote] James Moore chosen governor.
+
+About the close of the year 1700, Governor Blake died, and a dispute
+arose in the upper house about the succession to the government. Joseph
+Morton, as eldest landgrave, claimed the preference, until the pleasure
+of the Palatine was known. But James Moore, a needy, forward and
+ambitious man, stood forth in competition, and, by activity and art,
+gained a number over in support of his pretensions. He objected to
+Landgrave Morton, because he had accepted a commission from King William
+to be judge of the court of vice-admiralty, while, at the same time, he
+held one of the Proprietors to the same office: this Moore and his
+friends declared to be a breach of the trust reposed in him; and that he
+might with equal propriety have accepted of a commission from King
+William to be governor; while he held that office of the Proprietors.
+Landgrave Morton replied, that there was a necessity for holding a
+commission from the king to be judge of the court of vice-admiralty,
+because it did not appear from the charter that the Proprietors could
+impower their judge to try persons for acts committed without the bounds
+of their colony, and that with such jurisdiction the judge of the
+admiralty ought for many reasons always to be vested. However, the upper
+house deemed the objection of force sufficient to set Morton aside, and
+James Moore was chosen successor to Governor Blake. From which period the
+colony may date the beginning of further jealousies and troubles, which
+continued for several years, and obstructed its progress in improvement.
+Various intrigues crept into the seat of government, and several
+encroachments were made on the liberties and privileges of the people,
+both civil and religious.
+
+    [Sidenote] Lord Granville Palatine.
+
+King William, though he maintained the power of the established church,
+yet he often discovered a secret attachment to Presbyterians, and on all
+occasions treated them with lenity and moderation. Hence many of the more
+zealous friends to the church of England, alarmed at the prospects of its
+dangerous situation, became eagerly bent not only in support of its
+constitution, but even of its minutest forms, usages, and vestments. Lord
+Granville among the rest, after he was called up to the house of peers,
+had there distinguished himself as an inflexible bigot for the
+High-church, having been early taught to entertain the most supercillous
+contempt for Dissenters of all denominations. Being now also Palatine of
+Carolina, he soon discovered that the establishment of Episcopacy, and
+the suppression of all other modes of religious worship, in that country,
+was the chief object of his zeal and attention. James Moore being
+considered as a man more fit than Landgrave Morton for assisting him in
+the accomplishment of his favourite design, the more easily obtained a
+confirmation of his election to the government.
+
+    [Sidenote] King William's charter to the society for propagating the
+    gospel.
+
+Here it may not be improper to observe, that several eminent men had
+appeared in England, who, pitying the miserable state of the western
+world with respect to religion, had proposed some public-spirited design
+for the propagation of the gospel among the heathens on that vast
+continent. Robert Boyle, no less distinguished for his eminent piety than
+universal learning, had been appointed by Charles II. governor of a
+corporation established for the propagation of the Christian religion
+among Indians, the natives of New England and parts adjacent, in America.
+Queen Mary afterwards discovered a great desire for enlarging their plan,
+and for this purpose gave a bounty of two hundred pounds sterling
+annually to support missionaries in that quarter. Dr. Compton, bishop of
+London, was at pains to procure a state of religion among the English
+colonies, from a persuasion of the necessity and propriety of beginning
+this charitable work among them; and Dr. Thomas Bray, his commissary in
+Maryland, furnished him with one suited to excite sympathy and compassion
+in every pious and generous breast. At length Dr. Tennison, archbishop of
+Canterbury, undertook the laudable design, applied to the crown, and
+obtained a charter incorporating a society for the propagation of the
+gospel in foreign parts. The nation in general entered into the design
+with their usual ardour for all benevolent and charitable institutions.
+From different parts large benefactions were received by this society,
+and it was soon enabled to support a number of missionaries in the
+plantations. Religious books were purchased and sent out to different
+provinces, and Carolina among the rest received a number of them. A law
+passed for instituting a public library in the province, to remain under
+the care and custody of the Episcopal minister of Charlestown. Edward
+Marston at this time took the charge of it, and was disposed to
+contribute every thing in his power towards rendering it generally
+useful. But the Dissenters, from the choice of the books, most of which
+were wrote by Episcopal divines, and in defence of the doctrine,
+discipline and worship of the church of England, soon perceived the
+intention of the society, and a library framed on such a narrow
+foundation was treated with neglect, and proved utterly ineffectual for
+promoting the desired end, I mean, the religious instruction of the
+people.
+
+About this time the number of inhabitants in the colony amounted to
+between five and six thousand, besides Indians and negroes. In
+Charlestown they had one minister of the church of England, and another
+of the church of Scotland; but in the country there was no such thing as
+public worship, nor schools for the education of children; and people
+living thus scattered through a forest, were likely in time to sink by
+degrees into the same state of ignorance and barbarism with the natural
+inhabitants of the wilderness. To supply these destitute colonists with
+proper means of instruction, called for the first attention of the
+society; for as Indians and negroes would naturally take their first
+religious impressions from their neighbours, to begin at this place was
+like paving the way for extending wider the benefits of instruction. In
+what manner the colony was supplied with ministers from this society, and
+how far the interest of religion in that country was promoted by it, we
+shall afterwards have occasion more particularly to narrate.
+
+    [Sidenote] An established church projected by the Palatine.
+
+To prepare the province for the charitable assistance of this society, it
+was judged necessary to have the church of England established in it by a
+provincial law, and the country divided into different parishes, The
+Palatine imagined that these internal troubles and differences, by which
+the colony had hitherto been agitated, and the government rendered feeble
+and fluctuating, were occasioned by the clashing sentiments of the people
+with respect to religion. To remedy this evil, he perceived that some
+bond of union was necessary, to carry on public measures with ease and
+success; and religion had been deemed the firmest cement of every state.
+He knew that the Episcopal form of church government was more favourable
+to monarchy and the civil constitution than the Presbyterian, as in it a
+chain of dependence subsists, from the highest to the lowest in the
+church. While therefore he instructed Governor Moore to study all
+possible means of persuading the assembly to acquiesce in that form
+contained in the fundamental constitutions, he was equally zealous for an
+established church, that the wheels of their government might be no more
+clogged by religious dissentions.
+
+    [Sidenote] But disliked by the majority of the people.
+
+But as a great majority of the colonists were Dissenters, who fled from
+England on account of rigorous acts of uniformity, their minds were ill
+disposed to admit of any establishment. Their former prejudices they had
+not yet thrown aside; their hardships in England they had not yet forgot.
+Their private opinions respecting religion were various as their
+different complexions, and unlimited toleration was granted to all by the
+charter. They could hear of no proposals about an established church, and
+the Palatine at such an unreasonable time, shewed more zeal than prudence
+or good policy in attempting to introduce it among them. The governor
+found them inflexible and obstinate in opposing such a measure; and the
+people even began to repent of having passed a law for fixing a salary
+for ever on the rector of the Episcopal church, and considered it as a
+step preparatory to further encroachments.
+
+    [Sidenote] Governor Moore resolves to get riches.
+
+The great object with Governor Moore was to improve his time, not knowing
+how long his precarious power might last, for bettering his low and
+indigent circumstances. It appeared to him, that the traffic in Indians
+was the shortest way to riches. He therefore granted commissions to
+several persons, to assault, trepan and captivate as many Indians as they
+could, and resolved to turn the profits of such trade to his own private
+emolument. Not contented with this cruel method of acquiring wealth, he
+formed a design for engrossing the whole advantages arising to the colony
+from their commerce with Indian nations. For this purpose a bill was
+brought into the assembly for regulating the Indian trade, and drawn up
+in such a manner as would cause all the profits of it to center in his
+hands. But Nicholas Trott, Robert Stephen, and others, proved to the
+assembly the pernicious tendency of such a bill, and therefore it was
+thrown out. At which Governor Moore being highly offended, dissolved the
+house, in hopes of procuring another more favourable to his private views
+and interests.
+
+    [Sidenote] Encourages irregularities at elections.
+
+At the election of the next assembly the governor and his friends exerted
+all their power and influence to bring in men of their own complexion, I
+mean such as would be most compliant with Moor's instructions from
+England, and most ready to assist him in advancing his interest. Nicholas
+Trott, who had hitherto shone like a star of the first magnitude on the
+opposite side, being now appointed Attorney-general, threw all his
+influence and weight into the scale of government, turned his back on his
+former friends, and strongly supported that tottering fabric which he had
+formerly endeavoured to pull down. Charlestown, where all freeholders met
+to give their suffrages, at the time of this election was a scene of
+riot, intemperance, and confusion. The sheriff, having instructions so to
+do, admitted every person to vote; the members of Colleton county say,
+even common sailors, servants, foreigners, and mallattoes. Such
+freeholders as stood forth in opposition to the governor's party, were
+abused and insulted. At length, when the poll was closed, one half of the
+persons elected were found to be men of neither sense nor credit; but
+being the chosen creatures of the governor, it was his business to
+prevent all inquiry into the conduct of the sheriff, and the
+qualifications of such members.
+
+Ar this time Carteret county was inhabited only by Indians; but in
+Colleton county there were no less than two hundred freeholders, who had
+a right to vote for delegates to assembly. The principal plantations in
+it were those of the late Sir John Yeamans, Landgraves Morton, Ballenger
+and Axtell, and those of Blake, Boone, Gibbes, Schinking, and others. The
+people of this county being highly offended at the manner of election,
+particularly the arts and intrigues practised, and the riot and
+intemperance permitted at it, drew up a representation of the whole
+transaction, and transmitted it to the Proprietors in England: but the
+Palatine was too deeply concerned in promoting those measures of which
+they complained, to grant them any favourable answer. In Berkley county
+the principal settlements were those of Sir Nathanial Johnson, Governor
+Moore, Landgraves West, Smith, Bayley, and Daniel; together with those
+belonging to Godfrey, Mathews, Izard, Colleton, Grimball, _&c._; several
+of whom were also dissatisfied with the public proceedings. But Craven
+county being composed of French refugees, who having little knowledge of
+the English language, were easily managed; many of whom supported the
+governor purely out of affection to the Proprietors. In short, the house
+consisted of thirty members, one half of whom were elected from the dregs
+of the people, utter strangers to public affairs, and in every respect
+unqualified for fitting as provincial legislators.
+
+    [Sidenote] Proposes an expedition against Augustine.
+
+In the mean time, a rupture rook place in Europe between England and
+Spain, which turned the attention of the colony to a different object,
+and afforded Governor Moore an opportunity of exercising his military
+talents, and a new prospect of enriching himself by Spanish plunder or
+Indian captives. Accordingly, instead of private disputes among
+themselves, he proposed to the assembly an expedition against the Spanish
+settlement at Augustine. Many of the people, from mercenary motives,
+applauded the proposal; however, men of cool reflection, having yet had
+no intelligence of the declaration of war were averse from rushing into
+any hazardous enterprize, until they had certain advice of it from
+England. As the expedition was projected, contrary to the opinion and
+inclination of many Carolineans, without any recent provocation from the
+Spanish garrison; it is probable that the governor engaged in it chiefly
+from views of private emolument. Florida, he assured the people would be
+an easy conquest; and treasures of gold and silver were held out to them
+as the rewards of valour. In vain did some members of the assembly oppose
+it, by representing the province as weak, and ill provided for warlike
+enterprises, and by hinting at the many hazards and difficulties always
+attending them; in vain did they urge the strength of the Spanish fort,
+and the expenses incurred by a fruitless and perhaps bloody expedition:
+such men were called enemies and traitors to their country, and
+represented as timid and pusillanimous wretches, who were utter strangers
+to great and glorious undertakings. Accordingly, a great majority of the
+assembly declared for the expedition, and a sum of two thousand pounds
+sterling was voted for the service of the war. Six hundred Indians were
+engaged, who, being fond of warlike exploits, gladly accepted of arms and
+ammunition offered them for their aid and assistance. Six hundred
+provincial militia were raised, and schooners and merchant ships were
+impressed, for transports to carry the forces. Port-Royal was fixed upon
+as the place of general rendezvous, and there, in September 1702, the
+governor at the head of his warriors, embarked in an expedition equally
+rash and fool-hardy on one side, as it was well known and unprovoked on
+the other.
+
+    [Sidenote] Which proves abortive.
+
+While these preparations were going on in Carolina, the Spaniards,
+apprised of the governor's design, were making ready for their defence.
+In the plan of operations it had been agreed, that Colonel Daniel, who
+was an officer of spirit, should go by the inland passage with a party of
+militia and Indians, and make a descent on the town from the land, while
+the governor with the main body should proceed by sea, and block up the
+harbour. Colonel Daniel lost no time, but advanced against the town,
+entered and plundered it before the governor got forward to his
+assistance. But the Spaniards having laid up provisions for four months
+in the castle, on his approach retired to it with all their money and
+most valuable effects. Upon the arrival of Governor Moore, the place was
+invested with a force against which the Spaniards could not appear, and
+therefore kept themselves shut up in their strong hold. The governor
+finding it impossible to dislodge them without such artillery as are
+necessary to a siege, dispatched a sloop to Jamaica, on purpose to bring
+cannon, bombs, and mortars, for attacking the castle; and Colonel Daniel
+embarked and sailed with the greatest expedition to bring them. During
+his absence two Spanish ships, the one of 22 guns and the other of 16,
+appearing off the mouth of the harbour, struck such a panic into the
+governor, that he instantly raised the siege, abandoned his ships, and
+made a precipitate retreat to Carolina by land. In consequence of which
+the Spaniards in the garrison were not only relieved, but the ships,
+provisions, and ammunition, belonging to the Carolineans, fell also into
+their hands. Colonel Daniel, on his return, standing in for the harbour
+of Augustine, found to his surprise the siege raised, and made a narrow
+escape from the enemy.
+
+Military expeditions rashly undertaken, conducted by a headstrong and
+unexperienced officer, and executed by raw and ill-disciplined troops,
+seldom succeed. We are not able to account for the governor's conduct. In
+raising this siege, after he had been a month in possession of the town,
+unless he was in immediate want of provisions or ammunition, or his men,
+having little confidence in his abilities, threatened to desert him: for
+if the Spanish ships drew more than ten feet water, which it is probable
+they must have done, they could not come over the bar to injure him: if
+they landed their men, yet still his force was superior to that of the
+enemy, and he might at least have risked a battle on such grounds, before
+he made an inglorious retreat. The Indians were averse from leaving the
+field, without scalps, plunder, or glory. It is true, the Spanish ships
+of war might have prevented Colonel Daniel from getting into the harbour
+with the supply of military stores, yet the coast was large, and afforded
+many more places for landing them. The governor had Indians to hunt for
+provisions to his men, and it was by no means impossible to have starved
+the garrison, and compelled them to surrender. What then shall we think
+of a commander, who, on the first appearance of a little danger, abandons
+his station, however advantageous, and tamely yields up, not only the
+town, but also his own ships and provisions to the enemy?
+
+    [Sidenote] The first paper currency made.
+
+Upon his return to Carolina many severe reflections were thrown out
+against him, as might naturally have been expected; but especially by
+that party who opposed the enterprise. It is true, it proved not a bloody
+expedition, the governor having lost no more than two men in it; yet it
+entailed a debt of six thousand pounds sterling on a poor colony, which,
+at that period, was a grievous burden. The provincial assembly, who,
+during the absence of the governor had been under prorogation, now met,
+to concert ways and means for discharging this public debt. Great
+dissensions and confusion prevailed among them; but the governor, having
+a number of men under arms to whom the country stood indebted, despised
+all opposition, and silenced the malecontents by threats and compulsion.
+A bill was brought into the assembly for stamping bills of credit, to
+answer the public expence, which were to be sunk in three years by a duty
+laid upon liquors, skins, and furs. In this measure all parties
+acquiesced, as it fell easy on private persons, at the same time that it
+satisfied the public creditors. This was the first paper money issued in
+Carolina, and, for five or six years after the emission, it passed in the
+country at the same value and rate with the sterling money of England.
+How, in process of time, it increased in quantity and sunk in value; how
+it was deemed useful by debtors and prejudicial by creditors, we shall
+afterwards have occasion more particularly to demonstrate. At present it
+may suffice to observe, that it was absolutely necessary to support the
+public credit, and the most practicable method the colony had of
+defraying the expences incurred by the unsuccessful expedition.
+
+    [Sidenote] The expedition against the Appalachian Indians.
+
+Notwithstanding his past misfortunes, Governor Moore, fond of warlike
+exploits, had still in view the striking some blow that might distinguish
+his administration. The Appalachian Indians, by their connection with the
+Spaniards, had become insolent and troublesome. Mr. Moore determined to
+chastise them, and for this purpose marched at the head of a body of
+white men and Indian allies, into the heart of their settlements.
+Where-ever he went he carried fire and sword along with him, and struck a
+terror into his enemies. The towns of those tribes who lived between the
+rivers Alatamaha and Savanna he laid in ashes, captivated many savages,
+and obliged others to submit to the English government. This exertion of
+power in that quarter was attended with good effects, as it filled the
+savages with terror of the British arms, and helped to pave the way for
+the English colony afterwards planted between these rivers. The governor
+received the thanks of the Proprietors for his patriotism and courage,
+who acknowledged that the success of his arms had gained their province a
+reputation; but, what was of greater consequence to him, he wiped off the
+ignominy of the Augustine expedition, and procured a number of Indian
+slaves, whom he employed to cultivate his fields, or sold for his own
+profit and advantage.
+
+    [Sidenote] The culture of silk.
+
+About this time Sir Nathaniel Johnson introduced the raising of silk into
+the country, which is an article of commerce exceedingly profitable, and,
+by proper encouragement, might have been made very beneficial both to the
+colony and the mother country. Mulberry trees grew spontaneously in the
+woods, and thrived as well as other natural productions. The great demand
+for silk in Britain made it an object of the highest consequence. About
+the beginning of March the worms are hatched from the eggs; nature having
+wisely so ordered it, that the silk-worms should come into life at the
+time mulberry leaves, on which they feed, begin to open. The feeding and
+cleaning them required rather skill than strength. Young persons might
+have been employed in furnishing leaves; one man of judgment and skill
+might have attended a large house full of worms; and in six weeks their
+whole operations are over. An article so profitable, and so easily
+raised, ought to have engaged the attention of the Proprietors, and
+induced them to give premiums to such men as should bring to market the
+greatest quantities of it. Men of knowledge and skill from Europe ought
+to have been hired and sent out by them, for instructing the colonists in
+the management of the worms and winding of the silk. Where the climate
+was so well adapted to the purpose, could any article of improvement be
+conceived more likely to reward them for their expence? However, Sir
+Nathaniel Johnson, after all his pains, rather shewed what might have
+been done towards the culture of silk in that province, than made such
+progress in it as to render the commodity of national advantage.
+
+    [Sidenote] And of cotton.
+
+To the culture of cotton the climate and soil were equally favourable. It
+might have been planted on lands newly cleared, or on light and sandy
+grounds, such as the maritime parts of Carolina, which are by no means
+unsuitable to the production. The seeds are commonly sown about two feet
+and a half asunder, and grow up like other plants. Indeed the fields
+require to be kept clean, and the fresh earth carefully thrown around the
+plant, to defend it against the winds; but this is no difficult task, and
+might be performed by hands incapable of more severe labour. When the
+pods burst, cotton is gathered, and separated from the seeds; which is
+the most tedious and troublesome part of the business requisite. This
+article also, though not of importance enough to have engrossed the whole
+attention of the colonists, might nevertheless, in conjunction with other
+staples, have been rendered profitable and useful.
+
+    [Sidenote] Rice fixed on by the planters as a staple commodity.
+
+Instead of these and several other articles, to which the views of the
+planters in the weaker and earlier state of the colony ought to have been
+turned in some degree, we find from this period the culture of rice
+engrossing their whole strength and attention, This commodity being an
+article of provision, was indeed likely always to find a good market; yet
+it was scarcely possible to have fixed on a staple which required more
+severe labour during the whole process of its preparation. The warm
+climate and low lands were doubtless well adapted to the nature of the
+grain, after experience had taught the husbandman to clear and cultivate
+the swampy grounds for that purpose: yet it is certain that the planters
+long went on with this article, and exhausted their strength in raising
+it on higher lands, which poorly rewarded them for their toil. After
+clearing the lands they commonly plant it in furrows made with a hoe,
+about eighteen inches asunder. When the seed is sown the fields must be
+carefully kept clear of noxious weeds, which retard its growth, and the
+earth must also be laid up to the root of the rice, to facilitate its
+progress. No work can be imagined more pernicious to health, than for men
+to stand in water mid leg high, and often above it, planting and weeding
+rice; while the scorching heat of the sun renders the air they breathe
+ten or twenty degrees hotter than the human blood, and the putrid and
+unwholesome effluvia from an oozy bottom and stagnated water poison the
+atmosphere. They sow it in April, or early in May, and reap in the latter
+end of August, or in the month of September. After which it is dried and
+carried to the barn-yard, and built in stacks, in like manner as the corn
+in Europe. After this it is threshed, winnowed, and ground in mills made
+of wood, to free the rice from the husk. Then it is winnowed again, and
+put into a wooden mortar, and beat with large wooden pestles, which
+labour is so oppressive and hard, that the firmest nerves and most
+vigorous constitutions sink under it. To free it from the dust and flour
+occasioned by pounding, it is sifted first through one sieve, and then,
+to separate the small and broken rice from the large, through another.
+Last of all, it is put into large barrels of enormous weight, and carried
+to the market. During the whole tedious process of its preparation, much
+care and great strength are requisite, and many thousands of lives from
+Africa have been sacrificed, in order to furnish the world with this
+commodity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAP. IV.
+
+
+After the death of King William, which happened on the 8th of March 1702,
+agreeable to the act made for settling the succession, the crown devolved
+on Anne Stewart, the youngest daughter of King James II. by his first
+marriage. At her accession to the throne, though in reality she was no
+friend to the Whig party, she declared that she would make the late
+king's conduct the model of her own, and maintain the succession to the
+crown in the Protestant line. The first object of her reign was to humble
+the pride of France, the power of which nation had at that time grown to
+such an exorbitant height, as to endanger the liberties of Europe. Lewis
+XIV. had such influence with the Spanish nation, as to persuade them to
+join him in proclaiming the pretended Prince of Wales king of Great
+Britain and Ireland. He had also made many encroachments on the freedom
+of English commerce and navigation. The indignity offered to her crown
+Queen Anne determined to resent, and therefore, on the 4th of May,
+declared war against France and Spain, which, for many years, she carried
+on with amazing vigour and success.
+
+About this juncture Sir Nathaniel Johnson received a commission from John
+Lord Granville, investing him with the government of Carolina, to which
+office a salary of two hundred pounds was annexed, to be paid annually by
+the Receiver-general of the colony. This gentleman had not only been bred
+a soldier from his youth, but had been also a member of the house of
+commons, and was well qualified for the trust. But it being suspected
+that he was no friend to the Revolution, the Proprietors could not obtain
+her majesty's approbation of him, but on the following terms: That he
+qualify himself for the office in such a manner as the laws of England
+required; that he give security for his observing the laws of trade and
+navigation, and obey such instructions as should be sent out from time to
+time by her majesty; and the Lords Commissioners of trade and plantations
+were ordered to take care that good and sufficient security be given by
+him.
+
+    [Sidenote] His instructions.
+
+With respect to his own conduct in the government of the colony, he had
+instructions from the Proprietors to follow such rules as had been given
+to former governors, in the fundamental constitutions and temporary laws
+entered upon record, and to be guided by the same as far as in his
+judgment he might think fit and expedient. He was required, with the
+advice and assistance of his council, carefully to review the
+constitutions, and such of them as he should think necessary to the
+better establishment of government, and calculated for the good of the
+people, he was ordered to lay before the assembly for their concurrence
+and assent. He was to use his endeavors to dispose of their lands; but to
+take nothing less than twenty pounds for a thousand acres; and, in all
+future grants to make them escheat to the Proprietors, unless a
+settlement be made on them within the space of four years. He was to take
+special care that the Indians be not abused or insulted, and to study the
+properest methods of civilizing them, and creating a firm friendship with
+them, in order to protect the colony against the Spaniards in the
+neighbourhood. He was to transmit to England exact copies of all laws
+passed, accounts of the lands sold, and of all annual-rents paid, _&c._
+These, and such other regulations as he might judge essential to the
+welfare of the country, and the interest of the Proprietors, he had
+particular injunctions to study and adopt.
+
+    [Sidenote] He endeavors to establish the church of England.
+
+I have already observed, that the colony was in a deplorable state with
+respect to religion.  The first emigrants from England, where public
+worship was countenanced, and had the sanction of the civil authority,
+retained indeed for a little time some sense of religion, and showed some
+respect for the ordinances of the gospel: but their children, born in a
+wilderness, where there was not so much as even the semblance of public
+worship, were likely to grow up in ignorance, and to live entirely void
+of all sense of religion. Proprietors were either unable to furnish them
+with the proper means of instruction, or they were unwilling to bear the
+expence of it, having as yet received little recompence for the past
+charges of the settlement. Not only the emigrants from England, but also
+those from France and Holland, were much divided in their private
+opinions with respect to modes of religious worship; and for this reason
+all governors, excepting the last, had prudently deferred meddling in a
+matter which would occasion uneasiness and confusion among the settlers.
+Still, however, the establishment of the church of England in Carolina
+was the chief object in view with the Proprietors. The Palatine was a
+bigoted zealot for this mode of ecclesiastical worship and government:
+the governor was strongly attached to it. James Moore, who was made
+Receiver-general, and Nicholas Trott the Attorney-general, were also men
+of the same complexion. These men, assisted by a majority of the council,
+now began to concert measures with art and skill, and to pursue them with
+firmness and resolution, for accomplishing this end, and gratifying the
+earnest desire of the Palatine.
+
+    [Sidenote] Pursues violent measures for that purpose.
+
+It was not, however, without some difficulty and considerable struggles,
+that the keen opposition raised by Dissenters, who now plainly perceived
+their design, and who had an irreconcilable aversion from Episcopacy,
+could be overcome. This the governor and his party foresaw, and therefore
+it became necessary first to exert themselves to secure a majority in the
+assembly in favour of the measure they had in view. Hitherto the riotous
+proceedings at the former election had been overlooked, and the rioters,
+by the countenance and protection of the preceding governor had escaped
+prosecution. The grand jury presented this neglect as a grievance to the
+court; but the judge told them, "That was a matter which lay before the
+governor and council, his superiors." When the complaint was made to the
+governor in council, he replied, "That these irregularities happened
+before his appointment to the government, but that he would take care to
+prevent them for the time to come." Notwithstanding this declaration, if
+we may believe the Dissenters, at the following election still greater
+irregularities prevailed. By the same undue influence and violence the
+governor and his adherents gained their point, and secured a majority in
+the house; for that a species of corruption had now infected the great
+fountain of liberty, the election of representatives.
+
+It would appear that some of the colonists at this period had
+distinguished themselves by loose principles and licentious language, and
+had treated some of the fundamental doctrines of the Christian religion
+with the ridicule and contempt of professed infidelity. To bring an odium
+upon this class of Dissenters, and to discourage such licentious
+practices, a bill was brought into the new assembly for the suppression
+of blasphemy and profaneness; by which bill, whoever should be convicted
+of having spoken or written any thing against the Trinity, or the divine
+authority of the Old or New Testament, by the oath of two or more
+credible witnesses, were to be made incapable, and disabled in law to all
+intents and purposes, of being members of assembly, or of holding any
+office of profit, civil or military, within the province: and whoever
+should be convicted of such crimes a second time, were also to be
+disabled from suing or bringing any action of information in any court of
+law or equity, from being guardian to any child, executor or
+administrator to any person; and without fail suffer imprisonment for
+three years. Which law, notwithstanding its fine gloss, savoured not a
+little of an inquisition, and introduced a species of persecution ill
+calculated to answer the end for which it was intended. To punish men
+guilty of blasphemy and profaneness in this way, instead of bringing
+their atrocious crimes into public disrepute and abhorrence, served
+rather to render their persons objects of compassion, and induce men to
+pity them on account of their sufferings. Bad as the world is, these
+wicked practices seldom miss their deserved rewards, public ignominy and
+detestation, which perhaps would fall heavier on such wretches without
+penal laws than with them.
+
+    [Sidenote] The church of England established by law.
+
+However, had Sir Nathaniel Johnson stopt here, many reasons might have
+been urged in his vindication; but he had other measures in view, much
+more unpopular and oppressive. He looked upon Dissenters of every
+denomination as enemies to the constitutions of both church and state,
+and therefore, to subvert their power and influence, or compel them to
+uniformity of sentiment, another bill was brought into the assembly,
+framed in such a manner as to exclude them entirely from the house of
+representatives. This bill required every man who should hereafter be
+chosen a member of assembly, to take the oaths and subscribe the
+declaration appointed by it, to conform to the religion and worship of
+the church of England, and to receive the sacrament of our Lord's Supper,
+according to the rites and usage of that church; a qualification which
+Dissenters considered as having a manifest tendency to rob them of all
+their civil rights or religious liberties. To carry this bill through the
+house, all the art and influence of the governor and his party were
+requisite. In the lower house it passed by a majority of one vote, and in
+the upper house Landgrave Joseph Morton was refused liberty to enter his
+protest against it. At this juncture no bill could have been framed more
+inconsistent with the rights and privileges of the freemen, and more
+pernicious to the interest and prosperity of the country. Dissenters, who
+were a numerous and powerful body of the people, were highly offended,
+and raised a great outcry against it. Seeing themselves reduced to the
+necessity of receiving laws from men whose principles of civil and
+ecclesiastical government they abhorred, and subjected to greater
+hardships than they suffered in England, many had formed resolutions of
+abandoning the colony. Loud clamours were not only heard without doors,
+but jealousies and discontent filled the hearts of many within them, not
+of Dissenters only, but also of those who adhered to the church.
+
+    [Sidenote] The inhabitants of Colleton county remonstrate against it.
+
+In this distracted state of the colony, the inhabitants of Colleton
+county, composed chiefly of Dissenters, met and drew up a state of their
+grievous circumstances, which they resolved to transmit to the
+Proprietors, praying their Lordships to repeal this oppressive act. John
+Ash, one of the most zealous men in the opposition, agreed to embark for
+England as agent for the aggrieved party, computed to be at least two
+thirds of the whole inhabitants of the colony. The governor and his
+friends, apprized of this design, used all possible means to prevent him
+from obtaining a passage in any ship belonging to Carolina. Upon which
+Ash went to Virginia, to which province his instructions were conveyed to
+him, and from thence he set sail for England.
+
+After his arrival he waited on Lord Granville, the Palatine, acquainting
+him with the design of his message; but met with a very cold reception.
+That nobleman was too deeply concerned in bringing about that
+establishment against which Ash came to complain, favourably to listen to
+his representations. Accordingly, after staying some time in London, and
+giving the Proprietors all the information in his power relating to
+public affairs, the only satisfaction he could obtain from the Palatine
+was this, that he should cause his secretary write to the governor an
+account of the grievances and hardships of which Mr. Ash complained, and
+require an answer from him with respect to them. Mr. Ash, observing how
+the Palatine stood affected, and despairing of success, immediately began
+to draw up a representation of their case, which he intended for the
+press: but before he had finished it he was taken sick, and died; and his
+papers fell into his enemies hands. He was a man of a warm and passionate
+temper, and possessed of all those violent sentiments which ill usage,
+disappointment, and oppression, naturally kindle in the human breast. His
+representation, intended as an appeal to the nation in general, for the
+sufferings of the people under the tyrannical proprietary government, was
+full of heavy charges against the governor and his party in Carolina, and
+bitter reflections on their conduct, which he considered as in the
+highest degree injurious to the colony.
+
+Without doubt the Lords Proprietors planned this establishment with a
+view to the peaceful influence it would have upon the civil government of
+the country, as the preamble to the act expressly indicates. Their feeble
+and fluctating state required the assistance and authority of an
+established church, and the sanction of religion, to give it more weight
+and influence with the people. How far the measures adopted served to
+promote the desired end, and were consistent with prudence and good
+policy, will afterwards more clearly appear.
+
+    [Sidenote] Lay commissioners appointed.
+    [Sidenote] The acts ratified by the Proprietors.
+
+Sir Nathaniel Johnson having advanced so far, was determined to proceed
+in spite of every obstacle thrown in his way. He instituted what the
+inhabitants of Carolina took to be a high-commission court, like that of
+King James the second. It was enacted, that twenty lay-persons be
+constituted a corporation for the exercise of ecclesiastical
+jurisdiction, with full power to deprive ministers of their livings at
+pleasure, not for immorality only, but also for imprudence, or on account
+of unreasonable prejudices taken against them. In vain did many persons
+complain of this institution, as tearing the ecclesiastical jurisdiction
+out of the hands of the bishop of London, in whose diocese the whole
+British colonies in America were included. The governor, bent on carrying
+into execution the favourite plan of the Palatine, paid little regard to
+the uneasy apprehensions of the people. According to the act for erecting
+churches, the colony is divided into ten parishes; seven in Berkeley, two
+in Colleton, and one in Craven counties. Money is provided for building
+churches; lands are granted for glebes and church-yards; and salaries for
+the different rectors are fixed and appointed, payable from the
+provincial treasury. When these bills were transmitted to England, to be
+ratified and confirmed by the Proprietors, John Archdale opposed them,
+and insisted, that the Dissenters of Carolina had not yet forgot the
+hardships they suffered in England from acts of uniformity; that the
+right of private judgment in religious matters was the birth-right of
+every man; that undisturbed liberty of conscience was allowed to every
+inhabitant of Carolina by the charter; that acts of conformity, with
+penalties annexed to them, have in general proved destructive to the
+cause they were intended to promote, and were utterly inconsistent with
+Protestant principles; and therefore that these bills, so unpopular and
+oppressive in Carolina, ought to be repealed, as contrary to sound policy
+and religious freedom. The majority of the Proprietors, however, did not
+view them in this light, and the debate ran high between them. At length
+the Palatine, equally tyrannical as bigotted put an end to the dispute,
+by telling Mr. Archdale: "Sir, you are of one opinion, I am of another;
+our lives may not be long enough to end the controversy. I am for the
+bills, and that is the party that I will head and support." In
+consequence of which the acts were ratified by four Proprietors, and the
+following letter was sent to Sir Nathaniel Johnson. "Sir, the great and
+pious work which you have gone through with such unwearied and steady
+zeal, for the honour and worship of Almighty God, we have also finally
+perfected on our part; and our ratification of that act for erecting
+churches, _&c._ together with duplicates of all other dispatches, we
+have forwarded to you by Captain Flavel."
+
+    [Sidenote] The petition of Dissenters to the House of Lords.
+
+The Episcopal party having now got their favourite form of divine worship
+established by law in Carolina, began to erect churches in such
+situations as were most centrical and convenient for the settlers; and,
+to supply them with clergymen, application was made to the society in
+England for the propagation of the Gospel. The Dissenters, despairing of
+all hopes of redress from the Proprietors, became greatly discouraged,
+and could not brook the thoughts of being again subjected to the same
+troubles and miseries which had compelled them to leave their native
+country. Some were for transporting their families and effects
+immediately to Pennsylvania, in order to sit down under Penn's free and
+indulgent government; others proposed an application to the House of
+Lords in England, praying that august body to commiserate their distress,
+and intercede with her Majesty for their relief. For this purpose a
+petition was drawn up, and carried over by Joseph Boone to England.
+Several merchants in London, after Boone's arrival, being convinced of
+the illegal means by which those grievous acts were brought to pass, and
+of their pernicious consequence to trade, joined the petitioners.
+Accordingly, about the beginning of the year 1706, the following petition
+was presented to the House of Lords: setting forth, "That when the
+province of Carolina was granted to the Proprietors, for the better
+peopling of it, express provision was made in the charter for a
+toleration and indulgence of all Christians in the free exercise of their
+religion; that, in the fundamental constitutions, agreed to be the form
+of government by the Proprietors, there was also express provision made,
+that no person should be disturbed for any speculative opinion in
+religion, and that no person should, on account of religion, be excluded
+from being a member of the General Assembly, or from any other office in
+the civil administration: That the said charter, being given soon after
+the happy restoration of King Charles II. and re-establishment of the
+church of England by the Act of Uniformity, many of the subjects of the
+kingdom who were so unhappy as to have some scruples about conforming to
+the rites of the said church, did transplant themselves and families into
+Carolina; by means whereof the greatest part of the inhabitants there
+were Protestant Dissenters from the church of England, and through the
+equality and freedom of the said fundamental constitutions, all the
+inhabitants of the colony lived in peace, and even the ministers of the
+church of England had support from Protestant Dissenters, and the number
+of inhabitants and the trade of the colony daily increased, to the great
+improvement of her majesty's customs, and the manifest advantage of the
+merchants and manufacturers of the kingdom.
+
+"But that, in the year 1703, when a new assembly was to be chosen, which,
+by the constitution, is chosen once in two years, the election was
+managed with very great partiality and injustice, and all sorts of
+people, even aliens, Jews, servants, common sailors and negroes, were
+admitted to vote at elections: That, in the said assembly, an act was
+passed to incapacitate every person from being a member of any General
+Assembly that should be chosen for the time to come, unless he had taken
+the sacrament of the Lord's Supper according to the rites of the church
+of England; whereby all Protestant Dissenters are made incapable of being
+in the said assembly; and yet, by the same act, all persons who shall
+take an oath that they have not received the sacrament in any dissenting
+congregation for one year past, though they have not received it in the
+church of England, are made capable of fitting in the said assembly: That
+this act was passed in an illegal manner, by the governor calling the
+assembly to meet the 26th of April, when it then stood prorogued to the
+10th of May following: That it hath been ratified by the Lords
+Proprietors in England, who refused to hear what could be offered against
+it, and contrary to the petition of one hundred and seventy of the chief
+inhabitants of the colony, and of several eminent merchants trading
+hither, though the commons of the same assembly quickly after passed
+another bill to repeal it, which the upper house rejected, and the
+governor dissolved the house.
+
+"That the ecclesiastical government of the colony is under the bishop of
+London; but the governor and his adherents have at last done what the
+latter often threatened to do, totally abolished it; for the same
+assembly have passed an act, whereby twenty lay-persons, therein named,
+are made a corporation for the exercise of several exorbitant powers, to
+the great injury and oppression of the people in general, and for the
+exercise of all ecclesiastical jurisdiction, with absolute power to
+deprive any minister of the church of England of his benefice, not only
+for immorality but even for imprudence, or incurable prejudices between
+such minister and his parish; and the only minister of the church
+established in the colony, Mr. Edward Marston, hath already been cited
+before their board, which the inhabitants of the province take to be an
+high ecclesiastical commission-court, destructive to the very being and
+essence of the church of England, and to be held in the utmost
+detestation and abhorrence by every man that is not an enemy to our
+constitution in church and state.
+
+"That the said grievances daily increasing, your petitioner Joseph Boone
+is now sent by many principal inhabitants and traders of the colony, to
+represent the languishing and dangerous situation of it to the Lords
+Proprietors; but his application to them has hitherto had no effect: That
+the ruin of the colony would be to the great disadvantage of the trade of
+this kingdom, to the apparent prejudice of her Majesty's customs, and the
+great benefit of the French, who watch all opportunities to improve their
+own settlements in those parts of America."
+
+    [Sidenote] Resolutions of the House of Lords.
+
+After reading this petition in the house of Lords, the Palatine desired
+to be heard by his council, which was granted, and the further
+consideration of the matter was postponed for one week. Then having heard
+what Lord Granville had to offer in his behalf, the Lords agreed to
+address her Majesty in favour of the distressed petitioners of Carolina.
+They declared, that, after having fully and maturely weighed the nature
+of the two acts passed in Carolina, they found themselves obliged in duty
+to her Majesty, and in justice to her subjects, (who, by the express
+words of the charter, were declared to be the liege people of the crown
+of England, and to have a right to all the liberties, franchises, and
+privileges of Englishmen), to come to the following resolutions: "First,
+That it is the opinion of this house, that the act of assembly in
+Carolina, lately passed there, signed and sealed by John Lord Granville,
+for himself, Lord Carteret and Lord Craven, and by Sir John Colleton,
+four of the Proprietors of that province, in order to the ratifying of
+it, entitled, An Act for the Establishment of Religious Worship in the
+Province according to the Church of England, _&c._ so far forth as the
+same relates to the establishing a commission for the displacing of
+rectors and ministers of the churches there, is not warranted by the
+charter granted to the Proprietors, as being not consonant to reason,
+repugnant to the laws of the realm, and destructive to the constitution
+of the church of England. Secondly, That it is the opinion of this house,
+that the act of assembly in Carolina, entitled, An Act for the more
+effectual Preservation of the Government of the Province, by requiring
+all persons that shall hereafter be chosen members of the Commons House
+of Assembly, and sit in the same, to take the oaths and subscribe the
+declaration appointed by this act, and to conform to the religious
+worship in this province according to the Church of England, and to
+receive the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper according to the rites and
+usage of the said church, _&c._ is founded on falsity in matter of fact,
+is repugnant to the laws of England, contrary to the charter of the
+Proprietors, is an encouragement to atheism and irreligion, destructive
+to trade, and tends to the depopulation and ruin of the Province".
+
+    [Sidenote] Their address to the Queen.
+
+After which resolutions the house addressed her Majesty in the following
+words: "We your Majesty's dutiful subjects, having thus humbly presented
+our opinion of these acts, we beseech your Majesty to use the most
+effectual methods to deliver the said province from the arbitrary
+oppressions under which it now lies, and to order the authors thereof to
+be prosecuted according to law; at the same time we represent to your
+Majesty, how much the powers given by the crown have been abused by some
+of your subjects, justice requires us to acquaint your Majesty, that some
+of the Proprietors absolutely refused to join in the ratification of
+these acts. We humbly beg permission to inform your Majesty, that other
+great injustices and oppressions are complained of in the petition; but
+the nature of the fact requiring a long examination, it was not possible
+for the house to find time for, so near the conclusion of the session;
+and therefore we presume with all duty to lay the petition itself before
+your Majesty, at the same time we present our address. We cannot doubt
+but your Majesty, who from the beginning of your reign has shewn to great
+a concern and tenderness for all your subjects, will extend your
+compassion for those distressed people, who have the misfortune to be at
+so great a distance from your royal person, and not so immediately under
+your gentle administration. Your Majesty is fully sensible of what great
+consequence the plantations are to the crown of England, and to the trade
+of your subjects, and therefore we rest assured, that as your Majesty
+will have them all under your royal care, so, in particular, you will be
+graciously pleased to find out and prosecute the most effectual means for
+the relief of the province of Carolina."
+
+    [Sidenote] The Queen's answer.
+
+To which address Queen Anne returned the following answer: "I thank the
+house for laying these matters so plainly before me: I am sensible of
+what great consequence the plantations are to England, and will do all in
+my power to relieve my subjects in Carolina, and protect them in their
+just rights." But as it likewise appeared that some of the Proprietors
+themselves had refused to approve of the acts, the matter was farther
+referred to the Lords of trade and plantations; who, after examination,
+found that all the charges brought against the provincial government and
+the Proprietors were well grounded; and represented farther to her
+Majesty, that the making of such laws was an abuse of the powers granted
+to the Proprietors by the charter, and will be a forfeiture of it, and
+humbly begged that she would be pleased to give directions for reassuming
+the same into her Majesty's hands, by a _scire facias_ in the court of
+Queen's Bench. The Queen approved of their representation, and after
+declaring the laws null and void, for the effectual proceeding against
+the charter by way of _quo warranto_, ordered her Attorney and
+Solicitor-General to inform themselves fully concerning what may be most
+effectual for accomplishing the same, that she might take the government
+of the colony, so much abused by others, into her own hands, for the
+better protection of her distressed subjects. Here, however, the matter
+was dropt for the present, and no farther steps were taken against the
+charter of the Proprietors, or for the relief of the people.
+
+In the mean time the distant colonists, though they had heard nothing of
+what had passed in England relating to those grievous acts, became daily
+more sensible of their oppressive nature and pernicious consequence.
+Several settlers had left the country on account of them, and moved to
+Pennsylvania. Archibald Stobo, a Presbyterian minister in Charlestown,
+who had warmly opposed this establishment from the beginning, had also
+convinced many who remained of the severities and hardships the
+Dissenters in England had suffered from the rigors of the Episcopal
+government. Several circumstances proved favourable to Stobo's
+opposition; he possessed those talents which render a minister
+conspicuous and respected, and the people that party-zeal which becomes
+violent from ill usage and persecution. To his treasures of knowledge and
+excellent capacity for instruction, he added uncommon activity and
+diligence in the discharge of the various duties of his sacred function.
+He had a natural aversion from the Episcopal jurisdiction, and no
+minister of the colony had engrossed so universally the public favour and
+esteem. The Governor and his adherents found it necessary to sow the
+seeds of division among his followers, and, from maxims of policy, to
+magnify his failings, in order to ruin his great power and influence.
+
+But the Presbyterian party were not the only malcontents during these
+strange and unwarrantable proceedings of the legislature. Many wise and
+religious men of all denominations condemned them, as grievous and
+impolitical. They considered differences in religious opinion as improper
+objects of temporal punishment, and that magistrates had no business with
+them, unless they occasion danger and disturbance to the state. They
+looked upon religion as a personal affair, which lies between God and a
+man's conscience, and that it was the prerogative of the Supreme Being to
+judge of men's hearts, as he alone was capable of forming a right
+judgment. In such a case, doubtless every man had a right to judge and
+chuse for himself, as he alone, and not the church, must at last be
+accountable to God for the choice. In every country this is reasonable;
+but in Protestant countries it is the fundamental principle on which they
+ground their right of protesting against the rules and errors of any
+particular church. For which reason judicious men in Carolina opposed the
+acts of assembly, as unreasonable in themselves, repugnant to the
+principles of Protestants, and robbing many of the colonists of their
+most valuable privileges, for their difference in religious opinion. Even
+the society for propagating the gospel disapproved of them, and, at a
+meeting in St. Paul's Church, resolved not to send any missionaries to
+Carolina, until the clause relating to lay-commissioners was annulled. So
+that all impartial men, in some measure, condemned the acts, and seemed
+to detest both the factious men who framed them, and the method by which
+they had been promoted in the province.
+
+    [Sidenote] A project formed for invading Carolina.
+
+At length from these domestic troubles the attention of the people was
+drawn off, and turned towards a more important object, their common
+defence against foreign enemies. The war between Great Britain and France
+and Spain still raged in Europe. The Governor received advice of a
+project framed for invading Carolina, and had instructions to put the
+country in the best posture of defence. The Spaniards pretended a right
+to it on the foot of prior discovery, considering it as a part of
+Florida, and had now determined by force of arms to assert their right.
+Sir Nathaniel Johnson, as a military commander, was well qualified for
+his duty, and formed to shine in a more conspicuous manner in that line
+than in any other. No sooner had he received intelligence of the designs
+of his enemy, than he set all hands to work upon the fortifications,
+appointed a number of gunners to each bastion, and held frequent musters
+to train the men to the use of arms. A storehouse was prepared, and a
+quantity of ammunition laid up in it, to be ready on the first emergency.
+A small fort, called Fort Johnson, was erected on James's Island, and
+several great guns mounted on it. Trenches were cast up on White Point,
+and other places where they were thought necessary. A guard was stationed
+on Sullivan's Island, with orders to kindle a number of fires opposite to
+the town, equal to the number of ships they might spy on the coast. In
+short, such prudent regulations were made, as to prevent any surprise
+from an enemy, and at what time soever they might come, to give them as
+warm a reception as possible.
+
+Few months had elapsed before they found the usefulness and necessity of
+these wise precautions. Carolina was at this juncture the southern
+frontier of the British empire in America. The colony, though it had
+acquired some degree of strength, was yet in a feeble state to resist an
+enemy of force and enterprize. From its situation there was reason to
+apprehend that the French and Spaniards would attack it, as it would fall
+an easier conquest than the more populous northern settlements. Before
+this time a plan had been concerted at the Havanna for invading it. Mons.
+le Feboure, captain of a French frigate, together with four more armed
+sloops, encouraged and assisted by the Spanish governor of that island,
+had already set sail for Charlestown. To facilitate the conquest of the
+province, he had directions to touch at Augustine, and carry from thence
+such a force as he judged adequate to the enterprize. Upon his arrival at
+Augustine, he had intelligence of an epidemical distemper which raged at
+Charlestown, and had swept off a vast number of inhabitants. This
+animated him to proceed with greater expedition. Imagining the town to be
+in a weak and defenceless state, and that the militia in the country
+would be averse from coming nigh it through fear of the fatal infection,
+he took on board a considerable number of forces at Augustine, and made
+all the sail he could for Carolina.
+
+    [Sidenote] A Spanish and French invasion.
+
+Before this time a Dutch privateer, formerly belonging to New-York, by
+order of the governor of Carolina, had been refitted at Charlestown for
+cruising on the coast. The command had been given to Captain Stool, who
+was sent out on purpose to intercept the supplies regularly sent to
+Augustine from the Havanna. After being out a few days he returned, and
+brought advice of having engaged a French sloop off the bar of Augustine;
+but upon seeing four ships more advancing to her assistance, he thought
+proper to make all the sail he could for Charlestown, and that he
+narrowly escaped falling into the enemy's hands. Scarcely had he
+delivered the news, when five separate smokes appeared on Sullivan's
+island, as a signal to the town that the same number of ships were
+observed on the coast.
+
+Sir Nathaniel Johnson being at than time at his plantation, several miles
+from town, Lieutenant Colonel William Rhett commanding officer of the
+militia, immediately ordered the drums to beat, and the whole inhabitants
+to be put under arms. A messenger was dispatched with the news to the
+Governor, and letters to all the captains of the militia in the country,
+to fire their alarm guns, raise their companies, and with all possible
+expedition march to the assistance of the town.
+
+In the evening the enemy's fleet came the length of Charlestown bar; but
+as the passage was intricate and dangerous to strangers, they did not
+think it prudent to venture over it while the darkness of the night
+approached, and therefore hovered on the coast all night within sight of
+land. Early next morning the watchmen stationed on Sullivan's Island
+observed them a little to the southward of the bar, manning their gallies
+and boats, as if they intended to land on James's Island; but there
+having come to an anchor, they employed their boats all that day in
+sounding the south bar; which delay was of great service to the
+Carolineans, as it afforded time for the militia in the country to march
+to town.
+
+The same day Sir Nathaniel Johnson the governor came to Charlestown, and
+found the inhabitants in great consternation; but he being a man of
+courage, and skilled in the arts of war, his presence inspired them with
+fresh confidence and resolution. He proclaimed the martial law at the
+head of the militia, and gave the necessary orders: he sent to the Indian
+tribes in alliance with the colony, and brought a number of them to his
+assistance. As the contagious distemper still raged in Charlestown, the
+Governor judged it imprudent to expose his men to the dangerous
+infection, unless necessity required it, and therefore held his head
+quarters about half a mile distant from town. In the evening a troop of
+horse, commanded by Captain George Logan, and two companies of foot,
+under the command of Major George Broughton, reached the capital, and
+kept diligent watch during the night. The next morning a company from
+James's Island, under the command of Captain Drake, another from Wando,
+under Captain Fenwick, and five more commanded by Captains Cantey, Lynch,
+Hearn, Longbois, and Seabrook, joined the militia of the town; so that
+the whole force of the province, with the Governor at their head, was now
+collected together in one place.
+
+The day following the enemy's four ships and a galley came over the bar,
+with all their boats out for landing their men, and stood directly for
+the town, having the advantages of a fair wind and strong tide. When they
+had advanced so far up the river as to discover the fortifications, they
+cast anchor a little above Sullivan's Island. The Governor, observing the
+enemy approaching towards the town, marched his men into it to receive
+them; but finding they had stopt by the way, he had time to call a
+council of war, in which it was agreed to put some great guns on board of
+such ships as were in the harbour, and employ the gallant sailors in
+their own way, for the better defence of the town. William Rhett, a man
+possessed of considerable conduct and spirit, received a commission to be
+vice-admiral of this little fleet, and hoisted his flag on board of the
+Crown galley.
+
+The enemy observing them employed in making all possible preparations for
+resistance, sent up a flag of truce to the Governor, to summon him to
+surrender. George Evans, who commanded Granville bastion, received their
+messenger at his landing from the boat, and conducted him blindfolded
+into the fort, until the Governor was in readiness to receive him. In the
+mean time the Governor, having drawn up his men in such a manner as to
+make them appear to the greatest advantage, received the French officer
+at their head; and having first shown him one fort full of men, he then
+conducted him by a different route to another, giving the same men time
+to go by a shorter way, and be drawn up beforehand: and there, having
+given him a view of his strength, he demanded the purport of his message.
+The officer told him, that he was sent by Mons. le Feboure, admiral of
+the French fleet, to demand a surrender of the town and country, and
+their persons prisoners of war; and that his orders allowed him no more
+than one hour for an answer. Governor Johnson replied, that there was no
+occasion for one minute to answer that message: he told him, he held the
+town and country for the Queen of England; that he could depend on his
+men, who would sooner die than surrender themselves prisoners of war;
+that he was resolved to defend the country to the last drop of his blood
+against the boldest invader, and he might go when he pleased and acquaint
+Mons. le Feboure with his resolution.
+
+The day following a party of the enemy went ashore on James's Island, and
+burnt the houses on a plantation by the riverside. Another party,
+consisting of an hundred and sixty men, landed on the opposite side of
+the river, and burnt two vessels in Dearsby's Creek, and set fire to his
+storehouse. Sir Nathaniel Johnson, from such beginnings perceiving that
+they were determined to carry fire and sword wherever they went, doubled
+his diligence for the defence of the town. He ordered Captain Drake and
+his company, with a small party of Indians, to James's Island, to defend
+their properties on that side. Drake marched against them, bur before he
+could bring up his men, the Indians, whom he could keep under no control,
+and who ran through the woods with their usual impetuosity, had driven
+the invaders to their boats: Then advice was brought to town, that the
+party who landed on Wando Neck had killed a number of hogs and cattle,
+and were feasting on the plunder. To prevent their farther progress into
+the country, and give them a check if possible, Captain Cantey, with an
+hundred chosen men, was ordered to pass the river privately in the night,
+and watch their motions. Before break of day the captain came up with
+them, and finding them in a state of security, with fires lighted around
+them, surrounded and surprised them with a sharp fire from every quarter;
+in consequence of which, they were put in confusion and fled, and a
+considerable part being killed, wounded, and drowned, the remainder
+surrendered prisoners of war.
+
+Having by this blow considerably weakened the force of the enemy, and
+being encouraged and animated by their success at land, the Carolineans
+determined also to try their fortune by sea. Accordingly William Rhett
+set sail with his fleet of six small ships, and proceeded down the river
+to the place where the enemy rode at anchor; but the French perceiving
+this fleet standing towards them, in great haste weighed anchor and
+sailed over the bar. For some days nothing more was heard of them; but,
+to make sure, the Governor ordered Captain Watson of the Sea-Flower out
+to sea to examine whether or not the coast was clear. The captain
+returned without seeing the enemy, but observing some men on shore whom
+they had left behind, he took them on board and brought them to town.
+These men assured the Governor that the French were gone. In consequence
+of which, orders were given for the martial law to cease, and the
+inhabitants began to rejoice at their happy deliverance.
+
+    [Sidenote] The invaders repulsed and defeated by the militia.
+
+However, before night, certain advice was brought that a ship of force
+was seen in Sewee Bay, and that a number of armed men had landed from her
+at that place. Upon examination of the prisoners the Governor found that
+the French expected a ship of war, with Mons. Arbuset their general and
+about two hundred men more to their assistance. The Governor ordered
+Captain Fenwick to pass the river, and march against them by land; while
+Rhett, with the Dutch privateer and a Bermuda sloop armed, sailed round
+by sea, with orders to meet him at Sewee Bay. Captain Fenwick came up
+with the enemy, and briskly charged them, who, though advantageously
+posted, after a few volleys gave way, and retreated to their ship; and
+soon after Rhett coming to his assistance, the French ship struck without
+firing a shot. Rhett, being obliged by contrary winds to remain all that
+day in Sewee Bay, dispatched John Barnwell, a volunteer, to the Governor,
+with an account of their success; and next morning, the wind changing, he
+returned to Charlestown with his prize, and about ninety prisoners.
+
+Thus ended Mons. le Feboure's invasion of Carolina, little to his own
+honour as a commander, or to the credit and courage of his men. It is
+probable he expected to find the province in a weak and defenceless
+situation, and that the Governor would instantly surrender on his
+appearance before the town. But he was deceived, as many commanders have
+been who entertain a despicable opinion of their enemy. The Governor was
+a man of approved courage and conduct; the militia undertook the various
+little enterprizes with the spirit of men who had not only the honour of
+the province, but also their whole properties at stake, and amazing
+success crowned their endeavours. Out of eight hundred men who came
+against this little colony, near three hundred were killed and taken
+prisoners; among the latter were Mons. Arbuset, their commander in chief
+by land, with several sea officers, who together offered ten thousand
+pieces of eight for their ransom. On the other hand, the loss sustained
+by the provincial militia was incredibly small. The Governor publicly
+thanked them for the unanimity and courage they had shown in repelling
+the invaders: and received from the Proprietors soon after the following
+letter. "We heartily congratulate you on your great and happy success
+against the French and Spaniards; and for your eminent courage and
+conduct in the defence and preservation of our province, we return you
+our thanks, and assure you, that we shall always retain a just sense of
+your merit, and will take all opportunities to reward your signal
+services."
+
+    [Sidenote] The union of England and Scotland.
+
+About this time the long-projected union between England and Scotland
+took place in Britain, which was attended, as might have been expected,
+with the most interesting and happy consequences to both kingdoms. God
+and nature had joined the two together, and of course all differences and
+divisions subsisting between them, while they acknowledged the same
+sovereign, were impolitical and absurd. Unity of affection and interest
+unquestionably constituted the strength of the island, and could alone
+enable it to oppose foreign enemies with vigour and success. Among the
+number of articles which composed this important and beneficial treaty,
+it was agreed, "That all the subjects of the united kingdom of Great
+Britain, should, from and after this union, have full freedom and
+intercourse of trade and navigation to and from any port or place in the
+said united kingdom, and the dominions and plantations thereunto
+belonging; and that there should be a communication of all rights,
+privileges and advantages which do or may belong to the subjects of
+either kingdom, except where it is otherwise expressly agreed in these
+articles." Unfortunately, however, two modes of religious worship were
+established in the nation, which served to perpetuate differences among
+the more stiff and rigid partizans of both the Episcopalian and
+Presbyterian churches. A division in the ecclesiastical establishment was
+as improper and unreasonable as a disunion in the nation. With respect to
+the essential principles and doctrines of religion, they are the same in
+both churches, and the difference between them lies in the modes of
+worship and government, in usages, vestments, forms and ceremonies,
+matters of little consequence with regard to religion. Both modes of
+worship and government have their advantages and disadvantages, and had
+delegates from both churches met at this juncture, and yielded a little
+on both sides, for the sake of mutual harmony, and uniformity, such
+compliance might have been attended with happy effects. But the
+infelicity of the times, and narrow sentiments of the people, not
+admitting of this expedient, it was agreed that the Episcopalian
+government was only to extend to the colonies, and be considered as the
+establishment in them. As the greatest part of emigrants to America
+carried along with them prejudices against this establishment, and
+discovered a tendency towards a republican form of church-government, it
+is remarkable that this disaffection has continued, and in process of
+time been acquiring strength, insomuch that the hands of government,
+engaged in support of the established church, have often been weakened by
+it, and rendered unable to answer the ends of their appointment.
+
+    [Sidenote] Missionaries sent out by the society in England.
+
+About this time the society incorporated by King William, having received
+large benefactions for the purpose of propagating the gospel, began to
+exert themselves for sending over, and maintaining missionaries in the
+plantations. As some colonies were totally destitute of the means of
+instruction, and others ill provided with ministers, and unable to
+support them, the society considered the British subjects as the primary
+objects of their charity. To prevent the influence of Roman Catholic
+missionaries among the heathens was a secondary end in view with this
+charitable corporation, who were also to improve every favourable
+opportunity for the instruction and conversion of negroes and Indians.
+While a number of missionaries were ordained for the northern colonies,
+Samuel Thomas was sent out to Carolina for the instruction of the
+Yamassee Indians; and to supply the different parishes, several more
+missionaries were on the passage to the province. The society had wrote
+to Sir Nathaniel Johnson, expressing their zeal for the interest of
+religion, and earnest desire for spreading the knowledge of the gospel
+among the inhabitants of the British colonies, and their hopes of his
+concurrence towards the accomplishment of their excellent design. Upon
+the receipt of which the governor summoned a meeting of his council, and
+sent an answer to the corporation in the following words: "We could not
+omit this opportunity of testifying the grateful sense we have of your
+most noble Christian charity to our poor infant church in this province,
+expressed by the generous encouragement you have been pleased to give to
+those who are coming missionaries, the account of which we have just now
+received by our worthy friend and minister Mr. Thomas, who, to our great
+satisfaction, is now arrived. The extraordinary hurry we are in,
+occasioned by the late invasion attempted by the French and Spaniards,
+from whom God hath miraculously delivered us, hath prevented our
+receiving a particular account from Mr. Thomas of your bounty, and also
+hath not given us leisure to view your missionaries instructions, either
+in regard to what relates to them or to ourselves: but we shall take
+speedy care to give them all due encouragement, and the venerable society
+the utmost satisfaction. There is nothing so dear to us as our holy
+religion, and the interest of the established church, in which we have
+been happily educated; we therefore devoutly adore God's Providence in
+bringing, and heartily thank your society in encouraging, so many
+missionaries to come among us. We promise your honourable society, it
+shall be our daily study to encourage their pious labours, to protect
+their persons, to revere their authority, to improve by their ministerial
+instructions, and, as soon as possible, to enlarge their annual salaries.
+When we have placed your missionaries in their several parishes according
+to your directions, and received from them an account of your noble
+benefaction of books for each parish, we shall then write more particular
+and full. In the mean time, we beg your honourable society to accept of
+our hearty gratitude, and be assured of our sincere endeavour to concur
+with you in the noble design of propagating Christ's holy religion."
+
+Soon after the missionaries arrived, and were settled in their respective
+parishes, Edward Marston minister at Charlestown died, and Mr. Thomas,
+whom the governor intended for his successor, did not long survive him:
+in consequence of whose death, the governor and Council applied by
+letters to the society, requesting farther supplies, particularly a
+learned and prudent man to take the charge of the capital. The Archbishop
+of Dublin recommended Gideon Johnston to them as a person for whose
+sobriety, diligence, and ability, he dared to be answerable, and doubted
+not but he would execute the duty required in such a manner as to merit
+the approbation of every one with whom he should be concerned.
+Accordingly, Mr. Johnston, being made commissary to the Bishop of London
+for the province of Carolina, and having fifty pounds a-year settled on
+him from the society, embarked for Charlestown. On his arrival he had
+almost lost his life in going ashore: the ship in which he sailed being
+obliged to come to an anchor off the bar to wait the return of the tide,
+and Mr. Johnston, with several more passengers, being impatient to get to
+land, went on board of the small boat to go up to the town; but a sudden
+gust of wind arising, drove the boat upon a sand bank, where they lay two
+days, almost perishing with hunger and thirst, when some persons
+accidentally discovered and relieved them.
+
+Mr. Johnston was not the only person that shared of the charitable fund;
+for five more ministers were settled in the country, to each of whom an
+allowance of fifty pounds a-year, besides their provincial salary, was
+given by this incorporated society. Two thousand volumes of books were
+also sent to be distributed among the people, by these missionaries, for
+their private use and instruction. Justice requires a relation of these
+facts for the honour of that society, who supplied the province with
+instructors at this early period, when it was poor in itself, and stood
+so much in need of their generous assistance. As the church of England,
+however, continued to be considered as the established religion of the
+province; and as all the ministers sent out by this society were of that
+persuasion, Dissenters, who in general are not the most charitable in
+their judgments with regard to the conduct of their neighbours, and who
+perhaps contributed, like many others, towards raising this fund,
+concluded that the society had the propagation of Episcopacy more in
+their eye than that of Christianity. But certainly it cannot be denied,
+that the members of this corporation, who not only contributed largely,
+but were also at such pains in collecting a fund for this laudable end,
+were the proper judges in what manner it should be applied. Charity
+obliges us to believe, that this society, whose design was so benevolent,
+employed their money in such a way as they judged would be most agreeable
+to the intentions of those who gave it, and most useful for the
+instruction and happiness of their fellow creatures: yet mankind, in such
+cases, are apt to be forward in advancing their opinions with regard to
+the conduct of such public managers, and, as they stand affected
+themselves, to praise or condemn them.
+
+    [Sidenote] Lord Craven Palatine.
+
+About the close of the year 1707, Lord Granville the Palatine died; and
+was succeeded in that high dignity by William Lord Craven. The death of
+that nobleman, by whose instruction and encouragement the several violent
+steps for the establishment and support of the church of England in
+Carolina had been taken, was now likely to produce some change in the
+future state of public affairs. Though the Governor and his friends still
+maintained a majority in the house of assembly, yet, from the number and
+temper of Dissenters, they were not without some suspicions of seeing the
+fabric, which they had with such uncommon industry been erecting, totally
+overturned. While many Episcopalians in England were terrified with the
+prospects of danger to their church, the Carolineans took the alarm, and
+passed an act for its security in that province. The preamble of this act
+runs thus: "Whereas the church of England has of late been so happily
+established among us, fearing that by the succession of a new Governor
+this church may be either undermined or wholly subverted, to prevent
+which calamity falling upon us, be it enacted, That this present assembly
+shall continue to sit for two years, and for the time and term of
+eighteen months after the change of government, whether by the death of
+the present Governor, or the succession of another in his time." Whether
+the church must not have been in great danger when men were obliged to
+take such an extraordinary measure for its security, we leave it to the
+world to judge.
+
+    [Sidenote] Edward Tynte governor.
+
+About the end of the year 1708, Colonel Edward Tynte received a
+commission from Lord Craven, investing him with the government of the
+colony. About the same time Charles Craven, brother to the Palatine, was
+made secretary to the province. During the time Sir Nathaniel Johnson had
+governed the country, it had not only been threatened with a formidable
+invasion, but also torn to pieces with factions and divisions, which had
+much retarded its progress and improvement. Great confusion among the
+people had been occasioned by the violent stretch of power in favour of
+an ecclesiastical establishment. The new Palatine, sensible of those
+things, instructed Governor Tynte to adopt such healing measures as would
+be most conducive to the welfare of the settlement. Soon after his
+arrival he received a letter from the Proprietors to the following
+effect: "We hope by this time you have entered upon your government of
+our province of Carolina, and therefore we earnestly require your
+endeavours to reconcile the minds of the inhabitants to each other, that
+the name of parties, if any yet remains among them, may be utterly
+extinguished: for we can by no means doubt, but their unanimous
+concurrence with our endeavours for their prosperity, will most
+effectually render Carolina as flourishing a colony as any in America."
+The late Palatine, from a mixture of spiritual and political pride,
+despised all Dissenters, as the enemies of both the hierarchy and
+monarchy, and believed the state could only be secure, while the civil
+authority was lodged in the hands of high-church men. Lord Craven
+possessed not the same proud and intolerant spirit, and thought those
+Carolineans, who maintained liberty of conscience, merited greater
+indulgences from them; and, though a friend to the church of England, he
+always was doubtful whether the minds of the people were ripe for the
+introduction of that establishment. He therefore urged lenity and
+toleration, which in general have been productive of peace and union,
+while rigour and persecution have seldom failed to excite discord and
+promote superstition in every community.
+
+    [Sidenote] The revenues of the colony.
+
+The expences incurred by the French invasion, though it terminated much
+to the honour of the Carolineans, fell heavy on the colony, still in a
+poor and languishing condition. No taxes as yet had been laid on real or
+personal estates: the revenues of the colony were all raised by duties
+laid on spirituous liquors, sugar, molasses, and a few other articles
+imported; and on deer-skins and furs exported. The amount of these
+several duties was applied towards defraying the charges of government,
+such as raising and repairing fortifications, paying the Governor's
+salary, maintaining garrisons, providing military stores, and salaries to
+ten ministers of the church of England, and sinking bills of credit
+stamped for answering the extraordinary expences of the province. Eight
+thousand pounds had been issued for defraying the public expences
+occasioned by the French invasion; and the act laying an imposition on
+furs, skins, and liquors, was continued, for the purpose of cancelling
+these bills of credit. From this time forward there was a gradual rise in
+exchange and produce, owing, as many thought, to the emission and
+establishment of paper currency in the province. Before this period,
+French and Spanish gold and silver, brought into the country by pirates,
+privateers, and the over-balance of trade with the West Indies, answered
+all the purposes of internal commerce, and very little English coin was
+circulating in the country. However, soon after this emission, fifty _per
+cent_. advance was given by the merchants for what English money there
+was; that is to say, for one hundred pounds English coin, they gave one
+hundred and fifty pounds paper currency of Carolina.
+
+    [Sidenote] The invasion of Canada.
+
+A bloody war still continued between England and France in Europe, and
+the success which had attended an expedition against Acadia, had
+encouraged the British administration to enter on bolder undertakings in
+America. The French in Canada were numerous and strong, and Lord
+Godolphin, convinced of the necessity of maintaining a superiority over
+them, formed a design of attacking Quebec, and striking such a blow in
+that quarter as might render his administration distinguished. He sent
+for Sir Hovenden Walker, rear-admiral of the white, and after holding a
+private consultation with him respecting the enterprize, immediately
+began to make preparations for it. Six thousand men were drawn from the
+army in Flanders, and the command of them was given to General Hill.
+Eleven ships of the line, one frigate, and two bomb-ships, were fitted
+out: transports were provided, on board of which the army embarked and
+sailed for Boston in New England. They arrived there on the 24th of June
+1711, but by no means met with that zeal and ardour for the expedition
+among the people of New England that might have been expected,
+considering its interesting consequence with respect to them. Colonel
+Francis Nicolson, who had been successful in Acadia the year before,
+hastened to Boston, and first used his utmost endeavours to forward the
+expedition, and then marched by land, with a body of white men and
+Indians, against Montreal. Before Sir Hovenden Walker had procured every
+thing requisite to his expedition, the season of the year was too far
+advanced. The navigation up the river St. Laurence was hazardous, and
+none but unskilful pilots could be found. A sudden blow must necessarily
+be struck, or otherwise, as the frosty season begins there so early, the
+fleet might find it difficult to return down the river. When they set
+sail, they had every thing to dread from their own ignorance and a
+dangerous navigation. In proceeding up the river they found uncertain and
+rapid currents, and met with dark and foggy weather: in consequence of
+which eight transports ran upon a rock, and almost nine hundred men
+perished. This unhappy accident cast a damp upon the spirits of the army,
+and their plan was frustrated. In a council of war it was judged
+imprudent and impracticable to carry large ships up such a river without
+the most skilful pilots, and therefore they returned to New England.
+General Francis Nicolson having heard of the miscarriage of the
+expedition upon the river, retreated also from Lake George, and no more
+attempts were made for many years against the French settlements in
+Canada.
+
+    [Sidenote] A French colony planted in Louisiana.
+
+In the year following the French planted a colony at the mouth of the
+great river Mississippi. Lewis the XIVth thought proper to grant a
+territory of vast extent in that quarter to Secretary Crozat, by which he
+evidently encroached on lands belonging to the Proprietors of South
+Carolina. Though the Carolineans had not a little to fear from a
+settlement in such a situation, yet Crozat was allowed to take peaceable
+possession, without any complaints from the Proprietors, or opposition
+from the British government. From this period a new competitor for the
+affection and interest of Indian nations arose, more active and
+enterprising than the Spaniards, whose motions the Carolineans had good
+reason to watch with a jealous and vigilant eye.
+
+    [Sidenote] A colony of Palatines settled.
+
+About the same time application was made to the Proprietors for lands in
+Carolina, by a number of Palatines harassed in Germany by the calamities
+of a tedious war, and reduced to circumstances of great indigence and
+misery. The Proprietors wisely judging, that by such acquisitions the
+value of their lands would increase, and the strength of their settlement
+would be promoted, determined to give every possible encouragement to
+such emigrants. Ships were provided for their transportation.
+Instructions were sent to Governor Tynte to allow an hundred acres of
+land for every man, woman, and child, free of quit-rents for the first
+ten years; but, at the expiration of that term, to pay one penny _per_
+acre annual-rent for ever, according to the usages and customs of the
+province. Upon their arrival Governor Tynte granted them lands in North
+Carolina, where they settled, and flattered themselves with having found
+in the hideous wilderness an happy retreat from the storms and
+desolations of war raging in Europe.
+
+    [Sidenote] Robert Gibbes governor.
+
+However, like many others, Governor Tynte had scarcely time to learn the
+real state of the country, in order to establish proper regulations in
+it, before he died. After his death, a competition arose in the council
+about the succession. One party declared for Robert Gibbes, and another
+for Thomas Broughton. Gibbes, however, carried his election, and for a
+little while stood at the head of the colony. During his time, we know
+nothing remarkable that happened. An act of assembly passed for
+appointing commissioners, impowering them to take subscriptions and
+collect public contributions for building a church at Charlestown. Water
+passages were carried southward to Port-Royal, for the ease and
+convenience of passengers by sea, and money was provided for building
+public bridges; and establishing ferries, for the accommodation of
+travellers by land.
+
+    [Sidenote] Charles Craven governor.
+
+But as it appeared to the Proprietors, that bribery and corruption had
+been used by Robert Gibbes to gain his election to the government, he was
+not permitted to continue long in that office; they forbade their
+Receiver-General to pay him any salary, and ordered the money due to be
+transmitted to Richard Shelton their secretary in England. A commission
+was sent our to Charles Craven, a man of great knowledge, courage and
+integrity, by his brother, investing him with the government of the
+colony. His council was composed of Thomas Broughton, Ralph Izard,
+Charles Hart, Samuel Eveleigh, and Arthur Middleton, _&c._; all men of
+considerable property, and experience in provincial affairs. The assembly
+in his time was not elected, as formerly, in a riotous and tumultuary
+manner, but with the utmost harmony and regularity, and proceeded to
+their deliberations with great temper and mutual friendship. The Governor
+had instructions to defend the province against the French and Spaniards,
+and for that purpose to form and cultivate the firmest friendship and
+alliance with the Indians; to promote fisheries and manufactures, which
+was certainly an absurd and ridiculous instruction; for while they had so
+much land, agriculture was evidently more profitable and beneficial to
+both the possessors and Proprietors of the province. He was required to
+overlook the courts, and take special care that justice be equitably
+administered, and that no interruptions or delays attend the execution of
+the laws: he was ordered to employ eight men to sound Port-Royal river
+for the benefit of navigation, and to fix on the most convenient spot for
+building a town, with a harbour nigh it; and to transmit all acts of
+assembly made from time to time to England, for the Proprietors
+approbation or disapprobation; and such other public matters as appeared
+to him of general concern and utility, he was required carefully to study
+and promote.
+
+    [Sidenote] An Indian war in North Carolina.
+
+In the year 1712, after Governor Craven had assumed the management of the
+colony, a dangerous conspiracy was formed by the Indians of North
+Carolina against the poor settlers in that quarter. The cause of the
+quarrel we have not been able clearly to find out; probably they were
+offended at the encroachments made on their hunting lands. The powerful
+tribes of Indians called Corees, Tuscororas, and several more, united,
+and determined to murder or expel the European invaders. As usual, they
+carried on their bloody design with amazing cunning and profound secrecy.
+Their chief town they had in the first place surrounded with a wooden
+breast-work, for the security of their own families. Here the different
+tribes met together to the number of twelve hundred bowmen, and formed
+their horrid plot. From this place of rendezvous they sent out small
+parties, who entered the settlements, under the mask of friendship, by
+different roads. At the change of the full moon all of them had agreed to
+begin their murderous operations, on the same night. When that night
+came, they entered the planters houses, demanded provisions, out of
+pretence were displeased with them, and then murdered men, women, and
+children, without mercy or distinction. To prevent the alarm spreading
+through the settlement, they ran like fierce and bloody tygers from house
+to house, spreading slaughter among the scattered families wherever they
+went. None of the colonists, during the fatal night, knew what had
+befallen their neighbours, until the barbarians had reached their own
+doors. About Roanock one hundred and thirty-seven settlers fell a
+sacrifice to their savage fury the first night; among whom were a Swiss
+baron, and almost all the poor Palatines who had lately come into the
+country. Some, however, who had hid themselves in the woods, having
+escaped, next morning gave the alarm to their neighbours, and prevented
+the total distruction of that colony. Every family had orders speedily to
+assemble at one place, and the militia, under arms, kept watch day and
+night around them, until the news of the sad disaster reached the
+province of South Carolina.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Tuscorora Indians conquered.
+
+Happy was it for the distressed North Carolineans Governor Craven lost no
+time in collecting and dispatching a force to their assistance and
+relief. The assembly voted four thousand pounds for the service of the
+war. A body of militia, consisting of six hundred men, under the command
+of Colonel Barnwell, marched against the savages. Two hundred and
+eighteen Cherokees, under the command of Captains Hartford and Turstons;
+seventy-nine Creeks, under Captain Hastings; forty-one Catabaws, under
+Captain Cantey, and twenty-eight Yamasses, under Captain Pierce, being
+furnished with arms, joined the Carolineans in this expedition. Hideous
+and dreadful, at this time, was that wilderness through which Colonel
+Barnwell had to march; and to get to North Carolina in time, for the
+relief of the people, the utmost expedition was requisite. In such a case
+it was not possible for his men to carry a sufficient quantity of
+provisions, together with arms and ammunition, along with them, or to
+have these things provided at different stages by the way. There was no
+road through the woods upon which either horses or carriages could
+conveniently pass; and his army had all manner of hardships and dangers
+from the climate, the wilderness, and the enemy, to encounter. In spite
+of every difficulty, Barnwell advanced against them, employing his Indian
+allies to hunt for provisions to his men by the way. At length, having
+come up with the savages, he attacked them, and being much better
+supplied with arms and ammunition than his enemy, he did great execution
+among them. In the first battle he killed three hundred Indians, and took
+about one hundred prisoners. After which the Tuscororas retreated to
+their town, within a wooden breastwork; there Barnwell surrounded them,
+and having killed a considerable number, forced the remainder to sue for
+peace: some of his men being wounded, and others having suffered much by
+constant watching, and much hunger and fatigue, the savages more easily
+obtained their request. In this expedition it was computed that Barnwell
+killed, wounded, and captivated near a thousand Tuscororas. The
+remainder, who escaped on the terms of peace, soon after this heavy
+chastisement, abandoned their country, and joined a northern tribe of
+Indians on the Ohio river. King Blunt, who afterwards came to South
+Carolina, confirmed the account of the number the enemy had lost. Of
+Barnwell's party five Carolineans were killed, and several wounded: of
+his Indians, thirty-six were killed, and between sixty and seventy
+wounded. In justice to this officer it must be owned, never had any
+expedition against the savages in Carolina been attended with such
+hazards and difficulties, nor had the conquest of any tribe of them ever
+been more general and complete.
+
+    [Sidenote] Bank bills established.
+
+Although the expedition to North Carolina was well conducted, and proved
+as successful as the most sanguine of the Carolineans could have
+expected, yet the expense the public had incurred by it fell heavy on the
+province, the revenues of which were inconsiderable, and not at all
+adapted for such important and extensive enterprizes. But as great
+harmony at this time subsisted between the Governor and assembly, they
+were well disposed for concurring with him in every measure for the
+public safety and relief. The stamping of bills of credit had been used
+as the easiest method of defraying these expenses incurred for the public
+defence: however, at this time the legislature thought proper to
+establish a public bank, and issued forty-eight thousand pounds in bills
+of credit, called Bank-bills, for answering the exigencies of government,
+and for the convenience of domestic commerce. This money was to be lent
+out at interest, on landed or personal security; and, according to the
+tenour of the act for issuing the same, it was to be sunk gradually, by
+four thousand pounds a-year; which sum was ordered to be paid annually by
+the borrowers, into the hands of commissioners appointed for that
+purpose. After the emission of these bank-bills, the rate of exchange and
+the price of produce quickly arose, and in the first year advanced to one
+hundred and fifty, in the second to two hundred _per cent_.
+
+    [Sidenote] Remarks on paper currency.
+
+With respect to the utility of this paper money, the planters and
+merchants, according to their different views and interests, were divided
+in opinion. The former, who, for the most part, stood indebted to the
+latter, found that this provincial currency was not only necessary to
+answer the exigencies of government, but also very useful and convenient
+in the payment of private debts. This money being local, in proportion as
+it increased in quantity, it raised the nominal price of provincial
+commodities: and became of course prejudicial to creditors, in proportion
+as it was profitable to debtors; for though it depreciated fifty _per
+cent_. in a year, during which time the planters stood indebted to the
+merchants, the next year such creditors were obliged to take it in
+payment, or produce, which had advanced in price, according to the
+quantity of money in circulation. By the acts of assembly which
+established these bills of credit, the currency was secured, and made a
+tender in law in all payments; so that if the creditor refused this money
+before witnesses offered to him, the debt was discharged from the minute
+of his refusal. Besides, the planters knew, that in a trading country
+gold and silver, by various channels, would make their way out of it when
+they answer the purposes of remittance better than produce, to their
+great prejudice: paper-money served to remedy this inconvenience, and to
+keep up the price of provincial commodities, as it could not leave the
+colony, and answered the purpose for paying private debts as well, or
+rather better, than gold and silver. As the trade of the country
+increased, no doubt a certain quantity of money was necessary to carry it
+on with ease and freedom; but when paper bills are permitted to increase
+beyond what are necessary for commercial ease and utility, they sink in
+value; and in such a case creditors lose in proportion to their
+depreciation.
+
+In Carolina, as well as in the other British colonies in America, the
+greatest part of gold and silver current was foreign coin, and the
+different assemblies settled their value from time to time, by laws
+peculiar to each province. To remedy the inconveniences arising from the
+different rates at which the same species of foreign coin did pass in the
+several colonies and plantations, Queen Anne, in the sixth year of her
+reign, had thought fit, by her royal proclamation, to settle and
+ascertain the current rate of foreign coin in all her colonies. The
+standard at which currency was fixed by this proclamation, was at an
+hundred and thirty-three pounds, six shillings and eight-pence _per
+cent_.; but this regulation, however convenient and advantageous to
+trade, was afterwards little regarded in these provinces, and the
+confusion of current money continued and prevailed.
+
+After the emission of this great quantity of bank-bills in Carolina, and
+speedy rise of the price of produce in consequence of it, the merchants
+of London, to whom the colony stood indebted, judging it prejudicial to
+trade, complained of it to the Proprietors. They perceived that the trade
+of the country, by this means, would be carried on entirely without
+silver or gold; and although their factors in Carolina might raise the
+price of British commodities and manufactures, equal to the advanced
+price of the produce, yet it might be for their interest sometimes to
+take gold and silver rather than produce in return for their British
+goods. They considered the issuing of such bank-notes as a violation of
+the laws of England, and prevailed on the Proprietors to write Governor
+Craven a letter to the following effect: "We have heard complaints from
+several hands of an act you have passed, called the Bank Act. We do
+recommend to you to consider of some expedient for preventing the
+mischievous consequences of that act, lest, upon further complaints, we
+be forced to repeal it. The act is exclaimed against by our London
+merchants as injurious to trade, as an infringement and violation of the
+laws of Great Britain, and made almost in opposition to the act of the
+sixth of Queen Anne. Therefore we expect, for preventing such complaints
+for the future, that you will endeavour, as much as in you lies, to
+reduce that paper credit, pretended to be established in your bank act,
+and that you will strictly put in execution the aforesaid act of Queen
+Anne."
+
+    [Sidenote] Trade infested by pirates.
+
+As the trade of the colony had of late years considerably increased, and
+was almost entirely carried on in British ships, its protection was an
+object which demanded the attention either of the Proprietors or the
+British administration. The war in Europe had engrossed the care of the
+latter, and the former were either unable or unwilling to bear the
+expence of its protection. They had leased their property in the Bahama
+islands to a company of merchants, which turning out to little account;
+the Island of Providence became a receptacle for vagabonds and villains
+of all nations. From this place of rendezvous a crew of desperate pirates
+had been accustomed to push out to sea, and, in defiance of the laws of
+nations, to obstruct navigation. The trade of Carolina and that of the
+West Indies suffered greatly from their depredations. For five years
+after this period those lawless robbers reigned as the masters of the
+Gulph of Florida, plundering and taking ships of every nation. North
+Carolina, by the conquest of its maritime tribes of Indians, had also
+become a refuge for those rogues, who carried their prizes into Cape Fear
+river, or Providence, as best suited their convenience or interest. Their
+success induced bold and rapacious spirits to join them, and in time they
+became so formidable, that no inconsiderable force was requisite to
+suppress them.
+
+    [Sidenote] Several English statutes adopted.
+
+After a long and expensive war, a treaty of peace and commerce was
+concluded between Britain, France and Spain in Europe; and orders were
+sent to all the colonies to desist from acts of hostility. Governor
+Craven, deeply interested in the prosperity of Carolina, now turned his
+attention to improve the precious blessings of peace, and to diffuse a
+spirit of industry and agriculture throughout the settlement. The lands
+in Granville county were found upon trial rich and fertile, and the
+planters were encouraged to improve them. Accordingly a number of
+plantations were settled in the neighbourhood of Indian nations, with
+whom the Governor studied to cultivate a friendly correspondence. For the
+purposes of trade some men took up their residence in their towns, and
+furnished them with clothes, arms, and ammunition, in exchange for their
+furs and deer-skins. An agent was appointed to superintend the affairs of
+Indian tribes, and to conciliate by all possible means their friendship
+and esteem. Several interior regulations, conducive to the peace and
+prosperity of the colony, were also established. The colonists, as an
+eminent writer observes, in general carry with them so much of the
+English law as is applicable to their local circumstances and situation;
+such as, the general rules of inheritance, and of protection from
+personal injuries. What may be proper to be admitted, and what are
+necessary to be rejected, is judged and determined, in the first
+instance, by the provincial judicature, then subject to the approbation
+or disapprobation of the Proprietors; and so far of the British
+parliament, that nothing may be attempted by them derogatory to the
+sovereignty and supreme jurisdiction of the mother country.  At this time
+Governor Craven obtained the assent of the General Assembly, to make
+several English statutes of the same force in Carolina as if they had
+been enacted in it. The people regarded him as a wise and indulgent
+parent, and wished to copy the spirit of their laws from the English
+original, although they received their obligation and authoritative force
+from their being the laws of the colony.
+
+About this time Nicholas Trott, the Chief Justice of the colony, returned
+from England, where he had been for some time engaged in the settlement
+of private affairs. During his stay in Britain he had engrossed the
+favour of the Proprietors, who finding him to be a man of great
+abilities, professed a high respect for him, and afterwards desired his
+assistance and advice in every case respecting the future management of
+their colony. They advanced his salary to one hundred pounds a-year, and
+he agreed to carry on a regular correspondence with their secretary, and
+to give them the best intelligence with respect to their provincial
+affairs. Trott having thus secured the confidence of the Proprietors in
+England, soon after he came to Carolina, began to plume himself on his
+advantageous circumstances, and to treat his former friends in the colony
+with that pride and insolence too common to most men in office and power.
+On the other hand, those men, offended at his arrogance, watched his
+conduct with an envious and malignant eye, and seemed to desire nothing
+more than to humble his pride and destroy his influence. To this fatal
+difference may be ascribed several future jealousies and disturbances
+with which the colonists were harassed, and which terminated in the total
+subversion of the proprietary government.
+
+
+
+
+CHAP. V.
+
+
+After the death of Queen Anne, George, Elector of Hanover, ascended the
+British throne, and was crowned on the 12th of October, 1714. This event
+was far from giving general satisfaction to the British nation. A
+considerable party of the principal landholders favoured the pretensions
+of the house of Stewart, but were so divided in their councils and
+schemes, that they lost all influence and weight. Having no head, they
+were unable to turn the balance against the party in the other scale,
+who, by degrees, engrossed the royal favour, and all offices of power and
+trust in the kingdom. By this difference, however, a spirit of civil
+discord and sedition was excited in the nation, and the Chevalier,
+encouraged by it, and flattered with the hopes of assistance from France,
+formed a project of snatching the scepter by force of arms from the
+family of Hanover. For this purpose, a party in Scotland had recourse to
+arms, but meeting with little assistance from the pretended friends of
+the cause in England, the insurrection was soon quelled, and their rash
+design totally defeated.
+
+    [Sidenote] A design formed for purchasing all charters and
+    proprietary governments.
+
+During the former reign the Lord Commissioners of trade and plantations,
+from the contentions that prevailed in some of the colonies, had taken
+occasion to look more narrowly than formerly they used to do, into the
+state of proprietary governments in America, in order to form a plan for
+purchasing and uniting them more closely to the crown. They easily
+perceived the advantage of beginning this negotiation as soon as
+possible, for the sooner the purchase was made, the earlier it would be
+obtained. Accordingly, they wrote to the Proprietors of each colony,
+acquainting them, it was her Majesty's pleasure and command, that all
+governors of her foreign plantations do transmit to them frequent and
+full information of the state of their respective colonies, as well in
+respect to the administration of government and justice, as to their
+progress in trade and improvements. The Queen, though no friend to
+non-conformists, had also stretched out a hand of relief to the
+distressed Dissenters of Carolina, and publicly disapproved of some
+oppressive acts to which they had been subjected. This served to
+encourage a spirit of murmur and discontent among the Carolineans at the
+proprietary government, and to give their eyes a direction to the crown
+at every future period, when they thought themselves aggrieved under it.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Yamassees conspire the destruction of the colony.
+
+During the same year in which the attention of Britain was occupied by a
+civil broil, the colony of Carolina was visited with a terrible Indian
+war, which threatened its total extirpation. The numerous and powerful
+tribe of Indians called Yamassees, probably at the instigation of the
+Spaniards at Augustine, were the most active in promoting this conspiracy
+against the settlement, though every tribe around was more or less
+concerned in it. The Yamassees possessed a large territory lying
+backwards from Port-royal Island, on the north-east side of Savanna
+river, which to this day is called Indian Land. By the Carolineans this
+tribe had long been esteemed as friends and allies, who had admitted a
+number of traders into their towns, and several times assisted the
+settlers in their war-like enterprizes. Of all other Indians they were
+believed to habour in their minds the most inveterate and irreconcilable
+enmity to Spaniards. For many years they had been accustomed to make
+incursions into the Spanish territories, and to wage war with the Indians
+within their bounds. In their return from those southern expeditions, it
+had been a common practice with them to lurk in the woods round
+Augustine, until they surprized some Spaniard, and brought him prisoner
+home to their towns. On the bodies of these unfortunate prisoners they
+were accustomed to exercise the most wanton barbarities; sometimes
+cutting them to pieces slowly, joint by joint, with knives and tomahawks;
+at other times burying them up to the neck under ground, then standing at
+a distance and marking at their heads with their pointed arrows; and, at
+other times, binding them to a tree, and piercing the tenderest parts of
+their naked bodies with sharp-pointed sticks of burning wood, which last,
+because the most painful and excruciating method of torture, was the most
+common among them.
+
+To prevent such horrid cruelties from being committed on the bodies of
+human creatures, the legislature of Carolina passed a law, offering a
+reward of five pounds for every Spanish prisoner these Indians should
+bring alive to Charlestown; which law, though it evidently proceeded from
+motives of humanity, yet, in the event, it proved very inconsistent with
+good policy: for, in consequence of this act, the Yamassees brought
+several Spaniards, at different times, to Charlestown, where they claimed
+the reward for their prisoners, and delivered them up to the governor.
+Charles Craven, who was no less distinguished for humanity than valour,
+used to send back such prisoners to Augustine, charging the Spanish
+government with the expences of their passage and the reward to the
+Yamassees. But this humane practice, while it displayed English greatness
+of mind, served also to begin an intercourse, which will exhibit to us a
+sad specimen of Spanish honour and gratitude.
+
+For twelve months before the war broke out, the traders among the
+Yamassees observed that their chief warriors went frequently to
+Augustine, and returned loaded with presents; but were not apprehensive
+of any ill consequence from such generosity. John Fraser, an honest
+Scotch Highlander, who lived among the Yamassees, and traded with them,
+had often heard these warriors tell with what kindness they had been
+treated at Augustine. One had received a hat, another a jacket, and a
+third a coat, all trimmed with silver lace. Some got hatchets, others
+great knives, and almost all of them guns and ammunition, to prepare them
+for striking some great and important blow. These warriors told Mr.
+Fraser, that they had dined with the governor at Augustine, and washed
+his face, (a ceremony used by Indians as a token of friendship), and that
+now the Spanish governor was their king, and not the Governor of
+Carolina. Still, however, the Carolineans remained secure, and, having
+such confidence in the Indians, dreaded no ill consequences from this new
+intercourse and uncommon kindness. They knew the Yamassees antipathy to
+the Spaniards, their fondness for presents, but could suspect no
+mischievous plot meditated against the settlement by friends and allies.
+They were not ignorant that the subjects of both England and Spain always
+endeavoured for the sake of peace, to court the friendship of Indian
+nations, who were such powerful and dangerous enemies. Each competitor
+knew their passion for war, and how heavy their vengeance, wherever it
+pointed, generally fell, and therefore good policy dictated the necessity
+of turning the edge of their fierce and bloody temper against their
+neighbours, in order to save themselves.
+
+It was a common thing for the traders who resided among these savages to
+single out a particular warrior of influence and authority among them,
+and to court his favour with trifling presents and constant civility.
+Among the Yamassees one named Sanute was Fraser's friend, who, with his
+fellow-warriors, had also been at Florida, and shared of the Spaniards
+insidious liberality. During his absence Mr. Fraser had married a fine
+woman; and Sanute, who had a great regard for him, after his return home
+came to his house, and brought along with him some sweet herbs, to show
+the lady a mark of respect, agreeable to customs of Indian nations. So
+soon as he entered the habitation of his friend, he called for a bason of
+water, in which he bruised the herbs, and first washed Mrs. Fraser's face
+and hands, and then, clapping his own hands upon his breast, told her,
+that, for the future, he would communicate to her all he knew in his
+heart. She, in return, thanked him, and made him some present.
+Accordingly, about nine days before hostilities commenced, Sanute came to
+Mrs. Fraser's house, and told her, that the English were all wicked
+heretics, and would go to hell, and that the Yamassees would also follow
+them, if they suffered them to live in their country; that now the
+governor Augustine was their king; that there would be a terrible war
+with the English, and they only waited for the bloody stick to be
+returned from the Creeks before they began it. He told them, that the
+Yamassees, the Creeks, the Cherokees, and many other nations, together
+with the Spaniards, were all to engage in it; and advised them to fly to
+Charlestown with all they had in the greatest haste, and if their own
+pettiauger was not large enough to carry them, he would lend them his
+canoe. Fraser, not a little astonished at the news, asked him, how the
+Spaniards could go to war with the Carolineans, while at peace with Great
+Britain? To which Sanute replied, the Spanish governor told him that
+there would soon be a war again with the English, and that while they
+attacked the Carolineans by land, he would send to Spain for a fleet of
+ships to block up the harbour, so that not a man or woman of them should
+escape. Fraser asked him, how long it might be since they had formed this
+horrid design? Sanute answered, Do not you remember about twelve months
+ago that Ishiagaska, one of our chief warriors, with four more Indians,
+went to the Creeks. Fraser said, he remembered it well. Then it was, said
+Sanute, he carried with him a Spanish talk for destroying all the English
+inhabitants of the province; and, laying his hand upon his heart,
+declared he had told them all he knew, and repeated his advice to them to
+fly with all expedition: but, if they were determined to stay and run all
+hazards, he concluded by assuring them, that, to prevent torture, he
+would claim the privilege of performing the last friendly office to them,
+which was to kill them with his own hands. Fraser still entertained some
+doubts, but his wife being terrified, he resolved at all events to get
+out of the way, and accordingly, without delay, put his wife, his child,
+and most valuable effects, into his boat, and made his escape to
+Charlestown.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Yamassee war.
+
+As the time drew nigh in which this dark plot was to be put in execution,
+Captain Nairn, agent for Indian affairs, and many traders, resided at
+Pocotaligo, the largest town belonging to the Yamassees. Mr. Fraser,
+probably either discrediting what he had heard, or from the hurry and
+confusion which the alarm occasioned, unfortunately had not taken time to
+communicate the intelligence he had received to his friends, who remained
+in a state of false security in the midst of their enemies. The case of
+the scattered settlers on the frontiers was equally lamentable, who were
+living under no suspicions of danger. However, on the day before the
+Yamassees began their bloody operations, Captain Nairn and some of the
+traders observing an uncommon gloom on their savage countenances, and
+apparently great agitations of spirit, which to them prognosticated
+approaching mischief, went to their chief men, begging to know the cause
+of their uneasiness, and promising, if any injury had been done them, to
+give them satisfaction. The chiefs replied, they had no complaints to
+make against any one, but intended to go a-hunting early the next
+morning. Captain Nairn accordingly went to sleep, and the traders retired
+to their huts, and passed the night in seeming friendship and
+tranquillity. But next morning, about the break of day, being the 15th
+day of April, 1715, all were alarmed with the cries of war. The leaders
+were all out under arms, calling upon their followers, and proclaiming
+aloud designs of vengeance. The young men, burning with fury and passion,
+flew to their arms, and, in a few hours, massacred above ninety persons
+in Pocotaligo town and the neighbouring plantations; and many more must
+have fallen a sacrifice on Port-royal Island, had they not providentially
+been warned of their danger. Mr. Burrows, a captain of the militia, after
+receiving two wounds, by swimming one mile and running ten, escaped to
+Port-royal and alarmed the town. A vessel happening fortunately to be in
+the harbour, the inhabitants in great hurry repaired on board, and sailed
+for Charlestown; only a few families of planters on that island, not
+having timely notice, fell into their barbarous hands, some of whom they
+murdered, and others they made prisoners of war.
+
+While the Yamassees, with whom the Creeks and Apallachians had joined,
+were advancing against the southern frontiers, and spreading desolation
+and slaughter through the province; the colonists on the northern borders
+also found the Indians down among the settlements in formidable parties.
+The Carolineans had foolishly entertained hopes of the friendship of the
+Congarees, the Catawbas and Cherokees; but they soon found that they had
+also joined in the conspiracy, and declared for war. It was computed that
+the southern division of the enemy consisted of above six thousand
+bowmen, and the northern of between six hundred and a thousand. Indeed
+every Indian tribe, from Florida to Cape Fear river, had joined in this
+confederacy for the destruction of the settlement. The planters scattered
+here and there had no time to gather together in a body, sufficiently
+strong to withstand such numbers; but each consulting his own safety, and
+that of his helpless family, in great hurry and consternation fled to the
+capital. Every one who came in brought the Governor different accounts of
+the number and strength of the savages, insomuch that even the
+inhabitants of Charlestown were doubtful of their safety and entertained
+the most discouraging apprehensions of their inability to repel a force
+so great and formidable. In the muster-roll there were no more than one
+thousand two hundred men fit to bear arms, but as the town had several
+forts into which the inhabitants might retreat, the Governor, with this
+small force, resolved to march into the woods against the enemy. He
+proclaimed the martial law, and laid an embargo on all ships, to prevent
+either men or provisions from leaving the country. He obtained an act of
+assembly, impowering him to impress men, and seize arms, ammunition, and
+stores, wherever they were to be found, to arm such trusty negroes as
+might be serviceable at a juncture so critical, and to prosecute the war
+with the utmost vigour. Agents were sent to Virginia and England, to
+solicit assistance; bills were stamped for the payment of the army, and
+other necessary expences; Robert Daniel was appointed deputy-governor in
+town, and Charles Craven, at the head of the militia, marched to the
+country against the largest body of savages.
+
+In the mean time, the Indians on the northern quarter had made an inroad
+as far as a plantation belonging to John Hearne, about fifty miles from
+town, and entered his house in a seemingly peaceable and friendly manner;
+but afterwards pretending to be displeased with the provisions given
+them, murdered him and every person in it. Thomas Barker, a captain of
+militia, having intelligence of the approach of these Indians, collected
+a party, consisting of ninety horsemen, and advanced against them: but by
+the treachery of an Indian, whom he unluckily trusted, he was led into a
+dangerous ambuscade in a thicket, where a large party of Indians lay
+concealed on the ground. Barker having advanced into the middle of them
+before he was aware of his danger, the Indians sprung from their
+concealments, and fired upon his men on every side. The Captain and
+several more fell at the first onset, and the remainder in confusion were
+obliged to retreat. After this advantage, a party of four hundred Indians
+came down as far as Goose Creek. Every family there had fled to town,
+except in one place, where seventy white men and forty negroes had
+surrounded themselves with a breast-work, and resolved to remain and
+defend themselves in the best manner they could. When the Indians
+attacked them they were discouraged, and rashly agreed to terms of peace;
+and, having admitted the enemy within their works, this poor garrison
+were barbarously butchered: after which the Indians advanced still nigher
+to town; but at length meeting with Captain Chicken and the whole Goose
+Creek militia, they were repulsed, and obliged to retreat into the
+wilderness.
+
+By this time the Yamassees, with their confederates, had spread
+destruction though the parish of St. Bartholomew, and advancing downwards
+as far as Stono, they burned the church at that place, together with
+every house on the plantations by the way. John Cochran, his wife, and
+four children; Mr. Bray, his wife, and two children; and six more men and
+women, having found some friends among them, were spared for some days;
+but while attempting to make their escape from them, they were retaken
+and put to death. Such as had no friends among them were tortured in the
+most shocking manner, the Indians seeming to neglect their progress
+towards conquest on purpose to assist in tormenting their enemies. We
+forbear to mention the various tortures inflicted on such as fell into
+their merciless fangs: none can be pleased with the relation of such
+horrid cruelties, but the man who, with a smile of satisfaction, can be
+the spectator of a Spanish _auto de fe_, or such savage hearts as are
+steeled against every emotion of humanity and compassion.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Yamassees defeated and expelled.
+
+By this time Governor Craven, being no stranger to the ferocious tempers
+of his enemies, and their horrid cruelty to prisoners, was advancing
+against them by slow and cautious steps, always keeping the strictest
+guard round his army. He knew well under what advantages they sought
+among their native thickets, and the various wiles and stratagems they
+made use of in conducting their wars; and therefore was watchful above
+all things against sudden surprises, which might throw his followers into
+disorder, and defeat the end of his enterprize. The fate of the whole
+province depended on the success of his arms, and his men had no other
+alternative left but to conquer or die a painful death. As he advanced
+the straggling parties fled before him, until he reached Saltcatchers,
+where they had pitched their great camp. Here a sharp and bloody battle
+ensued from behind trees and bushes, the Indians hooping, hollowing and
+giving way one while, and then again and again returning with double fury
+to the charge. But the Governor, notwithstanding their superior number
+and all their terrible shrieks, kept the provincials close at their
+heels, and drove them before him like a flock of ravenous wolves. He
+expelled them from their settlement at Indian land, pursued them over
+Savanna river, and rid the province entirely of this formidable tribe of
+savages. What number of his army he lost, or of the enemy he killed, we
+have not been able particularly to learn; but in this Indian war near
+four hundred innocent inhabitants of Carolina were murdered by these wild
+barbarians.
+
+    [Sidenote] They take refuge in Florida.
+
+The Yamassees, after their defeat and expulsion, went directly to the
+Spanish territories in Florida, where they were received with bells
+ringing and guns firing, as if they had come victoriously from the field;
+from which circumstance, together with the encouragement afterwards given
+them to settle in Florida, there is too good reason to believe, that this
+horrid conspiracy was contrived by Spaniards, and carried on by their
+encouragement and assistance. Two prisoners, whom they had saved and
+carried to Augustine along with them, Mrs. Sisson and Mrs. Macartey,
+afterwards reported to the Carolineans the news of this kind reception
+the Indians met with from the Spaniards. On the other hand, though the
+province of Carolina suffered much at this rime, yet the Governor had the
+good fortune to prevent its total destruction. From the lowest state of
+despondency, Charlestown, on the Governor's return to it, was raised to
+the highest pitch of joy. He entered it with some degree of triumph,
+receiving from all such applauses as his wise conduct and unexpected
+success justly merited. Indeed his prosperous expedition had not only
+disconcerted the most formidable conspiracy ever formed against the
+colony, but also placed the inhabitants in general, however much exposed
+individuals might be to small scalping parties, in a state of greater
+security and tranquillity than they had hitherto enjoyed.
+
+    [Sidenote] Retain a vindictive spirit against the Carolineans.
+
+However, from that period in which the Yamassee Indians were compelled to
+take up their residence in Florida, they harboured in their breasts the
+most inveterate ill-will and rancour to all Carolineans, and watched
+every opportunity of pouring their vengeance on them. Being furnished
+with arms and ammunition from the Spaniards, they often broke out on
+small scalping parties, and infested the frontiers of the British
+settlement. One party of them catched William Hooper, and killed him by
+degrees, by cutting off one joint of his body after another, until he
+expired. Another parry surprised Henry Quinton, Thomas Simmons, and
+Thomas Parmenter, and, to gratify their revenge, tortured them to death.
+Dr. Rose afterwards fell also into their hands, whom they cut across his
+nose with their tomahawk, and having scalped him left him on the spot for
+dead; but he happily recovered of his wounds. In short, the emissaries of
+St. Augustine, disappointed in their sanguinary design of destroying root
+and branch in Carolina, had now no other resource left but to employ the
+vindictive spirit of the Yamassees against the defenceless frontiers of
+the province. In these excursions, it must be confessed, they were too
+successful, for many poor settlers at different times fell a sacrifice to
+their insatiable revenge.
+
+    [Sidenote] The colonists turn their eyes for protection to the crown.
+
+During the time of this hard struggle with Indians, the legislature of
+Carolina had made application to the Proprietors, representing to them
+the weak state of the province, the deplorable dangers which hung over
+it, and begging their paternal help and protection; but being doubtful
+whether the Proprietor would be inclined to involve their English estates
+in debt for supporting their property in Carolina, in so precarious a
+situation, they instructed their agent, in case he failed of success from
+them, to apply to the king for relief. The merchants entered cordially
+into the measure for making application to the crown, and considered it
+as the most effectual expedient for retrieving their credit in England,
+lost by the dangers which threatened the country, and the pirates that
+infested the coast. They perceived at once the many advantages which
+would accrue to them from being taken under the immediate care and
+protection of the crown. Ships of war would soon clear the coast of
+pestilent sea-robbers, and give free scope to trade and navigation.
+Forces by land world overawe the war-like Indians, prevent such dreadful
+attempts for the future, and they would reap the happy fruits of public
+peace and security. The inhabitants in general were much dissatisfied
+with living under a government unable to protect them, and what rendered
+their case still more lamentable, prevented the interposition of the
+crown for their defence, and therefore were very unanimous in the
+proposed application to the crown.
+
+About the middle of the year 1715 the agent for Carolina waited on the
+Proprietors, with a representation of the heavy calamities under which
+their colony laboured from the ravages of barbarous enemies, and the
+depredations of lawless pirates. He acquainted them, that the Yamassees,
+by the influence of Spanish emissaries, had claimed the whole lands of
+the country as their ancient possessions, and conspired with many other
+tribes to assert their right by force of arms, and therefore urged the
+necessity of sending immediate relief to the colony. But not being
+satisfied with the answer he received, he petitioned the House of Commons
+in behalf of the distressed Carolineans. The Commons addressed the King,
+praying for his kind interposition and immediate assistance to the
+colony. The King referred the matter to the Lords Commissioners of trade
+and plantations. The Lords of trade made an objection, that the province
+of Carolina was one of the proprietary governments, and were of opinion,
+that, if the nation should be at the expence of its protection, the
+government ought to be vested in the Crown. Upon which Lord Carteret
+wrote them a letter to the following effect: "We the Proprietors of
+Carolina having met on this melancholy occasion, to our great grief find,
+that we are utterly unable of ourselves to afford our colony suitable
+assistance in this conjuncture, and unless his majesty will graciously
+please to interpose, we can foresee nothing but the utter destruction of
+his majesty's faithful subjects in those parts." The Lords of trade asked
+Lord Carteret what sum might be necessary for that service, and whether
+the government of the colony should not devolve on the Crown, if Great
+Britain should agree to bear the expence of its defence. To which Lord
+Carteret replied, "The Proprietors humbly submitted to his majesty's
+great wisdom, what sum of money he should be pleased to grant for their
+assistance; and in case the money advanced for this purpose should not be
+in a reasonable time repaid, they humbly conceived that then his majesty
+would have an equitable right to take the government under his immediate
+care and protection."
+
+    [Sidenote] The project revived for purchasing the proprietary
+    colonies.
+
+The same year a bill was brought into the House of Commons in England for
+the better regulation of the charter and proprietary governments in
+America, and of his majesty's plantations there; the chief design of
+which was, to reduce all charter and proprietary governments into regal
+ones. Men conversant in the history of past ages, particularly in that of
+the rise and progress of different states, had long foreseen the rapid
+increase of American colonies, and wisely judged, that it would be for
+the interest of the kingdom to purchase them for the Crown as soon as
+possible. At different times administration, in the reigns of King
+William and Queen Anne, held treaties with the Proprietors for this
+purpose: but some obstacles always came in the way, or some accidents
+occurred, which prevented a final agreement. At this time while Penn was
+about selling the government of Pennsylvania, for twelve thousand pounds,
+to the Crown, he was seized with an apoplexy, and died before the deeds
+were executed. Lord Baltimore, the Duke of Beaufort, and Lord Craven, all
+minors, petitioned to be heard by counsel against passing the bill. The
+province of Massachuset's Bay petitioned against it, alledging that the
+charter they had received from King William placed them on the same
+footing with the different corporations in England, and that it would be
+equally hard and unjust to deprive them of their charter privileges, as
+to disfranchise the English corporations. The colony of Connecticut,
+whose charter was intended to be taken away by this bill, in like manner
+petitioned to be excepted out of it. These petitions, together with the
+reasons assigned in support of them, the committee of the House found
+some difficulty in answering, and therefore, instead of proceeding
+farther in an affair of such national concern, the design was entirely
+dropt.
+
+It is remarkable, that the Proprietors of Carolina, at the time they
+obtained their charter, as is expressly mentioned in it were excited to
+form that settlement by their zeal for the propagation of the Christian
+faith among the Indians of America: yet, to their shame it must be
+confessed, that they have either never used any endeavours for this
+laudable purpose, or they have been utterly fruitless and ineffectual. At
+this time, indeed, the society incorporated for propagating the Gospel
+maintained several missionaries in Carolina, as well as in the northern
+provinces. The parishes of St. Helen's, St. Paul's, Christ-Church, St.
+Andrew's, St. James's, and St. John's were all supplied with ministers
+from this charitable corporation, who were instructed to use their best
+endeavours for spreading the Gospel among the heathens in their
+neighbourhood and received an annual allowance from the society for that
+purpose; yet we have not been able to learn that these heathens ever
+reaped the smallest advantage from them. The Spaniards, though they have
+often made use of the more severe and rough means of conversion, and
+erected the standard of the cross in a field of blood, yet they have also
+been exceedingly diligent and assiduous in teaching heathens the
+principles of the Catholic religion. In point of policy, this zeal was
+more praise-worthy than English negligence: for such barbarians would
+certainly have been much easier tamed and civilized by mild instruction
+than by force of arms. The Tumican and Apalachian Indians, before
+Governor Moore's inroads among them, had made some advances towards
+civilization, and paid, by means of instruction from Roman Catholic
+missionaries, strict obedience to the Spanish government at Augustine.
+Had the Proprietors of Carolina erected schools, for the instruction of
+young Indians in the language, manners and religion of the English
+nation, such an institution might have been attended with the most
+beneficial effects. For while the children of such savages were living
+among the colonists, they would have been like so many hostages to secure
+the goodwill and peaceable behaviour of their parents, and when they
+returned to the nation to which they belonged, their knowledge of the
+English language and customs would, for the future, have rendered all
+commercial treaties and transactions between them easy and practicable.
+Besides, they would have all the prejudices of education in favour of the
+English manners and government, which would have helped both to fortify
+them against the fatal influence of Spanish rivals, and to render them
+more firm and steady to the British interest.
+
+    [Sidenote] Differences occasioned by the war.
+
+Although the Yamassee war had terminated much to the honour of the
+Carolinians, yet the fatal effects of it were long and heavily felt by
+the colony. Many of the planters had no negroes to assist them in raising
+provisions for their families, and these persons who had negroes, could
+not be spared to overlook them, so that the plantations were left
+uncultivated, and the produce of the year was trifling and
+inconsiderable. The men being more solicitous about the safety of their
+families than the increase of their fortunes, purchased bills of exchange
+at any price, to send with them to the northern provinces, in order to
+procure for them there the necessaries of life. The provincial merchants
+being much indebted to those in London, the latter were alarmed at the
+dangers which hung over the colony, and pressed them much for
+remittances. The Indians, who stood indebted to the merchants of Carolina
+for ten thousand pounds, instead of paying their debts, had cancelled
+them, by murdering the traders, and abandoning the province. No
+remittances could be made, but in such commodities as the country
+produced, and all hands being engaged in war, rendered them both very
+scarce and extremely dear. To answer the public exigences of the
+province, large emissions of paper currency were also requisite. Hence
+the rate of exchange arose to an extravagant height. The province was
+indebted no less than eighty thousand pounds, and at the same time
+obliged to maintain garrisons on the frontiers for the public defence,
+which served to increase the debt. While struggling amidst those
+hardships, the merchants of London complained to the Proprietors of the
+increase of paper money, as injurious to trade; in consequence of which
+they strictly ordered their Governor to reduce it. All those things
+served to aggravate the distress of the poor colonists, and caused them
+to murmur against their landlords for want of compassion, and to turn not
+a little disaffected to their government.
+
+    [Sidenote] Aggravated by the Proprietors.
+
+The next step taken by the legislature of Carolina, served to widen the
+difference. The Yamassees being expelled from Indian land, the assembly
+passed two acts to appropriate those lands gained by conquest for the use
+and encouragement of such of his majesty's subjects as should come over
+and settle upon them. Extracts of these acts being sent to England and
+Ireland, and published among the people, five hundred men from Ireland
+transported themselves to Carolina, to take the benefit of them; which
+influx was a great acquisition at this juncture, and served to strengthen
+these frontiers against future incursions from barbarians. But the
+beneficial consequences of these acts were all frustrated by the
+Proprietors, who repealed them, claiming such lands as their property,
+and insisting on the right of disposing of them as they thought fit. Not
+long afterwards, to the utter ruin of the Irish emigrants, and in breach
+of the provincial faith to them, the Proprietors ordered the Indian lands
+to be surveyed for their own use, and run out in large baronies; by which
+harsh usage the old settlers, having lost the protection of the new
+comers, deserted their plantations, and again left the frontiers open to
+the enemy; as for the unfortunate Irish emigrants, having spent the
+little money they had, many of them, reduced to misery, perished, and the
+remainder moved to the northern colonies.
+
+    [Sidenote] Robert Daniel is made deputy-governor.
+
+About this time Governor Craven, having received advice from England of
+Sir Antony Craven's death, intimated to the Proprietors, that the affairs
+of his family required his presence, and obtained their leave to return
+to Britain. No Governor had ever gained more general love and deserved
+respect from the Carolineans, nor had any man ever left the province
+whose departure was more universally regretted. Having appointed Robert
+Daniel deputy-governor, he embarked for England about the end of April,
+1716. While the man of war rode at anchor near the bar, Mr. Gideon
+Johnston, with about thirty more gentlemen, went into a sloop to take
+leave of their beloved Governor, and sailed with him over the bar. On
+their return a storm arose, the sloop was overset, and Mr. Johnston,
+being lame of the gout and in the hold, was drowned. The other gentlemen,
+who were upon deck, saved themselves by swimming to the land. Afterwards
+the sloop drove, and what has been thought somewhat remarkable, Mr.
+Johnston's body was taken out of it while beating against the same bank
+of land upon which he had almost perished at his first arrival in
+Carolina.
+
+    [Sidenote] Lord Carteret Palatine
+
+Before Governor Craven arrived in England, John Lord Carteret, a nobleman
+no less distinguished by his illustrious descent than personal merit, had
+succeeded to the dignity of Palatine. Nicholas Trott, who was
+Chief-Justice of Carolina, received a warrant from this nobleman,
+impowering him to sit also as judge of the provincial court of
+vice-admiralty. William Rhett, who was Trott's brother-in-law, and
+Receiver-general, was likewise made Comptroller of his majesty's customs
+in Carolina and Bahama Islands. The many offices of trust and emolument
+which these two men held, together with their natural abilities, gave
+them great weight and influence in the province, especially at the
+election of members to serve in assembly. When the provincial assembly
+met, a bill was brought into the house for the better regulation of the
+Indian trade, nominating commissioners, and impowering them to apply the
+profits arising from it to the public benefit and defence, and passed
+with little opposition. As the colonists had been accustomed to chuse all
+their members of assembly at Charlestown, at which election great riots
+and tumults had often happened; to remedy this disorder, another bill was
+brought into assembly for regulating elections; in which, among other
+things, it was enacted, "That every parish should send a certain number
+of representatives, in all not exceeding thirty-six; that they should be
+ballotted for at the different parish churches, or some other convenient
+place, on a day to be mentioned in the writs, which were to be directed
+to the church-wardens, who were required to make returns of the members
+elected." This was a popular act, as the inhabitants found it not only
+allowed them greater freedom, but was more conformable to the practice in
+England, and more convenient for the settlers than their former custom of
+electing all members in town.
+
+    [Sidenote] The disaffection of the people increases.
+
+By this time the struggle between the Proprietors and possessors of the
+soil, which had long subsisted, and in which the officers intrusted with
+supporting their Lordships power and prerogative always found themselves
+deeply interested, was become more serious. Those popular acts, but
+particularly the latter, gave great offence to some members of the
+council, who plainly perceived its tendency to ruin their influence at
+elections, and of course the power of the Proprietors. Among others,
+Trott and Rhett strenuously opposed the bills. Though they were not able
+to prevent their passing in Carolina, yet they took care to send to
+England such representations of them as could not fail to render them the
+objects of the Proprietors disapprobation. Indeed the act respecting
+elections had broke in upon a former law, which had been ratified in
+England, and never repealed by the same authority. The consequence was,
+both those bills in a little time were sent back repealed, by an
+instrument under the Proprietors hands and seals. The colonists, far from
+being pleased with the former conduct of their landlords, now became
+outrageous, and spoke boldly of their tyranny, bad policy, and want of
+compassion for distressed freemen. Being still exposed to incursions from
+the sanguinary and vindictive Yamassees, furnished with arms and
+ammunition from the Spaniards, they were obliged to maintain a company of
+rangers, to protect the frontiers against them. Three small forts were
+erected at Congarees, Savanna, and Apalachicola, for the public defence,
+and money must be raised for the payment of garrisons. Presents of
+considerable value were also necessary, to preserve the friendship of
+other Indian tribes. These public expences eat up all the fruits of the
+poor planter's industry. The law appropriating the profits of the Indian
+trade for the public protection had been repealed; the public credit was
+at so low an ebb, that no man would trust his money in the provincial
+treasury. None would risk their lives in defence of the colony without
+pay, and the province, oppressed with a load of debt, was utterly unable
+to furnish the necessary supplies. The people complained of the
+insufficiency of that government which could not protect them, and at the
+same time prevented the interposition of the Crown for this purpose.
+Governor Daniel himself joined them in their complaints, and everyone
+seemed ardently to wish for those advantages which other colonies
+enjoyed, under the immediate care and protection of a powerful sovereign.
+
+    [Sidenote] Robert Johnson appointed governor.
+
+In this discontented and unhappy state Robert Johnson found the
+Carolineans, when he arrived with a commission from Lord Carteret,
+bearing date April 30, 1717, investing him with the government of the
+province: to which office a salary of four hundred pounds sterling was
+now annexed. He was son to Sir Nathaniel Johnson, who formerly held the
+same office, and had left him an estate in Carolina. This new governor
+was a man of wisdom, integrity, and moderation; but came out with such
+instructions as were ill adapted to the circumstances and situation of
+the colony. Soon after his arrival he perceived the disaffection of the
+people to the proprietary government, and the many difficulties with
+which he would have to struggle in the faithful discharge of his duty.
+His council consisted of Thomas Broughton, Alexander Skene, Nicholas
+Trott, Charles Hart, James Kinloch, Francis Yonge, _&c._ some of whom
+were highly dissatisfied with the harsh treatment of the Proprietors.
+After calling an assembly, the Governor, as usual, signified to them his
+esteem for the people, his love to the province, and his resolutions of
+pursuing such measures as might be judged most conducive to its peace and
+prosperity. The assembly, in answer, expressed great satisfaction with
+appointing a man of so good a character to that high office; but, at the
+same time, were not insensible of the oppression of their landlords, nor
+of the many hardships they had to expect under their weak and
+contemptible government.
+
+    [Sidenote] Of the depredations of pirates.
+
+About this time some merchants and masters of ships, trading to America
+and the West Indies, having suffered much from the barbarity and
+depredations of pirates, complained to the King in council of the heavy
+losses the trade of the nation had sustained from those public robbers,
+who had grown so numerous and insolent, that unless a speedy check should
+be given to them, the navigation in those seas would be totally ruined.
+In consequence of which the King issued a proclamation, promising a
+pardon to all pirates who should surrender themselves in the space of
+twelve months, and at the same time ordered to sea a force for
+suppressing them. As they had made the island of Providence their common
+place of residence, Captain Woodes Rogers sailed against this island,
+with a few ships of war, and took possession of it for the Crown. Except
+one Vane, who with about ninety more made their escape in a sloop, all
+the pirates took the benefit of the King's proclamation, and surrendered.
+Captain Rogers having made himself master of the island, formed a council
+in it, and appointed officers civil and military for the better
+government of its inhabitants. He built some forts for its security and
+defence, and so ordered matters, that, for the future, the trade of the
+West Indies was well protected against this lawless crew.
+
+    [Sidenote] And their utter extirpation.
+
+Though the pirates on the island of Providence were crushed, those of
+North Carolina still remained, and were equally insolent and troublesome.
+Vane, who escaped from Captain Rogers, had taken two ships bound from
+Charlestown to London. A pirate sloop of ten guns, commanded by Steed
+Bonnet, and another commanded by Richard Worley, had taken possession of
+the mouth of Cape Fear river, which place was now the principal refuge
+left for those rogues. Their station there was so convenient for blocking
+up the harbour of Charlestown, that the trade of the colony was greatly
+obstructed by them. No sooner had one crew left the coast than another
+appeared, so that scarcely one ship coming in or going out escaped them.
+Governor Johnson, resolving to check their insolence, fitted out a ship
+of force, gave the command of it to William Rhett and sent him out to sea
+for the protection of trade. Rhett had scarcely got over the bar when
+Steed Bonnet spied him, but finding he was more than match for him, made
+all the sail he could for his refuge in Cape Fear river. Thither Rhett
+followed him, took the sloop, and brought the commander and about thirty
+men with him to Charlestown. Soon after this Governor Johnson himself
+embarked, and sailed in pursuit of the other sloop of six guns, commanded
+by Richard Worley, which, after a desperate engagement off the bar of
+Charlestown, was also taken. The pirates fought like furies, until they
+were all killed or wounded, excepting Worley and another man, who even
+then refused to surrender, until they were likewise dangerously wounded.
+These two men, together with their sloop, the Governor brought into
+Charlestown, where they were instantly tried, condemned, and executed, to
+prevent their dying of their wounds. Steed Bonnet and his crew were also
+tried, and all, except one man, hanged, and buried on White Point, below
+high-water mark.
+
+Governor Johnson, formerly a popular man, was now become much more so, by
+his courage in exposing his person, and the success attending his
+expedition against the pirates. The coast being happily cleared, and free
+scope given to trade, afterwards no pirates durst venture to sea in that
+quarter. This check, together with that they received among the islands,
+served to extirpate these pestilent robbers, who had declared war against
+all mankind; and, by reducing themselves to the savage state of nature,
+had led such lives as rendered them the common enemy of every civilised
+nation. But these two expeditions from Carolina, though crowned with
+success, cost the poor province upwards of ten thousand pounds, an
+additional burden which, at this juncture, it was ill qualified to
+support.
+
+    [Sidenote] Troubles from paper currency.
+
+At the same time, Governor Johnson had instructions to reduce the paper
+currency circulating in the Province, of which the mercantile interest
+loudly complained, as injurious to trade. He recommended to the assembly
+to consider of ways and means for sinking it, and told them they were
+bound in honour and justice to make it good. The Indian war had
+occasioned a scarcity of provisions; by the large emissions of paper
+money it sunk in value, and the price of produce arose to an exorbitant
+height. As the value of every commodity is what it will bring at market,
+so the value of paper money is according to the quantity of commodities
+it will purchase. Even gold and silver, though the universal medium of
+commerce, grow less precious in proportion as their quantity is increased
+in any country. Both rice and naval stores, however high, by doubling the
+quantity of paper money, though the commodities remain the same as
+formerly, become still much higher. The merchants and money-lenders were
+losers by those large emissions; and the planters indebted to them, on
+the other hand, were gainers by them. Hence great debates arose in the
+assembly about paper-money, between the planting and mercantile
+interests. At this time the Governor, however, had so much influence as
+to prevail with the assembly to pass a law for sinking and paying off
+their paper credit in three years, by a tax on lands and negroes. This
+act, on its arrival in England, gave great satisfaction both to the
+Proprietors and people concerned in trade, and the Governor received
+their thanks for his attention to the commercial interests of the
+country.
+
+    [Sidenote] Several laws repealed.
+
+This compliance of the assembly with the Governor's instructions from
+England, and the good humour in which they at present appeared to be with
+government, gave him some faint hopes of reconciling them by degrees to
+the supreme jurisdiction of the Proprietors. But their good temper was of
+short duration, and the next advices from England blasted all his hopes
+of future agreement. The planters finding that the tax-act fell heavy on
+them, began to grumble and complain of its injustice, and to contrive
+ways and means for eluding it, by stamping more bills of credit. The
+Proprietors having information of this, and also of a design formed by
+the assembly to set a price on country commodities, and make them at such
+a price a good tender in law for the payment of all debts, they strictly
+enjoined their Governor not to give his assent to any bill framed by the
+assembly, nor to render it of any force in the colony, before a copy of
+the same should be laid before them. About the same time the King, by his
+order in council, signified to the Proprietors, that they should repeal
+an act passed in Carolina, of pernicious consequence to the trade of the
+mother country, by which a duty of ten _per cent_. was laid on all goods
+of British manufacture imported into that province. Accordingly this act,
+together with that for regulating elections, and another for declaring
+the right of assembly for the time being to nominate a public receiver,
+were all repealed, and sent to Governor Johnson in a letter, which
+enjoined him instantly to dissolve the present assembly and call another,
+to be chosen in Charlestown, according to the ancient usage and customs
+of the province. The Proprietors considered themselves as the head of the
+legislative body, who had not only power to put a negative on all laws
+made in the colony of which they disapproved, but also to repeal such as
+they deemed of pernicious consequence.
+
+    [Sidenote] Which occasions great disaffection.
+
+Governor Johnson, sensible of the ill-humour which prevailed among the
+people at the proprietary government, and the ill consequences that would
+attend the immediate execution of his orders, summoned his council
+together, to take their advice about what was most proper to be done.
+When he communicated his orders and instructions from England, the
+majority of the council were astonished at them. Trott, indeed, who was
+one of them, probably knew from what spring they derived their origin,
+and to whose advice and influence the repeal of those laws ought to be
+ascribed. But as the assembly were at that time deliberating about the
+means of paying the provincial debt contracted by the expedition against
+the pirates, and other contingent charges of government, it was agreed to
+postpone the dissolution of the house until the business then before them
+should be finished. However, the repeal of the duty-law being occasioned
+by an order from the King in council, they resolved to acquaint the
+assembly immediately with the royal displeasure at that clause of the law
+laying a duty on all goods manufactured in Great Britain, and recommend
+it to them to make a new act, leaving out that clause which had given
+offence. Mean while, though great pains were taken to conceal the
+Governor's instructions from the people, yet by some means they were
+divulged, and kindled violent flames among them. The assembly entered
+into a warm debate about the Proprietors right of repealing laws passed
+with the assent of their deputies. Many alledged, that the deputation
+given to them was like a power of attorney sent to persons at a distance,
+authorizing them to act in their stead; and insisted, that, according to
+the charter, they were bound by their assent to acts, as much as if the
+Proprietors themselves had been present, and ratified and confirmed them.
+
+    [Sidenote] Further troubles from Indians.
+
+While the colony was thus harassed with fears and troubles from rigorous
+landlords, to enhance their misery, their savage neighbours were also now
+and then making incursions into their settlements, and spreading havock
+among the scattered families. At this time a scalping party penetrated as
+far as the Euhah lands, where having surprised John Levit and two of his
+neighbours, they knocked out their brains with their tomahawks. They then
+seized Mrs. Borrows and one of her children, and carried them off with
+them. The child by the way, finding himself in barbarous hands, began to
+cry, upon which they put him to death. The distressed mother, being
+unable to refrain from tears while her child was murdered before her
+eyes, was given to understand, that she must not weep, if she desired not
+to share the same fate. Upon her arrival at Augustine she would have been
+immediately sent to prison, but one of the Yamassee kings declared he
+knew her from her infancy to be a good woman, interceded for her liberty,
+and begged she might be sent home to her husband. This favour, however,
+the Spanish governor refused to grant, and the garrison seemed to triumph
+with the Indians in the number of their scalps. When Mr. Borrows went to
+Augustine to procure the release of his wife, he also was shut up in
+prison along with her, where he soon after died: but she survived all the
+hardships of hunger, sickness, and confinement, to give a relation of her
+barbarous treatment. After her return to Carolina, she reported to
+Governor Johnson, that the Huspah king, who had taken her prisoner and
+carried her off, informed her, he had orders from the Spanish governor to
+spare no white man, but to bring every negroe alive to Augustine; and
+that rewards were given to Indians for their prisoners, to encourage them
+to engage in such rapacious and murderous enterprizes.
+
+    [Sidenote] Complaints against Chief Justice Trott.
+
+By this time Chief Justice Trott being suspected of holding a private
+correspondence with the Proprietors, to the prejudice of the Carolineans,
+had incurred their hatred and resentment. Richard Allein, Whitaker, and
+other practitioners of the law, over whom he tyrannized, charged him with
+many base and iniquitous practices. No less than thirty-one articles of
+complaint against him were presented to the assembly, setting forth,
+among other things, "That he had been guilty of many partial judgments;
+that he had contrived many ways to multiply and increase his fees, to the
+great grievance of the subject, and contrary to acts of assembly; that he
+had contrived a fee for continuing causes from one term to another, and
+put off the hearing of them for years; that he took upon him to give
+advice in causes depending in his courts, and did not only act as
+counsellor in that particular, but also had drawn deeds between party and
+party, some of which had been contested before him as Chief Justice, and
+in determining of which he had shewn great partialities; with many more
+particulars; and, lastly, complaining, that the whole judicial power of
+the province was lodged in his hands alone, of which it was evident he had
+made a very ill use, he being at the same time sole judge of the courts
+of Common Pleas, King's Bench, and Vice-Admiralty; so that no prohibition
+could be lodged against the proceedings of the court, he being obliged,
+in such a case, to grant a prohibition against himself; he was also, at
+the same time, a member of the council, and of consequence a judge of the
+Court of Chancery."
+
+Those articles of complaint, though they took their rise from the bar,
+and might have proceeded in some measure from envy, ill-will, or
+resentment, were nevertheless too well grounded, and the facts contained
+in the charge were supported by strong evidence before the assembly. But
+as the Judge held his commission from the Proprietors, he denied that he
+was accountable to the assembly for any part of his conduct in his
+judicial capacity; and declared that he would be answerable no where but
+in England. The assembly, however, sensible that he held his commission
+only during good behavior, sent a message to the Governor and Council,
+requesting they would join them in representing his partial and unjust
+conduct in his office to the Proprietors, praying them either to remove
+him from his seat in the courts of justice, or at the least to grant him
+only one jurisdiction, and the people liberty of appeal from his
+judgements. The Governor and major part of the council, convinced of the
+male-administration of the Judge, agreed to join the Commons in their
+representation. But being sensible of the great interest the Chief
+Justice had with their Lordships, they judged it most prudent to send one
+of their counsellors to England with their memorial, that it might find
+greater credit and weight, and the more certainly procure redress; and
+Francis Yonge, a man of considerable abilities, who had been present at
+all their debates, was pitched upon as one well qualified for giving
+their Lordships a faithful account of the whole matter. Accordingly
+Yonge, being furnished with all the instructions, powers, and
+credentials, necessary to a commissioner for the aggrieved party of the
+colonists, set sail for England, and arrived in London early in the year
+1719.
+
+    [Sidenote] Laid before the Proprietors.
+
+Soon after his arrival, he waited on Lord Carteret, the Palatine; but as
+his Lordship was preparing to set out on an embassy to the court of
+Sweden, he referred him to the other Proprietors for an answer to his
+representation. When the Proprietors met, Yonge presented to them a
+memorial, setting forth, "That he had been appointed by the Governor and
+Council of South Carolina, to lay before them, not only several acts of
+assembly passed there during their last sessions for their approbation,
+but also to inform them of the reasons that induced the Governor and
+Council to defer the dissolution of the assembly, in consequence of their
+Lordships commands; that he was instructed to shew their Lordships the
+arguments between the upper and lower houses of assembly, touching their
+Lordships right off repealing laws ratified and confirmed by their
+deputies; and presented to them a speech made by Chief Justice Trott at a
+general conference of both houses, together with the answer of the
+commons to it, and the several messages that passed between them, which
+he hoped would shew their Lordships, that no arguments or endeavours were
+wanting on their part, to assert the right the Proprietors had of
+repealing laws not ratified by them."
+
+"At the same time, he was desired to request their Lordships to augment
+their Secretary's salary, to allow the members of the council so much
+money for the time and expence of attending the council on their service;
+to establish custom-house officers at Beaufort; to grant six thousand
+acres of land to the three garrisons at Congarees, Savanna Town, and
+Apalachicola; and liberty of appealing from erroneous judgements in law,
+which at that time the people had not, the whole judicial power in all
+the provincial courts being lodged in the hands of one man." Then he
+delivered to them a letter from Governor Johnson, the articles of
+complaint against Chief Justice Trott, and the joint address of the
+Governor, Council, and Assembly, praying to have him removed entirely
+from the bench, or confined to a single jurisdiction.
+
+    [Sidenote] Their answer.
+
+This memorial, however, was far from satisfying the Proprietors, some of
+whom inferred from it, that the people seemed to be industrious in
+searching for causes of dissatisfaction, and grounds of quarrel with
+them, with a view to shake off the proprietary authority, and renounce
+their allegiance. Their letters from Trott served to confirm the truth,
+which intimated that Yonge, though an officer of the Proprietors, by mean
+subtilty and chicane had assisted the people in forming plausible
+pretences for that purpose. For three months Yonge attended the
+Palatine's court, to give the board all possible information about the
+state of affairs in their colony, and to accomplish the ends of his
+appointment. After all, he was given to understand, that the business on
+which he was sent was extremely disagreeable to them; that both the
+trouble he had taken, and the office he had accepted as agent for the
+people, were inconsistent with his duty as one of their deputies, bound
+to act agreeable to their instructions. They declared their displeasure
+with the members of the council who had joined the lower house in their
+complaints against Trott and removed them from the board, appointing
+others in their place, and increasing the number of members; and told
+Yonge, that he also would have been deprived of his seat but for the high
+respect they had for Lord Cartaret the absent Palatine, whose deputy he
+was. With respect to Chief Justice Trott, they had too much confidence in
+his fidelity and capacity to remove him from his office. On the contrary,
+they sent him a letter, thanking him for his excellent speech in defence
+of their right of repealing all laws made in the colony; together with a
+copy of the articles of complaint brought against him, on purpose to give
+him an opportunity of vindicating himself; at the same time acquainting
+him, that it was their opinion and order, that he withdraw from the
+council-board whenever appeals from his judgments in the inferior courts
+shall be brought before the Governor and council as a court of chancery.
+
+    [Sidenote] And letter to the governor.
+
+How far Governor Johnson, in their opinion, had deviated from his duty,
+in joining the other branches of the legislature in their representation,
+may be learned from the Proprietors letter, brought over to him by Yonge,
+which runs in the following words: "Sir, we have received and perused
+your letters and all your papers, delivered us by your agent Mr. Yonge;
+and though we are favourably inclined in all our thoughts relating to our
+Governor, yet we must tell you, we think you have not obeyed the orders
+and directions given you to dissolve that assembly and call another
+forthwith, according to the ancient usage and custom of the province, and
+to publish our repeals of the acts of assembly immediately upon the
+receipt of our orders aforesaid; but we shall say no more on that subject
+now, not doubting but our Governor will pay more punctual obedience to
+our orders for the future.
+
+"The Lords Proprietors right of confirming and repealing laws was so
+particular a privilege granted them by the charter, that we can never
+recede from it; and we do allure you, we are not a little surprised that
+you have suffered that prerogative of ours to be disputed.
+
+"We have sent you herewith an instruction under our hands and seals,
+nominating such persons as we think fit to be of the council with you,
+six of whom and yourself, and no less number, to be a quorum. Upon your
+receipt of this we hereby require you to summon the said council, that
+they may qualify themselves according to law, and immediately sit upon
+the despatch of business. We also send you the repeal of the acts of
+assembly, which we order you to publish immediately upon the receipt of
+this. We do assure Mr. Johnson, that we will stand by him in all things
+that relate to the just execution of his office, and we are confident
+that he will perform his duty to us, and support our power and
+prerogatives to the best of his abilities. If the assembly chosen
+according to your pretended late act is not dissolved, as we formerly
+ordered, and a new assembly elected, pursuant to the act formerly
+confirmed by the Proprietors, you are forthwith commanded to dissolve
+that assembly, and to call another, according to the above-mentioned act;
+and so we bid you heartily farewel."
+
+    [Sidenote] Who obeys their commands.
+
+Such was the result of Yonge's negociation in England. Governor Johnson,
+who was well acquainted with the prevailing temper and discontented
+spirit of the people, plainly perceived, upon receiving these new orders
+and instructions, what difficulties would attend the execution of them.
+The flame was already kindled, and nothing could be imagined more likely
+to add fewel to it than such rigour and oppression. It is true, the
+Governor had received authority, but he wanted power to act agreeable to
+their instructions. Determined, however, to comply with their commands,
+he summoned his council of twelve men whom the Proprietors had nominated,
+who were, William Bull, Ralph Izard, Nicholas Trott, Charles Hart, Samuel
+Wragg, Benjamin de la Consiliere, Peter St. Julien, William Gibbons, Hugh
+Butler, Francis Yonge, Jacob Satur and Jonathan Skrine, some of whom
+refused, and others qualified themselves, to serve. Alexander Skene,
+Thomas Broughton, and James Kinloch, members of the former council, being
+now left out of the new appointment, were disgusted, and joined the
+people. The present assembly was dissolved, and writs were issued for
+electing another in Charlestown, according to the custom and usage of the
+province. The duty-act, from which the clergy were paid, the garrisons
+maintained, and the public debts in general were defrayed, was repealed;
+the law respecting the freedom of election was also repealed, by which
+the colonists were obliged to have recourse to the old, inconvenient and
+tumultuous manner of elections in Charlestown: the act declaring the
+right of the commons to nominate a public receiver was also annulled, and
+declared to be contrary to the usage and custom of Great Britain. All
+laws respecting the trade and shipping of Great Britain, which any future
+assembly might pass, the Governor had instructions to refuse his assent
+to, till approved by the Proprietors. The provincial debts incurred by
+the Indian war, and the expedition against pirates, not only remained
+unpaid, but no more bills of credit were allowed to be stamped, for
+answering those public demands. This council of twelve, instead of seven
+men, which was appointed, the colonists considered as an innovation in
+the proprietary government exceeding the power granted their Lordships by
+their charter, and therefore subjecting them to a jurisdiction foreign to
+the constitution of the province. The complaints of the whole legislature
+against Chief Justice Trott were not only disregarded, but that man, whom
+they considered as an enemy to the country, was privately caressed and
+publicly applauded. All these things the colonists considered as
+aggravated grievances, and what rendered them the more intolerable was
+the circumstance of being deprived of all hopes of redress.
+
+It may be thought somewhat unaccountable and astonishing, that the
+Proprietors should have persisted in measures so disagreeable and
+oppressive of themselves, and so manifestly subversive of their authority
+and power. Many were the hardships from the climate, and the danger from
+savages, with which the poor colonists had to struggle; yet their
+landlords, instead of rendering their circumstances as easy and
+comfortable as possible, seemed rather bent on crossing their humours and
+doubling their distress. The people could now no longer regard them as
+indulgent fathers, concerned for the welfare of their colony, but as
+tyrannical legislators, that imposed more on them than they were able to
+bear. Was it not the duty of the Proprietors to listen to their just
+complaints, and redress their heavy grievances? Was it not their interest
+to consult the internal security, and by every means promote the speedy
+improvement and population of their colony? What could more effectually
+answer these ends, than to cultivate the esteem and preserve the
+affections of the people? Nothing else could render their government
+stable and respectable. But, after all, perhaps the troubles and miseries
+the colonists suffered ought to be ascribed to their Lordships shameful
+inattention to provincial affairs, rather than to their tyrannical
+disposition. Lord Carteret, the Palatine, held high offices of trust
+under the Crown, which occupied his chief study and attention. Some of
+the Proprietors were minors, others possessed estates in England, the
+improvement of which engrossed their whole care and delight. Having
+reaped little or nothing from their American possessions, and finding
+them every year becoming more troublesome and expensive, it is probable
+they trusted the affairs of their colony to a clerk, or secretary, who
+was no ways interested in their prosperity and success. With this
+secretary Chief Justice Trott had established a correspondence, of whose
+wisdom and abilities the Proprietors entertained the highest opinion, and
+in whose integrity and fidelity they placed unlimited confidence. He held
+of them many offices of trust and emolument, which, together with his
+haughty and overbearing conduct, rendered him the object of popular envy
+and clamour. The colonists needed indulgence from their circumstances and
+situation; Trott, being made totally dependent on the Proprietors will
+for the tenure of his office and the amount and payment of his salary,
+strongly supported their power and prerogative. Hence those various
+struggles between the Proprietors and people, which were daily growing
+more serious and violent, and threatened totally to subvert the
+proprietary government.
+
+    [Sidenote] An invasion threatened from Spain.
+
+About this time a rupture having taken place between the courts of Great
+Britain and Spain, a project for attacking South Carolina and the island
+of Providence was formed at the Havanna, and preparations were making
+there for the expedition. Governor Johnson, having received advice from
+England of this design, resolved immediately to put the province in a
+posture of defence. For this purpose he summoned a meeting of council,
+and such members of assembly as were in town, to inform them of the
+intelligence he had received, and to desire their advice and assistance
+in case of any sudden emergency. He told them of the shattered condition
+of the fortifications, and urged the necessity of speedy reparations; and
+for this end proposed a voluntary subscription, beginning with a generous
+offer himself, as an example to others. He declared that one day's delay
+might prove fatal to the province, as they were uncertain how soon the
+enemy might be at their door; and recommended unanimity and despatch. The
+assembly replied, that a subscription was needless, as the income of the
+duties would be sufficient to answer the purpose intended. The Governor
+objected, that the duty-law had been repealed, and none other yet framed
+in its place. To which the assembly answered, they had resolved to pay no
+regard to those repeals, and that the public receiver had orders from
+them to sue every man that should refuse to pay as that law directed.
+Chief Justice Trott told them, if any action or suit should be brought
+into his courts on that law, he would give judgment for the defendant. In
+short, the contest between the two houses at this meeting became warm,
+insomuch that the conference broke up before any thing was concluded with
+regard to the public safety. The assembly were obstinate, and seemed
+determined to hazard the lots of the province to the Spaniards, rather
+than yield to the council, and acknowledge the Proprietors right of
+repealing their laws.
+
+    [Sidenote] An association formed against the Proprietors.
+
+Governor Johnson, however, at such a juncture, judging it prudent to be
+always in the best posture of defence; for uniting the strength of the
+province called a meeting of the field-officers of the militia, ordered
+them to review their regiments, and fixed a place of general rendezvous.
+Indeed such was the uneasy and distracted state of the colony, that the
+Spaniards could scarcely have attacked it at a time more seasonable for
+obtaining an easy conquest. At this meeting the field-officers of the
+militia received their orders with their usual submission, and called
+together the different regiments, on pretence of training the men to
+expert use of arms. But before this time the members chosen to serve in
+assembly, though they had not met in their usual and regular way at
+Charlestown, had nevertheless held several private meetings in the
+country, to concert measures for revolting from their allegiance. They
+had drawn up a form of an association for uniting the whole province in
+opposition to the proprietary government, which was proposed to the
+people at this public meeting of the militia, as an opportunity the most
+favourable for procuring a general subscription. The people, oppressed
+and discontented, with eagerness embraced the proposal, and, almost to a
+man, subscribed the association, promising to stand by each other in
+defence of their rights and privileges, against the tyranny of the
+Proprietors and their officers. This confederacy was formed with such
+secresy and dispatch, that, before it reached the Governor's ears, almost
+the whole inhabitants were concerned in it. The assembly, after having
+thus brought the people in general to back them, had then nothing to do
+but to go on, in taking such bold and vigorous steps as seemed best
+calculated for accomplishing their end.
+
+
+
+
+CHAP. VI.
+
+
+The members of assembly, as I already observed, having formed their
+resolution to revolt, and gone so far as to bring the people to stand by
+and support them, in spite of every obstacle determined to proceed, until
+they should bring themselves under the protection of the King. As they
+had the whole civil power to encounter, and many difficulties to surmount
+it may not be improper the more particularly to mark the various steps
+they took to accomplish this end. United in their view by the greatness
+of the danger, we shall see they regularly made their attacks.. They
+formed their outworks first at a distance, and then brought them
+gradually nearer; and, in short, raised none but such as afterwards
+served to support others in the difficult progress of their future
+operations.
+
+    [Sidenote] The people's encouragement to revolt.
+
+At the election of assembly in Charlestown, Trott and Rhett, who formerly
+had such influence and sway, were now become so obnoxious that they could
+not bring one man into the house. Alexander Skene, formerly excluded from
+the council, was elected a member of this new assembly, which was chosen
+on purpose to oppose the civil officers, considering themselves as ill
+used by the Proprietors, turned a zealous and active person for pulling
+down the tottering fabric of their government. This man, together with
+several other members of assembly, held frequent meetings, to consider of
+all their grievances, and the encouragements they had received from time
+to time from Britain, respecting the great end they now had in view. They
+recalled to mind what had passed in the House of Peers during the reign
+of Queen Anne, how her majesty had then ordered her Attorney and
+Solicitor-general to consider of the most effectual methods of proceeding
+against the charter. They knew also, that a bill had been brought into
+the House of Commons, for reducing all charter and proprietary
+governments into regal ones. They had been informed that Lord Carteret,
+conscious of the inability of the Proprietors to defend their province in
+the Yamassee war, had publicly applied for assistance from the British
+government, and that the Lords of trade were of opinion, that the
+government of the province should belong to that power which bore the
+expence of its protection. They had considered all these things, and
+flattered themselves with the hopes, that the King would take the colony
+under his care as soon as they renounced allegiance to the Proprietors.
+And as the time drew nigh in which they expected an attack from a
+powerful nation, they concluded that the province needed assistance of
+the Crown at the present, more than at any time past. They had convinced
+the people of the manifold advantages of the British constitution, and
+the great happiness of those colonies which were under the immediate care
+and protection of the Crown, insomuch that they now desired nothing more
+upon earth, than to enjoy the same invaluable privileges.
+
+    [Sidenote] Their letter to the Governor signifying their design.
+
+To these secret meetings and transactions Governor Johnson, who lived at
+his plantation several miles from Charlestown, was an entire stranger,
+until he received the following letter, bearing date November 28, 1719,
+and signed by Alexander Skene, George Logan, and William Blakeway. "Sir,
+we doubt not but you have heard of the whole province entering into an
+association to stand by their rights and privileges, and to get rid of
+the oppression and arbitrary dealings of the Lords Proprietors. As we
+always bore you the greatest deference and respect imaginable, we take
+this opportunity to let you know, that the committee of the people's
+representatives were last night appointed to wait on you this morning, to
+acquaint you, that they have come to a resolution to have no regard to
+the Proprietors officers, nor their administration: and withal to beg,
+that your honour will hold the reigns of government for the King, till
+his Majesty's pleasure be known. The great value the whole country
+express for your honour's person, makes them desirous to have nobody but
+yourself to govern them; and as you must be convinced, that no person can
+be more passionately fond of your government than ourselves, we hope you
+will not take amiss any advice given by faithful and affectionate
+friends; and therefore we take the liberty to tell you freely, we are of
+opinion that your honour may take the government upon you, upon the
+office of the people, for the King, and represent to the Proprietors,
+that rather than the whole country should be in confusion, and want a
+governing power, you held it for their Lordships, though you were obliged
+to comply with the colonists, who were unanimously of opinion they would
+have no Proprietors government. We could wish for a longer and better
+opportunity to explain this matter to you; but it is impossible, for the
+gentlemen will be with you in two hours at farthest. We heartily wish
+your honour the utmost success, let it go which way it will; but beg
+leave to observe, that your compliance will not only be the greatest
+satisfaction to the province in general, but also to your humble
+servants."
+
+    [Sidenote] Which the Governor endeavours to defeat.
+
+This letter, though fraught with the highest professions of respect to
+the Governor, he nevertheless considered as an insult; but especially the
+advice, which he deemed both highly derogatory to his integrity as a man,
+and his fidelity as a governor. The bait thrown out to appearance was
+specious and flattering, yet the Governor had too much penetration, not
+to see under its false colours the naked hook. The letter, however,
+served to give him notice of the association, and the resolution of the
+people, which it was his duty by all means possible to defeat. For this
+purpose he hastened to town, and summoned his council, to take their
+advice in a case so unexpected and alarming. Meeting accidentally with
+Alexander Skene, he informed him that the committee who were appointed to
+wait on him had changed their minds, and were gone to their respective
+places of abode. Governor Johnson, nevertheless, informed his council of
+the association, and required their advice and assistance about the most
+effectual methods of breaking it up, and supporting the proprietary
+government. He perceived that, although he was called Governor, yet Trott
+ruled the province, and therefore resolved to do nothing without his
+advice, that he might be equally responsible with the rest for the ill
+consequences which he was apprehensive would attend their future
+proceedings. The council were not a little perplexed what step to take;
+but as the committee had altered their intention of waiting on the
+Governor, they were of opinion that no notice should be taken of their
+proceedings, until the assembly should meet in a legal manner, revive the
+matter, and bring it regularly before them; hoping that the people, upon
+more cool reflection, might drop their dangerous resolution.
+
+    [Sidenote] Proceedings of the convention.
+
+In the mean time the members of assembly were using their utmost
+diligence among the people of the province to keep them firm to their
+purpose, having got almost every person, except the officers of the
+Proprietors and a few of their friends, to sign the association. All
+agreed to support whatever their representatives should do for
+disengaging the colony from the yoke of the Proprietors, and putting it
+under the government of the King. Having thus fortified themselves by the
+union of the inhabitants, the assembly met on purpose to take bolder and
+more decisive steps: and being apprehensive that the Governor would
+dissolve them, so soon as their proceedings reached his ears, they
+instantly came to the following resolutions: "First, That the several
+laws pretended to be repealed are still in force within the province, and
+could nor be repealed and made void and null but by the General Assembly
+of this province, and that all public officers and others do pay due
+regard to the same accordingly. Secondly, That the writs, whereby the
+representatives here met were elected, are illegal, because they are
+signed by such a council as we conceive the Proprietors have not a power
+to appoint; for that this council does consist of a greater number of
+members than that of the Proprietors themselves, which we believe is
+contrary to the design and original intent of their charter, and
+approaching too near the method taken by his majesty and his predecessors
+in his plantations, whom they ought not to pretend to imitate or follow,
+his majesty not being confined to any number of counsellors, but as he
+thinks fit; but the Proprietors, as subjects, we believe, are bound by
+their charter. Thirdly, That we the representatives cannot act as an
+assembly, but as a convention delegated by the people, to prevent the
+utter ruin of this government, if not the loss of the province, till his
+majesty's pleasure be known: and, lastly, That the Lords Proprietors have
+by such proceedings unhinged the frame of their government, and forfeited
+their right to the same; and that an address be prepared, to desire the
+honourable Robert Johnson, our present Governor, to take the government
+upon him in the King's name, and to continue the administration thereof
+until his Majesty's pleasure be known."
+
+Agreeable to the last resolution, an address was drawn up, signed by
+Arthur Middleton as president and twenty-two members of the convention.
+The Governor having sent them a message, acquainting them that he was
+ready with his council to receive and order them to chuse a speaker; they
+came to the upper house in a body, and Arthur Middleton addressed the
+Governor in the following words: "I am ordered by the representatives of
+the people here present to tell you, that, according to your honour's
+order, we are come to wait on you: I am further ordered to acquaint you,
+that we own your honour as our Governor, you being approved by the King;
+and as there was once in this province a legal council, representing the
+Proprietors as their deputies, which being now altered, we do not look on
+the gentlemen present to be a legal council; so I am ordered to tell you,
+that the representatives of the people do disown them as such, and will
+not act with them on any account."
+
+    [Sidenote] The perplexity of the Governor and council.
+
+The Governor and Council, struck with silence and astonishment at the
+audacious spirit of the convention, and suspecting that they were backed
+and supported by the voice of the people, were greatly puzzled what
+measures they should take to recal them to the obedience of legal
+authority. Some were for opposing violence to violence, and thought the
+best way of bringing them back to their allegiance would be to terrify
+them with threats and confiscations. Others were of opinion, that the
+defection was too general to admit of such a remedy, and that mild
+expostulations were more proper both for softening their minds, and
+convincing them of their error; and should such gentle means fail, the
+Governor might then dissolve them, and for the present time put an end to
+the dispute. But, on the other hand, dangers hung over the country, and
+the only fund for repairing the fortifications being lost by the repeal
+of the general duty-law, money must be provided for the public
+protection. If the Governor should dissolve the house, how could the
+province be put in a posture of defence against a Spanish invasion, with
+which it was threatened. If he should suffer them to sit while they had
+resolved that the Proprietors had forfeited their right to the
+government, and refused on any account to act with his council, he might
+be chargeable with a breach of his trust. The result of their
+deliberations was, a message from the Governor and council, desiring a
+conference with the house of assembly. To which they returned for answer,
+that they would not receive any message or paper from the Governor in
+conjunction with these gentlemen he was pleased to call his council.
+Finding them thus inflexible and resolute, the Governor was obliged to
+give way to the current, and therefore, in two days afterwards, sent for
+them in his own name, and spoke to them to the following effect:
+
+    [Sidenote] The Governor's speech for recalling the people.
+
+
+"When I sent for you the other day, I intended to have desired you to
+have chosen your speaker, to be presented to me as usual, and then I did
+propose to have spoke to you in the following manner:
+
+"Your being met together at a time when there was never more occasion for
+a ready dispatch of public business, and a good harmony betwixt the upper
+and lower house; I must recommend that to you; and nothing will be
+wanting on my part to promote a good understanding betwixt the Lords
+Proprietors and the people, at present (to my great affliction) I fear
+too much interrupted: I must, therefore, in the first place, recommend to
+you, that you will without delay, or other matter intervening, fall upon
+proper methods for raising money for finishing the repairs of the
+fortifications, and providing stores of war, which are much wanted. The
+intelligence which I have of the designs of our enemies, which makes this
+work so necessary, shall be laid before you.
+
+"I am sorry the Lords Proprietors have been induced (by a necessity, to
+defend and support their just prerogatives) at this juncture to disannul
+some of your laws; if they had not thought the letting those acts subsist
+might have rendered their right of repeal precarious, they would have
+suffered them still to continue. I hope from you, therefore, a
+respectable behaviour towards them, that we may not feel any more their
+displeasure in so sensible a manner, as the loss (in this time of need)
+of our duty-law, and which has also occasioned an injunction to me and
+the council, from acting with an assembly who shall dispute their
+Lordships undoubted right of repealing laws, and appointing officers
+civil and military.
+
+"I find some are jealous and uneasy on account of rumours spread, that
+you design to alter the tax-act, for sinking your paper currency. Public
+credit ought to be sacred, and it is a standing maxim, That no state can
+subsist longer than their credit is maintained: I hope therefore you have
+no such intentions, which would put me under a necessity of doing what I
+have never yet done; I mean, disagreeing with you. I expect therefore you
+will make good what the public is answerable for, and proceed to such
+farther methods for paying our debts, as shall be both honourable and
+proper, and best adapted to our circumstances.
+
+"The alarm from the southward, about five months since, obliged me to be
+in a posture of defence, and occasioned some charges, the accounts of
+which shall be laid before you; and I desire you will provide for the
+discharge of them: I think also the militia-acts want some amendments;
+and that you should contrive to keep a good watch in Charlestown.
+
+"This is what I intended to have recommended to you: but Mr. Middleton's
+telling me, in the name of the rest, that you would not act _with_, and
+your surprising message since, that you will not receive any thing _from_
+me, in conjunction with my council, has made it necessary for me to take
+this occasion of talking with that plainness and freedom so extraordinary
+a proceeding of yours requires. And, first, I must take notice of your
+message, wherein you say, you own me as Governor, because I am approved
+of by the King; but that you disown the council to be a legal one, nor
+will act with them on any account whatsoever; and this is subscribed by
+all your members: but, upon examining, I find it to be pretty dark and
+evasive, and seems as if you would avoid expressing in plain terms, what
+I have too much cause to fear is your design, I mean, to renounce all
+obedience to the Lords Proprietors: and this I cannot but think you
+propose from all your words and actions. You say, you acknowledge me,
+because I am approved of by the King; but you take no notice of my
+commission from the Proprietors, which is what makes me Governor. The
+confirmation of the King, only signifies his majesty's approbation of the
+person the Lords Proprietors have constituted; but it is my commission
+and instruction from them, that not only grants, but limits my power, and
+contains the rules by which I must act, and are to warrant and vouch my
+actions; therefore, to avoid declaring in express terms your renouncing
+the Lords power, and at the same time doing it in effect, is to create
+perpetual doubts and disputes, and is not acting with that sincerity and
+plainness which ought to be used in all public debates, and especially in
+matters of so great concern as this is, and upon which so great
+consequences depend.
+
+"I do require and demand of you, therefore, and expect you will answer me
+in plain and positive terms, whether you own the authority of the Lords
+Proprietors as Lords of this province, and having authority to administer
+or authorise others to administer the government thereof; saving the
+allegiance of them and the people to his most sacred majesty King George?
+Or, whether you absolutely renounce all obedience to them, and those
+commissioned and authorised by them? Or, whether you admit their general
+power, and only dispute that particular branch of their authority, in
+constituting a council after the manner they have now done? If you deny
+their general power and authority in this province, and say, that their
+Lordships have forfeited their charter, as Mr. Berrisford asserted, and
+you all acquiesced in; then I demand of you, that you signify wherein the
+Lords have forfeited their charter, and what particular branch thereof
+they have broken: and I demand of you, that supposing (not granting) they
+have made a forfeiture of their charter, by what power do you presume to
+renounce their authority, and to model a government out of your own
+heads, before such time as that, by a court having lawful jurisdiction of
+the same, it shall be adjudged that the Lords have made a forfeiture of
+their charter, and that the powers granted them are null and void? If the
+King is of opinion, that any corporation or society have made a
+forfeiture of the rights and powers granted by their charter, although
+his majesty may have the advice of his Attorney and Solicitor-general,
+and his Judges and Council learned in the law, that such a forfeiture has
+been made, (and this he may more reasonably depend on than any advice or
+assurance you can have); yet, notwithstanding this, and his supreme
+authority as King, he never dispossessed the persons of the powers
+granted them, before a _quo warranto_ or some other process had been
+brought, and judgment obtained against the same. And if the King doth not
+assume such a power, by what authority do you assume it?
+
+"I desire you further to consider the consequence that attends that
+assertion, Of the charter being forfeited, before judgment is given upon
+the same. For if it be so, then the forfeiture must be from the time that
+the fact was committed that caused the forfeiture; and then you must
+remember, that, by the charter, the Lords have granted to them, not only
+the power of ordering the government, but also the lands are granted to
+them by the said charter; so that if there is a forfeiture of the rights
+and prerogatives of the government, there is also a forfeiture of their
+rights to the lands; and so all grants made by their authority of any
+lands, since the fact committed that caused the forfeiture, according to
+your own doctrine and assertion, must be null and void; and therefore,
+how many persons titles to their lands will become void, I leave you to
+consider. And though, it may be, you will assign some new late fact, that
+you say will cause such a forfeiture, by which you may think to avoid the
+ill consequence that attends the titles to the lands; yet know, that the
+facts that you assign may not be the only ones that may be thought to
+have made the forfeiture of their charter. And if your present assertion
+is true, that they may be dispossessed before a judgment; it may be,
+other persons may assign other causes of the forfeiture, besides those
+which you assign, which may have been committed many years ago: for you
+cannot but know there have been persons in the province, that, for
+several years past, have publicly asserted, that the Lords have done
+facts, for which their charter was become forfeited. Which if so, I leave
+you to consider what a gate you will leave open to call in question, nay,
+utterly destroy, several hundreds of peoples titles to their lands. And
+though you have most unjustly and untruly suggested to the people, to
+create a prejudice in them to the Lords Proprietors, that their Lordships
+designed to dispute their titles to their lands; yet, by this assertion
+and practice, you are the persons that will not only call in question,
+but effectually destroy their titles.
+
+"And if you persist in disowning the council as now authorised, then I
+desire you further to consider, in what capacity I can act with you, and
+to what purpose you pretend to sit and transact the public business of
+the province. You know very well I am not able to join with you in
+passing any law without the consent of my council; and surely you cannot
+pretend to pass laws without me: and what an absolute occasion there is
+now to pass some laws, that the province may be put in a posture of
+defence, and the contingent charges thereof defrayed, I leave you
+seriously to consider, and hope you will not lose the whole province to
+the enemy, for your own humours.
+
+"But I am further to tell you, that, in case you continue to deny the
+authority of the council, you cannot properly style yourselves the
+representatives of the people; for you know very well you were chosen
+members of assembly, pursuant to and by virtue of the writs signed by
+myself and council; for it is not the peoples voting for you that makes
+you become their representatives; the liege people of this, or any other
+province, have no power to convene and chuse their representatives,
+without being authorised so to do by some writ or order coming from
+authority lawfully empowered. And if you pretend that the writs signed by
+me, as Governor, were sufficient: to that I answer, that I do not pretend
+to any such authority, but jointly, and with the consent of my council,
+it being the express words of my commission; nor did I sign the writs in
+any other capacity than in conjunction with my council, who also signed
+the same. But if my signing the writs were sufficient authority for the
+people to chuse you, then you must allow, that as the power lies solely
+in me to call you, it lies also solely in me to dissolve you; and
+therefore, if by your actions you will force me to make use of that
+power, I do hereby publicly protest and declare, you only must be
+answerable for the ill consequences that may attend such a dissolution,
+and for the loss of the lives and estates of the King's subjects in this
+province, by any attack that may be made upon them by our public enemies
+the Spaniards, or from the Indians, by reason of the province's not being
+put into such a posture of defence as it ought, and would, if you
+proceeded to transact the public business under a lawful authority; and
+this I would have you seriously to consider of.
+
+"Notwithstanding stories that have been industriously spread to
+prepossess the people, that you are the only persons who stand up for
+their rights and privileges; by which, it may be, you have so far engaged
+them in your favour, that you may have their assistance to enable you to
+commit any act of force or violence upon the government, and the
+authority of the Lords Proprietors; yet know, and be assured, that the
+matters in dispute are of that consequence, that they must and will be
+decided by an authority in England, having lawful jurisdiction of the
+same; and that there it must be law and right that must justify your
+claims, and not the consent and approbation of the people of Carolina,
+who will have no weight there, but the right and merit of the cause.
+
+"I must farther mention to you, that it is notoriously known, you have
+promoted two forms of associations, and have persuaded the people to sign
+them. How far you can be justified at home, behoves you to consider: but
+as I am satisfied no matter of such public concern ought to be carried on
+without my knowledge, so I do hereby require and demand of you, an
+attested copy of both associations; and though it may not concern me to
+have the names of every individual person that has signed them, yet I do
+insist upon it that you do acquaint me which of your own members have
+signed both, or either of them, as also the names of such persons who
+have commissions, or hold any places civil or military under their
+Lordships, or of such persons who practise the law in their Lordships
+courts, and have signed them.
+
+"To what is here demanded of you I do require your plain and positive
+answer in express terms, and that you do in writing give me the same in a
+body, and under your hands."
+
+    [Sidenote] Their message in answer to it.
+
+This long and elaborate speech, which was also given them in writing,
+they were not long considering of, but soon returned with the following
+message; and shewed him that they were neither to be shaken by
+persuasion, nor intimidated by threats, from their firm purpose. "We have
+already acquainted you, that we would not receive any message or paper
+from your honour, in conjunction with the gentlemen you are pleased to
+call your council; therefore we must now again repeat the same, and beg
+leave to tell you, that the paper your honour read and delivered to us,
+we take no notice of, nor shall we give any farther answer to it but in
+Great Britain."
+
+Immediately after this they came with the following address to the
+Governor, publicly avowing their resolution to cast off all obedience to
+the proprietary government, and urging and intreating him to comply with
+their desire, and take upon him the government of the province in the
+name of the King. "It is with no small concern that we find ourselves
+obliged to address your honour, in a matter which nothing but the
+absolute necessity of self-preservation could at this juncture have
+prevailed on us to do. The reasons are already by us made known to your
+honour and the world, therefore we forbear to rehearse them; bur proceed
+to take leave to assure you, that it is the greatest satisfaction
+imaginable to us, to find throughout the whole country, that universal
+affection, deference and respect the inhabitants bear to your honour's
+person, and with what passionate desire they wish for a continuance of
+your gentle and good administration; and since we, who are instructed
+with, and are the assertors of their rights and liberties, are
+unanimously of opinion, that no person is fitter to govern so loyal and
+obedient a people to his sacred majesty King George, so we most earnestly
+desire and intreat your honour, to take upon you the government of this
+province, in his majesty's name, till his pleasure shall be known; by
+which means, we are convinced, that this (at present) unfortunate colony
+may flourish, as well as those who feel the happy influence of his
+majesty's immediate care.
+
+"As the well-being and preservation of this province depends greatly on
+your honour's complying with our requests, so we flatter ourselves, that
+you, who have expressed so tender a regard for it on all occasions, and
+particularly in hazarding your own person in an expedition against the
+pirates, for its defence, an example seldom found in governors; so we
+hope, Sir, that you will exert yourself at this juncture for its support;
+and we promise your honour, on our parts, the most faithful assistance of
+persons duly sensible of your honour's great goodness, and big with the
+hopes and expectation of his majesty's countenance and protection. And we
+farther beg leave to assure your honour, that we will, in the most
+dutiful manner, address his most sacred majesty King George, for the
+continuance of your government over us, under whom we doubt not to be a
+happy people."
+
+    [Sidenote] The Governor's answer.
+
+To this flattering address the Governor returned the following answer;
+such as became his honour and trust. "I am obliged to you for your good
+opinion of me; but I hold my commission from the _true and absolute Lords
+and Proprietors of this province_[1], who recommended me to his majesty,
+and I have his approbation; it is by that commission and power I act, and
+I know of no power or authority can dispossess me of the same, but those
+only who gave me those authorities. In subordination to them I shall
+always act, and to my utmost maintain their Lordships just power and
+prerogatives, without encroaching on the people's rights and privileges.
+I do not expect or desire any favour from you, only that of seriously
+taking into your consideration the approaching danger of a foreign enemy,
+and the steps you are taking to involve yourselves and this province in
+anarchy and confusion."
+
+[1] This is the term the charter gives them.
+
+    [Sidenote] The assembly dissolved, and the proceedings of the people.
+
+The representatives having now fully declared their intentions, and
+finding it impossible by all their art and address to win over the
+Governor to a compliance with their measures, and to accept of the
+government only from his having the King's approbation, began to treat
+him with indifference and neglect. He, on the other hand, perceiving that
+neither harsh nor gentle means could recal them to their duty and
+allegiance, and that they became the more outrageous and ungovernable by
+his endeavours to this purpose, issued a proclamation for dissolving the
+house, and retired to the country. The representatives ordered his
+proclamation to be torn from the marshal's hands, and proceeded next to
+avowed usurpation. They met upon their own authority, and in direct
+opposition to that of the Proprietors, and chose Colonel James Moore
+their Governor; who was a man of a bold and turbulent disposition, and
+excellently qualified for being a popular leader in perilous adventures.
+To Governor Johnson he was no friend, having been by him removed from his
+command of the militia, for warmly espousing the cause of the people: to
+the Proprietors he was an inveterate enemy. In every new enterprize he
+had been a volunteer, and in whatever he engaged he continued to his
+purpose steady and inflexible. A day was fixed by the Convention for
+proclaiming him, in name of the King, Governor of the province, and
+orders were issued for directing all officers civil and military to
+continue in their different places and employments, till they shall hear
+farther from them.
+
+Governor Johnson, some time before this, had appointed a day for a
+general review of the provincial militia; and the Convention, that they
+might have the opportunity of the people being under arms, and ready to
+forward their scheme, fixed on the same day for publicly proclaiming
+Moore. The Governor, however, having intelligence of their design, sent
+orders to Colonel Parris, the commander of the militia, to postpone the
+review to a future day. Parris, though a zealous friend to the
+revolution, in answer assured him his orders should be obeyed.
+Notwithstanding this assurance, on the day fixed, when Governor Johnson
+came to town, he found to his surprise the militia drawn up in the market
+square, colours flying at the forts, and on board all the ships in the
+harbour, and great preparations making for the proclamation. Exasperated
+at the insults offered to his person and authority, he could scarcely
+command his temper and restrain his resentment. Some he threatened to
+chastise for flying in the face of government, to which they had sworn
+allegiance and fidelity. With others he coolly reasoned, and endeavoured
+to recal them by representing the fatal consequences that would certainly
+attend such rash proceedings. But advancing to Parris, who had betrayed
+him, he asked him, how he durst appear in arms contrary to his orders?
+and commanded him, in the King's name, instantly to disperse his men.
+Colonel Parris insolently replied, he was obeying the orders of the
+Convention. The Governor in great rage walked up towards him; upon which
+Parris immediately commanded his men to present, and bid him at the peril
+of life advance no nearer. The Governor expected, during this struggle,
+that some friends would have stood by him, especially such as held
+offices of profit and trust under the Proprietors, or that the militia
+would have laid down their arms at his command: but he was disappointed;
+for all either stood silent, or kept firm to the standard of the
+Convention. However, to amuse him, and prevent his taking any rash step
+in the heat of passion, John Lloyd, one of their party, was sent, out of
+pretence of friendship, to walk and converse with the Governor. Vain
+indeed were the efforts of a single arm, in so general a defection. Even
+Trott and Rhett, in this extremity, forsook him, and kept at a distance,
+the silent and inactive spectators of their masters ruined authority.
+
+    [Sidenote] James Moore proclaimed Governor.
+    [Sidenote] The declaration of the Convention.
+
+After this the members of Convention attended, and, escorted by the
+militia, publicly marched to the fort, and there declared James Moore
+governor of the province in name of the King, which was followed by the
+loudest acclamations of the populace. Upon their return, they next
+proceeded to the election of twelve counsellors, of whom Sir Hovenden
+Walker was made president. In this, however, it is remarkable, that they
+assumed a right and power to themselves which they had refused to the
+Proprietors, and made one of the principal articles of complaint against
+them. So that the revolutioners had now their Governor, Council and
+Convention, and all of their own free election. In consequence of which
+the delegates met, and, in the first place, resolved to publish their
+declaration, to the following effect: "Whereas the Proprietors of this
+province have of late assumed to themselves an arbitrary and illegal
+power, of repealing such laws as the General Assembly of this settlement
+have thought fit to make for the preservation and defence thereof, and
+acted in many other things contrary to the laws of England, and the
+charter to them and us, freemen, granted; whereby we are deprived of
+those measures we had taken for the defence of the settlement, being the
+south-west frontier of his majesty's territories in America, and thereby
+left naked to the attacks of our inveterate enemies and next-door
+neighbors the Spaniards, from whom, through the divine Providence, we
+have had a miraculous deliverance, and daily expect to be invaded by
+them, according to the repeated advices we have from time to time
+received from several places: And whereas, pursuant to the instructions
+and authorities to us given, and trust in us reposed by the inhabitants
+of this settlement, and in execution of the resolutions by us made, we
+did in due form apply ourselves in a whole body, by an address, to the
+honourable Robert Johnson, appointed governor of this province by the
+Lords Proprietors, and desired him, in name of the inhabitants of this
+province, to take upon him the government of the same, and in behalf of
+his majesty the King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, until his
+majesty's pleasure had been known, which the said Governor refusing to
+do, exclusive of the pretended power of the Lords Proprietors over the
+settlement, has put us under the necessity of applying to some other
+person, to take upon him, as Governor, the administration of all the
+affairs civil and military within the settlement, in the name and for the
+service of his most sacred majesty, as well as making treaties, alliances
+and leagues with any nation of Indians, until his majesty's pleasure
+herein be further known: And whereas James Moore, a person well affected
+to his present majesty, and also zealous for the interest of the
+settlement, now in a sinking condition, has been prevailed with, pursuant
+to such our application, to take upon him, in the King's name, and for
+the King's service and safety of the settlement, the above-mentioned
+charge and trust: We therefore, whose names are hereunto published, the
+representatives and delegates of his majesty's liege people and free-born
+subjects of the said settlement, now met in convention at Charlestown, in
+their names, and in behalf of his sacred Majesty George, by the grace of
+God King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, in consideration of his
+former and many great services, having great confidence in his firm
+loyalty to our most gracious King George, as well as in his conduct,
+courage, and other great abilities; do hereby declare the said James
+Moore his majesty's Governor of this settlement, invested with all the
+powers and authorities belonging and appertaining to any of his majesty's
+governors in America, till his majesty's pleasure herein shall be further
+known. And we do hereby for ourselves, in the name and on the behalf of
+the inhabitants of the said settlement, as their representatives and
+delegates, promise and oblige ourselves most solemnly to obey, maintain,
+assist and support the said James Moore, in the administration of all
+affairs civil and military within this settlement, as well as in the
+execution of all his functions aforesaid, as Governor for his sacred
+majesty King George. And further, we do expect and command, that all
+officers both civil and military within the settlement, do pay him all
+duty and obedience as his majesty's Governor, as they shall answer to the
+contrary at their utmost peril. Given under our hand, at the Convention,
+this 21st day of December, 1719."
+
+Governor Johnson, after this public and solemn declaration, perceiving
+his power totally overthrown, and the current too violent and strong for
+him to withstand, had little hopes of recalling them to the obedience of
+proprietary authority. Still, however, he flattered himself, that such
+men as had usurped the government in opposition to lawful authority would
+not long remain in a state of union, harmony and peace among themselves.
+The first unpopular step of their Governor might create disturbance and
+disaffection; the first difference among the leading men might divide
+them into parties: he determined to wait for such occurrences, and to
+improve them towards recovering his power and command. In the mean time
+he called together the civil officers of the Proprietors, and ordered
+them to secure the public records, and shut up all offices against the
+revolutioners and their adherents.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Governor transmits an account of the whole proceedings
+    to the Proprietors.
+
+That the proprietors in England might have notice of what had happened
+though a proper channel, Governor Johnson drew up a slate of the whole
+proceedings, and transmitted it them. He told them that the colonists had
+long laboured under difficulties and hardships, by debts contracted in
+the Indian war, and in protecting their trade against pirates; that an
+unhappy difference had broke out between their Lordships and the people,
+about the privileges of their charter; that some of the richest of the
+inhabitants had persuaded the rest, that neither they themselves nor
+their posterity could ever be safe in their persons, or secure in their
+properties, without the protection of the crown: that they had therefore
+with one accord disclaimed and renounced all obedience to their
+Lordships, and put themselves under the care and government of the King;
+that he, though earnestly solicited by them, had refused to govern them
+in any other way, than as commissioned and appointed by the Lords
+proprietors; that the people for that reason had shaken off his authority
+and chosen another Governor for themselves in name and behalf of the
+Kind: In short, that the revolution was in no way occasioned by his
+imprudence or mal-administration, and therefore he hoped, whatever might
+be the issue, that their Lordships would use their interest to continue
+him in the government of the province. To the same purpose he wrote to
+the Lords Commissioners of trade and plantations, who were no friends to
+the proprietary governments in America, and waited for such a favourable
+season as now offered in Carolina to purchase every one of them for the
+crown.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Revolutioners appoint new officers, and establish
+    their authority.
+
+In the mean time the members of the popular legislature were going on,
+and with all their diligence and skill regulating public affairs. The
+representatives of the people took a dislike to the name of a Convention,
+as different from that of the other regal governments in America, and
+therefore voted themselves an Assembly, and assumed the power of
+appointing all public officers. In place of Nicholas Trott, they made
+Richard Allein Chief Justice. Another person was appointed Provincial
+Secretary, in the room of Charles Hart. But William Rhett and Francis
+Yonge, by becoming obsequious to the humours of the revolutioners,
+secured to themselves the same offices they held from the Proprietors.
+Colonel Barnwell was chosen agent for the province, and embarked for
+England, with instructions and orders to apply only to the King, to lay a
+slate of their public proceedings before him, praying him to take the
+province under his immediate care and protection. A new duty-law and
+others for raising money to defray the various expences of government
+were passed. The fortifications at Charlestown they ordered to be
+immediately repaired, and William Rhett, whom every one esteemed a friend
+to the revolution, was nominated Inspector-general of the Repairs. To
+their new Governor they voted two thousand five hundred pounds, and to
+their Chief Justice eight hundred current money, as yearly salaries. To
+their agent in England one thousand pounds sterling was transmitted: and
+to defray those and the other expences of government, a law was passed
+for laying a tax on lands and negroes, to raise thirty thousand pounds
+Carolina-money, for the service of the current year. In short, this
+popular assembly imposed such burdens on their constituents, as under the
+proprietary government would have been deemed intolerable grievances.
+
+In consequence of the tax-act, when they began to levy those heavy tales,
+Governor Johnson and some of his party refused to pay, giving for reason
+that the act was not made by lawful authority. On account of his
+particular circumstances, Mr. Johnson was exempted; but they resolved to
+compel every other person to submit to their jurisdiction, and yield
+implicit obedience to their laws. They forcibly seized the effects or
+negroes of such as refused, sold them at public auction, and applyed the
+money for the payment of their taxes. Thus, in spite of all opposition,
+they established themselves in the full possession of government, both in
+their legislative and executive capacities.
+
+    [Sidenote] In vain the Governor attempts to disconcert them.
+    [Sidenote] Rhett refuses obedience to his orders.
+
+Governor Johnson, though obliged to stand at a distance, carefully
+observed their progress, and was not a little mortified by their great
+success. He however still persisted in throwing every obstacle possible
+in their way: he wrote to William Rhett, who was not only the Proprietors
+Receiver-general, but also Comptroller of the customs, a letter to the
+following effect; informing him, That "as the people had found means to
+hinder all masters of ships from coming to him as the Governor
+clearances, and from clearing in the lawful secretary's offices,
+notwithstanding the laws of trade made such neglects the forfeiture of
+ship and cargo, and the naval officer, by his orders, did all he could to
+induce them to act according to law: and as he was sensible that the
+defection was so general, and his authority so depressed, that he had no
+power left to punish them for disobedience; he therefore could think of
+no other way to oblige them to their duty but by stopping their obtaining
+clearances from the custom-house officers, until they paid their duty to
+him as the lawful governor of the province. He therefore desired Mr.
+Rhett would consult his powers and instructions as Surveyor and
+Comptroller of the customs, and act in this affair as he should think
+agreeable to them, to the laws of trade, and to the service of his
+majesty, and of the Lords Proprietors." Indeed it must be acknowledged,
+had Rhett so far consulted the interest of the Proprietors, as to have
+commanded the officers of the customs to do their duty, according to the
+Governor's project, it would have given the revolutioners no small
+trouble. They would have had the mortification to see the masters of
+ships disowning their authority, and going only to that office where they
+could obtain authentic and legal clearances. The fees due to the Governor
+and Secretary would also have gone in their usual channel, which
+otherwise were transferred to such persons as had no just right, nor even
+the smallest pretensions to them. But Rhett's enmity to the Governor, and
+his prospects of profit from the prevailing party, induced him to neglect
+the duties of his station. He had already joined, or at least seemed to
+join, the revolutioners, being determined to retain at all events his
+places of profit and emolument. The countenance and encouragement he had
+given the people, they considered as a justification of their measures;
+and though they had passed a vote, that no person who held an office
+under the Proprietors should be permitted to continue in it, yet, as they
+found Rhett so obsequious to their views, they thought proper to dispense
+with it for an acquisition of such importance. They not only allowed him
+to continue in his former offices, but also made him Lieutenant-General
+of the militia, and Overseer to the works in repairing the
+fortifications. So that, instead of giving assistance to Governor Johnson
+for supporting the interest and power of the proprietary government, he
+shamefully deserted him, betrayed his trust, and joined the
+revolutioners.
+
+    [Sidenote] And preserves the confidence of the Proprietors.
+
+Rhett, nevertheless, to the astonishment of every one, still maintained
+his credit with the Proprietors, and had the art to persuade them he had
+done done all out of zeal for the service of his majesty, and for the
+good of the province. He wrote them two letters, giving them an account
+of all that had happened, and assuring them he had accepted of a
+commission from Mr. Moore, in order the more effectually to promote their
+interest, by giving him an opportunity of conversing freely with the
+people, and persuading them to return to their duty and allegiance. He
+represented the inflexibility of Governor Johnson as one source of the
+discontent and defection of the people, and utterly inconsistent with
+good policy. He told them, that there are times when the minds of men
+will not bend to authority, when the rigid exertion of power defeats its
+end, and when lenity becomes a more efficacious remedy against
+disaffection to government than severity. The Proprietors believed him,
+and such was their confidence in his honour and fidelity, that they sent
+him a letter expressing their approbation of his conduct, in the
+following words: "We have received your letters, wherein you give us a
+melancholy account of the present confused government of our province,
+and of the great consternation of the inhabitants, from the dreadful
+apprehension they have of a foreign invasion. But since they have been so
+unfortunate as to bring themselves into so much confusion, we are not a
+little pleased that your zeal for the service of his majesty, and the
+safety of the province, has engaged you to take upon you the command of
+the forces; for as, by your command of the said forces, you formerly
+defended and saved the country from the insults of an invading enemy, so
+we doubt not but you will again use your utmost skill to free your same
+fellow-subjects from the imminent danger they at present labour under.
+And since you have taken upon you the same command, we earnestly intreat
+you, that, with the greatest application, you will continue your
+endeavours in that command for the safety and preservation of the
+province, until you shall hear farther from us: We wish you all
+imaginable success, and bid you heartily farewell."
+
+    [Sidenote] Further attempts of the Governor to recal the people.
+
+In the mean time Governor Johnson received certain advice, that the
+Spaniards had sailed from the Havanna with a fleet of fourteen ships, and
+a force consisting of twelve hundred men, against South Carolina and
+Providence Island, and it was uncertain which of the two they would first
+attack. At this time of imminent danger the Governor again attempted to
+recal the people to subjection and obedience, and sent the following
+letter to the Convention. "I flatter myself that the invasion which at
+present threatens the province, has awakened a thought in you of the
+necessity there is of the forces acting under lawful authority and
+commission. The inconveniences and confusion of not admitting it are so
+obvious, I need not mention them. I have hitherto borne the indignities
+put upon me, and the loss I sustain by being out of my government, with
+as much temper as the nature of the thing will admit of, till such time
+as his majesty's pleasure shall be known. But to have another man to
+assume my authority when danger threatens the province and action is
+expected, and to be deprived of the opportunity of serving the public in
+my station, as I am indispensibly bound to do upon such occasions, I
+being answerable to the King for any neglect regarding the welfare of the
+province, is what I cannot patiently endure. I am willing with my council
+to consult and advise with you for the good and safety of the country in
+this time of imminent danger, as a Convention of the people, as you first
+called yourselves; nor do I see, in this present juncture of affairs, any
+occasion for formality in our proceedings, or that I explain by whose
+authority I act in grants of commissions or other public orders. Mr.
+Moore's commission you have given him does not pretend to say that it is
+derived from the King. You have already confessed I am invested with some
+authority of which you approve, and that is enough. What I insist upon
+is, to be allowed to act as Governor, because I have been approved of by
+the King. I do not apprehend there is any necessity of doing any thing at
+present but what relates to military affairs; and I do believe people
+will be better satisfied, more ready to advance necessaries, to trust the
+public, and obey my commands, by virtue of the King's authority which I
+have, if left to their liberty, than the orders of any other person in
+the province; and in a short time we may expect his majesty's pleasure
+will be known. If my reasons have not the weight with you I expect they
+should, you ought at least to put it to the vote, that, if a majority
+should be against it, I may have that to justify myself to the King and
+the world, who ought to be satisfied that I have done all I can for
+serving the country, and discharging the duty of my station."
+
+By this letter Governor Johnson thought to alarm and terrify the people,
+by representing the dangerous consequences of military operations under
+unlawful authority; but they remained firm to their purpose, and the
+Convention, without taking any notice of it, continued to do business
+with Mr. Moore as they had begun. Sir Hovenden Walker, the President of
+their Council, being disgusted at their proceedings, left them and
+retired to his plantation; but they chose Richard Allein in his stead,
+and proceeded to concert measures for the public defence. They pronounced
+the martial law, and ordered all the inhabitants of the province to
+Charlestown for its defence. All the officers of the militia accepted
+their commissions from Mr. Moore, and engaged to stand by him against all
+foreign enemies. For two weeks the Provincial militia were kept under
+arms at Charlestown every day expecting the appearance of the Spanish
+fleet; which they were informed had sailed from the Havanna. Happily for
+them, to acquire possession of both sides of the Gulf of Florida, and
+secure the navigation through this stream, the Spaniards had resolved
+first to attack Providence, and then to proceed against Carolina: but by
+the conduct and courage of Captain Rogers, at that time Governor of the
+island, they met with a sharp repulse at Providence, and soon after they
+lost the greatest part of their fleet in a storm.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Governor's last attempt to recover his authority.
+
+The Spanish expedition having thus proved abortive, the Flamborough man
+of war, commanded by Captain Hildesley, returned to her station at
+Charlestown from Providence island. About the same time his Majesty's
+ship Phoenix, commanded by Captain Pierce, arrived from a cruize. The
+commanders of these two men of war were carressed by both parties, but
+they publicly declared for Governor Johnson as the magistrate invested
+with legal authority. Charles Hart, secretary of the province, by orders
+from the Governor and Council, had secreted and secured the public
+records, so that the revolutioners could not obtain possession of them.
+The clergy refused to marry without a licence from Governor Johnson, as
+the only legal Ordinary of the province. These inconveniencies having
+begun to operate, rendered several of the people more cool in their
+affection for the popular government. At this juncture Governor Johnson,
+with the assistance of the captain and crews of the ships of war, made
+his last and boldest effort for subjecting the colonists to his
+authority. He brought up the ships of war in front of Charlestown, and
+threatened their capital with immediate destruction, if they any longer
+refused obedience to legal authority. But the people having both arms in
+their hands for defence, and forts in their possession to which they
+could retreat, bid defiance to his power, and shewed him plainly that
+they were neither to be won by flattery, nor terrified by threats, to
+submit their necks any more to the proprietary yoke; and therefore for
+the future Governor Johnson dropt all thoughts of making any more
+attempts for that purpose.
+
+    [Sidenote] Injurious suspicions with regard to the conduct of the
+    Governor.
+
+Nicholas Trott now observing the frame of the proprietary government
+totally unhinged, and a rival Judge planted in his room, resolved to
+return to England. But before he embarked he wrote to Governor Johnson,
+acquainting him with his resolution, and promising, if he would
+contribute towards defraying his expences, he would give the Proprietors
+each a favourable account of his conduct and services, as would ensure to
+him the continuance of his office. But the Governor being no stranger to
+the character of the Judge, and being convinced that both the revolt of
+the people, and subversion of government, were in a great measure to be
+ascribed his pernicious policy and secret correspondence with his friend
+the secretary to the Proprietors, disdainfully rejected his interest and
+friendship. To which disrespect for the Judge, however, Mr. Johnson
+attributed many of the injurious suspicions the Proprietors entertained
+of his honour and fidelity, and that shameful neglect with which he was
+afterwards treated by them. They had wrote him no answer to his letters
+respecting the violent steps the people had taken, or ever informed him
+whether his conduct during those popular commotions had met with their
+approbation or disapprobation. Some of them even alledged that he was
+privy to the designs of the malecontents; and gave them too much
+countenance and indulgence. But every principle of honour, duty and
+interest forbade such a connivance, and the upright and respectable
+character he maintained, rendered such suspicions groundless and
+unmerited. That he should join with a disaffected multitude in schemes of
+opposition, to divest himself of his government, was a thing scarcely to
+be supposed. That he should first wink at the subversion of the
+proprietary government, and afterwards refuse to govern them for the
+King, when solicited so to do by the representatives and whole body of
+the people, was a thing very improbable. When he arrived in the province,
+he found the inhabitants discontented and unhappy; but little suspected
+then they had any views of renouncing their allegiance to the
+Proprietors; and the various arts the people used to conceal from him
+their designs, were proofs they had every thing to fear, and nothing to
+hope for from their Governor. The many attempts made to defeat their
+measures were also evidences of his fidelity to their Lordships, and
+firmness in support of their government. He indeed differed with Trott
+and Rhett, the two favourites of the Proprietors, and perhaps to this,
+among other causes, the neglect with which he was treated by their
+Lordships may be ascribed. For as they discovered on all occasions such a
+partial regard to these men, and placed such unlimited confidence in
+them, the person who differed from them, however fair and unblemished his
+character, however firmly attached to their interest, was not likely, in
+such circumstances of trouble and difficulty, to escape all injurious
+suspicions. We have blamed the Proprietors in many respects with regard
+to the management of their colony, and we cannot think them worthy of
+praise in withdrawing their countenance and friendship from a Governor,
+who manifested such zeal and resolution in support of their authority.
+Being equally subject to the laws of their country with the Carolineans
+over whom they ruled, their power was likely to be feeble, even when
+exercised in the most prudent and gentle manner; but more especially when
+executed with rigour. British subjects in general abhor oppression, even
+from a supreme, and it could scarcely be expected they would tamely
+submit to it, from a subordinate jurisdiction.
+
+    [Sidenote] Francis Nicolson appointed Governor by the regency.
+
+In the mean time the agent for Carolina had procured a hearing from the
+Lords of the regency and council in England, the King being at that time
+in Hanover; who gave it as their opinion, that the Proprietors had
+forfeited their charter, and ordered the Attorney-general to take out a
+_scire facias_ against it. In consequence of which, in September 1720,
+they appointed General Francis Nicolson provisional Governor of the
+province, with a commission from the King. Nicolson was a man possessed
+of all the honourable principles of a good soldier. He was generous,
+bold, and steady. He had been Governor of several different colonies, and
+it was thought his knowledge and experience in provincial affairs would
+render him well qualified for the important trust. He knew his duty as
+commander and chief, and was afraid of neither dangers nor difficulties
+in the execution of it; a warm friend to the King, and deeply concerned
+for the prosperity of his country: scarcely could they have pitched upon
+a man more fit to govern the province in such a confused and miserable
+state.
+
+    [Sidenote] General reflections on the whole transactions.
+
+Upon a review of those past transactions, and the various causes which
+concurred for bringing about this event, which I have narrated the more
+fully and circumstantially on account of the interesting nature and
+important consequences of the change, we may observe, that although the
+conduct of the Carolineans during this violent struggle cannot, strictly
+speaking, be deemed legal, equitable and just, yet necessity, which has
+no law, and self-preservation, the most powerful principle of action,
+both strongly plead in their vindication. When the Proprietors first
+applied to the King for a grant of this large territory, at that time
+occupied by heathens, it is said they were excited thereto by their zeal
+for the propagation of the Christian faith; yet it is now plain that they
+have either used no endeavours for that purpose, or they have been
+utterly ineffectual. The Society for the propagation of the Gospel have
+indeed employed and supported missionaries for the conversion of those
+heathens; yet it is a lamentable truth, that their best endeavours have
+been vastly inadequate to the extent of the work, and therefore their
+success has proved small and inconsiderable. The Proprietors by their
+charter were empowered to build churches and chapels within the bounds of
+their province for divine worship; yet they have left the burden of this
+work entirely to the inhabitants, who have received no encouragement nor
+assistance, except from the incorporated Society, towards its
+accomplishment. They were impowered by their charter to erect castles and
+forts for the protection and defence of the colony; but all those the
+people have also been obliged to raise at their own expence. By the
+charter his Majesty saved to himself, his heirs and successors, the
+sovereign dominion of the province, and the faith and allegiance of his
+subjects, the inhabitants of it, declaring them to be the liege people of
+the crown of England, yet the Proprietors have assumed to themselves a
+despotic authority in repealing and abrogating, by themselves alone, laws
+made by the Assembly, and ratified by their deputies in Carolina. They
+not only tyrannized over the poor colony, but also employed and protected
+officers ten times more tyrannical than themselves. When the whole
+legislature complained of Chief Justice Trott, they paid no regard to
+their complaints, and absolutely refused to circumscribe his
+jurisdiction, or remove him from the bench. In times of imminent danger,
+when the colony applied to them for assistance, they were either unable
+or unwilling to bear the expence of its protection. When the Assembly
+allotted the Indian lands obtained by conquest for the encouragement of
+settlers, to strengthen the Provincial frontiers, the Proprietors claimed
+the sole right of disposing of those lands, and frustrated their plans of
+public security. When the trade of the province was infested and ruined
+by pirates, they could neither obtain a force sufficient to extirpate
+them, nor a confirmation of their laws made for defraying the expense of
+such expeditions as the colony fitted out against them. The current money
+of the province, stamped for answering its public exigences, was, at the
+request of the merchants of London, cried down and cancelled. In short
+the people saw no end of troubles and dangers. Sad exigence dictated the
+necessity of some remedy against their political evils. No remedy under
+heaven appeared to them so proper and effectual as that of throwing
+themselves under the immediate care and protection of the crown of Great
+Britain. For under the excellent constitution of England, where the
+supreme power was both able and willing to protect them against every
+enemy, they evidently perceived they could only live happy and secure;
+therefore, sick of the feeble proprietary government, the people, after
+many violent struggles and convulsions, by one bold and irregular effort
+entirely shook off the yoke, and a revolution, fruitful of happy
+consequences, took place, to their great relief and unspeakable
+satisfaction.
+
+The Proprietors, after long trial and frequent amendments, now finding
+that fine-spun system, by which they flattered themselves with having
+avoided the inconveniencies and supplied the defects of the English form
+of government, useless and impracticable, were at length convinced, that
+it was a much easier thing to find fault with the constitution of Old
+England than to mend it. They now perceived that all forms of government
+must be made for men as they really are, and not for them as they ought
+to be, and that it was impossible for the wisest legislators upon earth
+to mould men into any form they pleased by laws and regulations. From the
+first settlement of this colony, one perpetual struggle has subsisted
+between the Proprietors and possessors of the province. A division
+somewhat similar to that of the court and country parties in England,
+early sprung up in the settlement, and kept it in continual ferment and
+agitation. The exertions of proprietary power and prerogative, the people
+considered as inconsistent with their rights and privileges; hence they
+became turbulent and seditious, and were seldom satisfied with their
+governors in their public capacity, however esteemed and beloved as
+private men. The hands of government were always weak, and the
+instructions and regulations received from England were, for the most
+part, ill adapted to the local circumstances of the people, and the first
+state of colonization. The palatines in England and Germany, whose
+jurisdiction and authority have been established by time, and whose
+governments have acquired firmness and stability, would probably have
+deemed this usurpation illegal and rebellious, and punished the authors
+and abettors of it. No doubt a firm yet moderate opposition to the
+measures of government in defence of the rights and liberties of the
+people, differs as much from usurpation, as a wholesome remedy to a
+disordered constitution differs from deadly poison. But the great
+distance, dangerous circumstances, and complicated hardships of the
+Carolineans; the negligence, bad policy and tyranny of the Proprietors;
+all concurred to render their usurpation not only excuseable, but
+absolutely necessary. The Revolution in England had exemplified and
+confirmed the doctrine of resistance, when the executive magistrate
+presumes to violate the fundamental laws, and subvert the constitution of
+the nation. The Proprietors had done acts, which the Lords in regency had
+declared amounted to a forfeiture of their charter, and had ordered a
+writ of _scire facias_ to be taken out, for repealing their patent and
+rendering the grant void and null. By which means all political
+connection between the Proprietors and people of Carolina was now
+entirely dissolved, and a new relation formed, the King having taken the
+province under his immediate care and protection, and made it a part of
+the British empire.
+
+    [Sidenote] Nicolson's arrival occasions uncommon joy.
+
+About the beginning of the year 1721, Francis Nicolson arrived in
+Carolina, and having the sanction of the British government for his
+appointment, Mr. Johnson acquiesced in his authority, and made no more
+efforts in behalf of the Lords Proprietors. The people in general
+congratulated one another on the happy change, and received General
+Nicolson with the most uncommon and extravagant demonstrations of joy.
+The voice of murmur and discontent, together with the fears of danger and
+oppression, were now banished from the province. Happy under the royal
+care, they resolved to forget all former animosities and divisions, and
+bury all past offences in eternal oblivion. The only contention now
+remaining was, who should be the most faithful subjects of his majesty,
+and the most zealous in promoting the union, peace and prosperity of the
+settlement. From a confused and distracted state they now looked upon
+themselves as happily delivered, and anticipated in imagination all the
+blessings of freedom and security, followed by industry and plenty,
+approaching, and as it were ready to diffuse their happy influence over
+the country.
+
+    [Sidenote] The people recognize King George as their lawful
+    sovereign.
+
+Soon after his arrival, Governor Nicholson issued writs for the election
+of a new assembly, who now entered with great temper and cheerfulness on
+the regulation of provincial affairs. They chose James Moore, their late
+popular governor, speaker of the house, of whom the Governor declared his
+entire approbation. The first business they engaged in, was to make an
+act, declaring they recognized and acknowledged his sacred majesty King
+George to be the rightful Sovereign of Great Britain, France, and
+Ireland, and of all the dominions and provinces belonging to the empire,
+and in particular his undoubted right to the province of Carolina. All
+actions and suits at law commenced on account of the late administration
+of James Moore by particular persons, creating misunderstandings and
+animosities among the people, were declared void and null, till his
+majesty's pleasure touching such administration shall be known; but all
+judicial proceedings under the same administration were confirmed; which
+acts were at this time judged proper and necessary for establishing
+harmony and tranquillity among the inhabitants. The two parties formerly
+subsisting, the one composed of a few adherents to Governor Johnson, and
+the other of the followers of James Moore, Nicolson had the good fortune
+to unite, and, by the wisdom and equity of his administration, to render
+both equally happy and contented under the royal government and
+protection.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Governor regulates Indian affairs.
+
+Before Governor Nicolson left England, a suspension of arms between Great
+Britain and Spain had been published, and by the treaty of peace which
+afterwards took place, it was stipulated and agreed, that all subjects
+and Indians living under their different jurisdictions should cease from
+acts of hostility. Orders were sent out to Don Antonio Navidez, governor
+of Florida, to forbear molesting the Carolineans; and the British
+governor had also instructions to cultivate the friendship and good-will
+of the Spanish subjects and Indians of Florida. In consequence of which,
+Governor Nicolson, who was no stranger to the manners of savages,
+resolved to apply himself with great zeal and spirit to the regulation of
+Indian affairs, and to enter into treaties of friendship and alliance
+with the different tribes around the settlement. As most of their
+troubles from Indians had been occasioned by Europeans taking possession
+of lands claimed by them, without their permission or consent; to prevent
+quarrels and mischief, the first object that demanded his attention was
+to fix the limits and extent of their territories, and then to forbid
+encroachments on their hunting grounds. With these views he sent a
+message to the Cherokees, (a powerful nation, computed at this time to
+consist of no less than six thousand bowmen), acquainting them, that he
+had presents to make them, and would meet them at the borders of their
+territories, to hold a general congress with them, in order to treat of
+mutual friendship and commerce. They rejoiced at a proposal which plainly
+implied they were a free and respectable people, and immediately the
+chiefs of thirty-seven different towns set out to meet him.
+
+At this congress the Governor having made them several presents, and
+smoked the pipe of peace with them, marked the boundaries of the lands
+between them and the English settlers. He regulated all weights and
+measures, that justice might be done them in the way of traffic. He
+appointed an agent to superintend their affairs, and, to unite them under
+a common head, proposed to nominate one warrior as commander and chief of
+the whole nation, before whom all complaints were to be laid, and who was
+to acquaint the Governor with every injury done them. With the consent of
+all present Wrosetasatow was declared chief warrior of the Cherokee
+nation, with full power to punish all guilty of depredations and murders,
+and to obtain satisfaction for every injury done to Indians from the
+British settlers. After which the Indians returned to their towns, highly
+pleased with their generous brother and new ally. The Governor then
+proceeded to conclude another treaty of commerce and peace with the
+Creeks, who were also at that time a numerous and formidable nation. He
+likewise appointed an agent to reside among them, whose business was to
+regulate Indian affairs in a friendly and equitable manner, and fixed on
+Savanna river as the boundary of their hunting lands, beyond which no
+settlements were to extend. Such negotiations were in many respects
+useful and important; for when Europeans take possession of lands
+contrary to the inclination, and without the permission and consent of
+these free and independent nations who claimed them as their property, it
+would puzzle a wise man to vindicate their tenure on any principles of
+equity and justice.
+
+    [Sidenote] And promotes religious institutions.
+
+Having now secured the province as well as possible against external
+foes, Governor Nicolson turned his attention next to internal
+regulations, particularly to such as respected the religious instruction
+of the people. For though he mas bred a soldier, and was profane,
+passionate and headstrong himself, yet he was not insensible of the great
+advantage of religion to society, and contributed not a little to its
+interest in Carolina, both by his public influence and private
+generosity. The number of inhabitants in each parish being considerably
+increased, it was found necessary to enlarge several churches for their
+accommodation. The inhabitants of Sr. Paul's parish, many of whom having
+had their houses burnt, and otherwise suffered heavy losses in the
+Yamassee war, were obliged to apply to the public for assistance in this
+laudable design. The parish of St. George was separated and taken out of
+that of St. Andrews by an act of assembly, and a new church was built at
+a small village called Dorchester, by public allowance and private
+contributions. The inhabitants in and about Georgetown, who had long
+lived without the benefit of public worship, insomuch that the appearance
+of religion among them had almost entirely vanished, claimed particular
+attention. To erect a church in this quarter the Governor proposed a
+private subscription, and set the example by largely contributing towards
+the public institution. He made application to the Society in England for
+propagating the Gospel, and they supplied the province with clergymen,
+giving each of them an yearly allowance over and above the provincial
+salary. As no public schools had yet been instituted for the instruction
+of youth in the principles of virtue and religion, the Governor urged
+also the usefulness and necessity of such provincial establishments. It
+was alledged, that the want of early instruction was one of the chief
+sources of impiety and immorality, and if they continued any longer to
+neglect the rising generation, piety and Christianity would insensibly
+decay, and they would soon have a race of white people in the country
+equally ignorant as the brown Indians. Animated by the example, and
+assisted by the generosity of their Governor, the colonials therefore in
+good earnest engaged in providing seminaries for the religious education
+of youth. Besides general contributions, several particular legacies were
+also left for this purpose. Mr. Whitmarsh left five hundred pounds to St.
+Paul's parish, for founding a free school in it. Mr. Ludlam, the
+Society's missionary at Goose-creek, bequeathed all his estate, which was
+computed to amount to two thousand pounds Carolina currency, for the same
+purpose. Richard Beresfords, by his will, bequeathed the annual profits
+of his estate to be paid to the vestry of St. Thomas parish in trust,
+until his son, then eight years of age, should arrive at the age of
+twenty-one years; directing them to apply one third of the yearly profits
+of this estate for the support of one or more schoolmasters, who should
+teach reading, accounts, mathematics, and other liberal learning; and the
+other two thirds for the support maintenance, and education of the poor
+of that parish. The vestry accordingly received from this estate six
+thousand five hundred pounds Carolina money, for promoting those pious
+and charitable purposes. The Society in England sent out teachers, money
+and books, and assisted greatly, by their zeal and bounty, towards the
+religious instruction of the people. So much must be said for the honour
+of Governor Nicolson, whose liberality was conspicuously displayed in
+behalf of those religious institutions, and whose example excited that
+spirit of emulation among the people for promoting them. In Charlestown,
+and in several other parishes in the country, public schools were built
+and endowed during his government, and every friend to knowledge and
+virtue, every well-wisher to posterity, seemed to promise themselves the
+greatest advantages from such wise and public-spirited designs.
+
+Though religion, rightly understood and generally practiced, is
+productive of the most salutary and beneficial consequences to society,
+yet nothing has a more pernicious influence than mistaken notions of it.
+Of all kinds of delusion, religious enthusiasm is the most deplorable,
+and has often been attended with the most melancholy and dismal effects.
+By abusing the best things, they may be made the innocent occasion of the
+worst. Many calamities have happened in the world, even on account of
+religion, yet the fatal consequences ought not to be charged to that
+divine institution which naturally breathes benevolence, gentleness and
+peace, but to the ignorance and corruption of human nature, which pervert
+and abuse it. Enthusiasts generally agree in two articles: they disclaim
+the power and authority of the civil magistrate, and mistake their own
+wild fancies, the fruits of a distempered brain, for the impulses of the
+Divine Spirit, both of which are big with the most fatal consequences to
+society. The desperate fanatic Venner, in the reign of Charles the
+second, was not more transported with religious phrenzy and madness, than
+an unfortunate family in Carolina at this time happened to be. For the
+credit of the province, it were to be wished that such an incident lay
+buried in eternal oblivion; but history claims the privilege of
+exhibiting examples of different kinds for public instruction. If good
+examples serve as a spur to stimulate men to virtue and religion, bad
+ones, on the contrary, may also serve, like beacons upon a rock, to warn
+men of danger and delusion.
+
+    [Sidenote] The enthusiasm of the family of Dutartre.
+
+"The family of Dutartres consisting of four sons and four daughters, were
+descendents of French refugees, who came into Carolina after the
+revocation of the edict of Nantz. They lived in Orange-quarter and though
+in low circumstances, always maintained an honest character, and were
+esteemed by their neighbours persons of blameless and irreproachable
+lives. But at this time a strolling Moravian preacher happening to come
+to that quarter where they lived, insinuated himself into their family,
+and partly by conversation, and partly by the writings of Jacob Behman,
+which he put into their hands, filled their heads with wild and fantastic
+ideas. Unhappily for the poor family those strange notions gained ground
+on them, insomuch that in one year they began to withdraw themselves from
+the ordinances of public worship, and all conversation with the world
+around them, and strongly to imagine they were the only family upon earth
+who had the knowledge of the true God, and whom he vouchsafed to
+instruct, either by the immediate impulses of his Spirit, or by signs and
+tokens from heaven. At length it came to open visions and revelations.
+God raised up a prophet among them, like unto Moses, to whom he taught
+them to hearken. This prophet was Peter Rombert, who had married the
+eldest daughter of the family when a widow. To this man the Author and
+Governor of the world deigned to reveal, in the plainest manner, that the
+wickedness of man was again so great in the world, that as in the days of
+Noah he was determined to destroy all men from off the face of it, except
+one family whom he would save for raising up a godly seed upon earth.
+This revelation Peter Rombert was sure of, and felt it as plain as the
+wind blowing on his body, and the rest of the family, with equal
+confidence and presumption, firmly believed it.
+
+"A few days after this, God was pleased to reveal himself a second time
+to the prophet, saying, Put away the woman whom thou hast for thy wife,
+and when I have destroyed this wicked generation, I will raise up her
+first husband from the dead, and they shall be man and wife as before,
+and go thou and take to wife her youngest sister, who is a virgin, so
+shall the chosen family be restored entire, and the holy seed preserved
+pure and undefiled in it. At first the father, when he heard of this
+revelation, was staggered at so extraordinary a command from heaven; but
+the prophet assured him that God would give him a sign, which accordingly
+happened; upon which the old man took his youngest daughter by the hand,
+and gave her to the wise prophet immediately for his wife, who without
+further ceremony took the damsel and deflowered her. Thus for some time
+they continued in acts of incest and adultery, until that period which
+made the fatal discovery, and introduced the bloody scene of blind
+fanaticism and madness.
+
+"Those deluded wretches were so far possessed with the false conceit of
+their own righteousness and holiness, and of the horrid wickedness of all
+others, that they refused obedience to the civil magistrate, and all laws
+and ordinances of men. Upon pretence that God commanded them to bear no
+arms, they not only refused to comply with the militia law, but also the
+law for repairing the high-ways. After long forbearance, Mr. Simmons, a
+worthy magistrate, and the officer of the militia in that quarter, found
+it necessary to issue his warrants for levying the penalty of the laws
+upon them. But by this time Judith Dutartre, the wife the prophet
+obtained by revelation, proving with child, another warrant was issued
+for bringing her before the Justice to be examined, and bound over to the
+general sessions, in consequence of a law of the province, framed for
+preventing bastardy. The constable having received his warrants, and
+being jealous of meeting with no good usage in the execution of his
+office, prevailed on two or three of his neighbours to go along with him.
+The family observing the constable coming, and being apprized of his
+errand, consulted their prophet, who soon told them that God commanded
+them to arm and defend themselves against persecution, and their
+substance against the robberies of ungodly men; assuring them at the same
+time that no weapon formed against them should prosper. Accordingly they
+did so, and laying hold of their arms, fired on the constable and his
+followers, and drove them out of their plantation. Such behaviour was not
+to be tolerated, and therefore Captain Simmons gathered a party of
+militia, and went to protect the constable in the execution of his
+office. When the deluded family saw the Justice and his party
+approaching, they shut themselves up in their house, and firing from it
+like furies, shot Captain Simmons dead on the spot, and wounded several
+of his party. The militia returned the fire, killed one woman within the
+house, and afterwards forcibly entering it, took the rest prisoners, six
+in number, and brought them to Charlestown.
+
+    [Sidenote] Their trial and condemnation.
+
+"At the Court of general sessions, held in September 1724, three of them
+were brought to trial, found guilty and condemned. Alas! miserable
+creatures, what amazing infatuation possessed them! They pretended they
+had the Spirit of God leading them to all truth, they knew it and felt
+it: but this spirit, instead of influencing them to obedience, purity and
+peace, commanded them to commit rebellion, incest, and murder. What is
+still more astonishing, the principal persons among them, I mean the
+prophet, the father of the family, and Michel Boneau, never were
+convinced of their delusion, but persisted in it until their last breath.
+During their trial they appeared altogether unconcerned and secure,
+affirming that God was on their side, and therefore they feared not what
+man could do unto them. They freely told the incestuous story in open
+court in all its circumstances and aggravations, with a good countenance,
+and very readily confessed the facts respecting their rebellion and
+murder, with which they stood charged, but pled their authority from God
+in vindication of themselves, and insisted they had done nothing in
+either case but by his express command.
+
+"As it is commonly the duty of clergymen to visit persons under sentence
+of death, both to convince them of their error and danger, and prepare
+them for death by bringing them to a penitent disposition; Alexander
+Garden, the episcopal minister of Charlestown, to whom we are indebted
+for this account, attended those condemned persons with great diligence
+and concern. What they had affirmed in the court of justice, they
+repeated and confessed to him in like manner in the prison. When he began
+to reason with them and to explain the heinous nature of their crimes,
+they treated him with disdain. Their motto was, Answer him not a word;
+who is he that should presume to teach them, who had the Spirit of God
+speaking inwardly to their souls. In all they had done, they said they
+had obeyed the voice of God, and were now about to suffer martyrdom for
+his religion. But God had assured them, that he would either work a
+deliverance for them, or raise them up from the dead on the third day.
+These things the three men continued confidently to believe, and
+notwithstanding all the means used to convince them of their mistake,
+persisted in the same belief until the moment they expired. At their
+execution they told the spectators with seeming triumph, they should soon
+see them again, for they were certain they should rise from the dead on
+the third day. With respect to the other three, the daughter Judith being
+with child, was not tried, and the two sons, David and John Dutartre,
+about eighteen and twenty years of age, having been also tried and
+condemned, continued sullen and reserved, in hopes of seeing those that
+were executed rise from the dead, but being disappointed, they became, or
+at least seemed to become, sensible of their error, and were both
+pardoned. Yet not long afterwards one of them relapsed into the same
+snare, and murdered an innocent person, without either provocation or
+previous quarrel, and for no other reason, as he confessed, but that God
+had commanded him so to do. Being a second time brought to trial, he was
+found guilty of murder and condemned. Mr. Garden attended him again under
+the second sentence, and acknowledged, with great appearance of success.
+No man could appear more deeply sensible of his error and delusion, or
+could die a more sincere and hearty penitent on account of his horrid
+crimes. With great attention he listened to Mr. Garden, while he
+explained to him the terms of pardon and salvation proposed in the
+Gospel, and seemed to die in the humble hopes of mercy, through the
+all-sufficient merits of a Redeemer."
+
+Thus ended that tragical scene of fanaticism, in which seven persons lost
+their lives, one was killed, two were murdered, and four executed for the
+murders. A signal and melancholy instance of the weakness and frailty of
+human nature, and to what giddy heights of extravagance and madness, an
+inflamed imagination will carry unfortunate mortals. It is hard for the
+wisdom of men to conceive a remedy for a distemper such as religious
+infatuation. Severity and persecution commonly add strength to the
+contagion, and render it more furious. Indulgence and lenity might
+perhaps prove more efficacious, as the swellings of phrenzy would in time
+subside, in proportion as they exceed the bounds of nature. Had they
+given this unhappy family time for cool thought and reflection, it is not
+improbable that those clouds of delusion which overspread their minds
+might have dispersed, and they might have returned to a sense of their
+frailty and error. But it belongs to the civil power to prohibit wild
+enthusiasts and mad visionaries from spreading doctrines among vulgar
+people, destructive of civil order and public peace. The majority of
+mankind every where are ignorant and credulous, and therefore are objects
+of compassion, and ought to be protected against the baleful influence of
+such men as seduce them from their duty and subjection to legal
+authority, by poisoning their minds with notions hurtful to themselves
+and others.
+
+    [Sidenote] Progress of the colony.
+
+About this time the number of white inhabitants, including men, women,
+and children, was computed to amount to fourteen thousand, an increase,
+in the space of fifty-four years after the arrival of first colony, very
+small and inconsiderable, and occasioned, no doubt, both by the
+unhealthiness of the climate and by the discouragements and troubles
+which prevailed during the proprietary government. The province now
+furnished the inhabitants with provisions in abundance, and exported what
+it could spare to the West Indies. The white inhabitants lived frugally,
+as luxury had not yet crept in among them, and, except a little rum and
+sugar, tea and coffee, were contented with what their plantations
+afforded. Maize and Indian pease seemed congenial with the soil and
+climate: and as they had been cultivated by the savages for provision,
+they were found also to be excellent food for European labourers, and
+more wholesome and nourishing than rice. Maize delights not to grow on a
+watry soil, but on dry and loose land, such as the higher spots on the
+maritime parts of the province. As the use of the plow could not be
+introduced until the lands were cleared of the roots of trees, to prepare
+a field for planting it great labour was requisite. They commonly made
+ridges with the hoe about five feet asunder, upon the top of which they
+planted the seed three inches deep. One gallon of maize will sow an acre,
+which, with skilful management on good lands, will yield in favourable
+seasons from thirty to fifty bushels. While it grows it requires to be
+frequently weeded, and the earth carefully thrown up about the root of
+the plant, to facilitate its progress. As it rises high, at the root of
+it the Indian pease are usually planted, which climb up its stalk like a
+vine, so that the lands yield a double crop. From the stem of maize large
+blades spring, which the planters carefully gather, and which, when
+properly cured, the horses or cattle will prefer before the finest hay.
+These two articles, maize, Indian pease, together with the Spanish
+potatoes, are the chief subsistence of their slaves, consisting chiefly
+of negroes and a few Indians, and who, at this time, men, women, and
+children, amounted to between sixteen and twenty thousand.
+
+In the year 1724, four hundred and thirty-nine slaves, as also British
+goods and manufactures of different kinds, to the amount of between fifty
+and sixty thousand pounds sterling, were imported into the province. In
+exchange for these slaves and commodities, eighteen thousand barrels of
+rice, and about fifty-two thousand barrels of pitch, tar and turpentine,
+together with deer-skins, furs, and raw silk, were exported to England.
+This trade was carried on almost entirely in British ships, and employed
+a number of hands. The Carolineans also traded to the West Indies, and
+several small ships and sloops were employed in carrying provisions,
+lumber, slaves and naval stores to these islands, which they bartered for
+sugar, rum, molasses, coffee, cotton, and Spanish gold and silver. To New
+England, New York, and Pennsylvania, they sent some rice, hides,
+deer-skins, tar and pitch, which they exchanged for flour, salt fish,
+fruit, beer, and cyder.
+
+All gold and silver that came into the province from the West Indies they
+commonly sent into Britain, to answer the demands against them; and bills
+of credit continued increasing and circulating, for the convenience of
+domestic commerce. Forty thousand pounds were issued during Nicolson's
+government, over and above former emissions, by which increase the
+exchange with Britain, and the price of produce arose in one year from
+five to six hundred _per cent_. This has never failed to be the
+consequence of issuing large quantities of paper money in Carolina: for
+whenever this currency was permitted to increase beyond what was
+necessary for the purposes of commerce, it sunk in value, and
+proportionably increased the nominal price of provisions and labour; and
+of course should it by any accident be diminished, the price would again
+fall. Besides this, when the imports happened to exceed the exports, the
+great demand for bills of exchange raised the price of them, and helped
+to increase the depreciation of the current money of the province.
+
+    [Sidenote] The adventure of Captain Beale.
+
+Among other traders, at this time Othneal Beale commanded a ship in the
+Carolina trade; and while sailing from Charlestown to London, not being
+provided with a Mediterranean pass, he was taken by an Algerine rover,
+who determined to carry him to Barbary, and for this purpose took the
+English sailors on board, and manned Captain Beale's ship with Algerines,
+giving them orders to follow him to the Mediterranean sea. Soon after, a
+storm arising in the night separated the two ships, and Captain Beale
+being the only person on board that understood navigation, resolved to
+avail himself of the advantage, and accordingly, instead of sailing for
+Africa, steered directly for England. Upon his arrival the Algerine
+sailors were surprized, but not at all displeased; they even confessed to
+their ambassador the kind usage they had received; upon which Captain
+Beale had all he lost returned by agreement, together with thanks for his
+humanity. This bold adventure likewise procured the captain the honour of
+an introduction to the King, who expressed a desire of seeing him, and
+ordered Lord Carteret, then Secretary of state, to make him a handsome
+present on the occasion. This memorable anecdote being published, served
+to mark him for a man of address and courage in Carolina, where he
+afterwards took up his residence, and in time arrived at the chief
+command of the militia, was made a member of his majesty's council, and
+died at the age of eighty-five, a rare instance of longevity in that
+country.
+
+    [Sidenote] Arthur Middleton president.
+
+In the year 1725, Governor Nicolson having obtained leave from his
+majesty, returned to Great Britain, and the government devolved on Arthur
+Middleton, president of the council. Mr. Middleton, though of a reserved
+and mercenary disposition, was a sensible man, and by no means ill
+qualified for governing the province. But having succeeded a man who
+liberally spent all his salary and perquisites of office in promoting the
+public good, he was neither so much distinguished nor respected among the
+colonists. Being possessed of a moderate fortune, his chief study was to
+improve it, and he seemed to aspire after the character of a rich man in
+private life, rather than that of a popular governor and generous
+benefactor. As he had taken an active part against the proprietary
+government, he was not insensible of the advantages now gained from the
+countenance given them by the crown, and was equally careful to promote
+loyalty to the King as the freedom and safety of his fellow-subjects.
+
+    [Sidenote] A dispute about the boundaries between Carolina and
+    Florida.
+
+At this time the boundaries between the provinces of Carolina and Florida
+were neither clearly marked nor well understood, as they had never been
+settled by any public agreement or treaty between England and Spain. To
+prevent negroes escaping to the Spanish territories, and overawe the
+Indians under the Spanish juridiction, the Carolineans had built a fort
+on the forks of the river Alatamaha, and supported a small garrison in
+it. This gave umbrage to the governor of Augustine, who complained of it
+to the court of Madrid, representing it as an encroachment on the
+dominions of Spain, and intended to seduce the Indians from their
+allegiance to his Catholic Majesty. The Spanish ambassador at London
+lodged the complaint before the court of Britain, and demanded that
+orders be sent out to Carolina immediately to demolish the fort. To
+prevent any interruption of the good correspondence then subsisting
+between the two courts, it was agreed to send orders to both governors in
+America to meet in an amicable manner, and settle the respective
+boundaries between the British and Spanish dominions in that quarter.
+Accordingly soon after Don Francisco Menandez, and Don Joseph de Rabiero,
+came to Charlestown, to hold a conference with the president and council
+of Carolina about this matter. At their meeting, Mr. Middleton shewed
+those deputies, that this fort was built within the bounds of the charter
+granted to the Proprietors, and that the pretensions of Spain to such
+lands were vain and groundless. At the same time he told them, that the
+fort on the river Alatamaha was erected for defending themselves and
+their property against the depredations of Indians living under the
+jurisdiction of Spain. Then he begged to know from them their reasons for
+protecting felons and debtors that fled from Carolina to them, and for
+encouraging negroes to leave their masters and take refuge at Augustine,
+while peace subsisted between the two crowns? The deputies replied, That
+the governor of Florida would deliver up all felons and debtors; but had
+express orders for twenty years past, to detain all slaves who should fly
+to Augustine for liberty and protection. Middleton declared he looked on
+such injurious orders as a breach of national honour and faith,
+especially as negroes were real property, such as houses and lands, in
+Carolina. The deputies answered, That the design of the King of Spain was
+not to injure private men, having ordered compensation to be made to the
+masters of such slaves in money; but that his humanity and religion
+enjoined him to issue such orders for the sake of converting slaves to
+the Christian faith. In short, the conference ended to the satisfaction
+of neither party, and matters remained as they were; but soon after, the
+English fort, built of wood, was burned to the ground, and the southern
+frontiers of Carolina were again left naked and defenceless.
+
+    [Sidenote] Colonel Palmer makes reprisals on the Spaniards.
+
+As no final agreement, with respect to the limits of the two provinces
+had been concluded, the Indians in alliance with Spain continued to
+harass the British settlements: particularly the Yamassees, as usual,
+penetrating into Carolina in scalping parties, persisted in killing white
+men, and carrying off every negroe they could catch. Though the owners of
+slaves had been allowed from the Spanish government a compensation in
+money for their losses, yet few of them ever received it. At length
+Colonel Palmer resolved to make reprisals on those plunderers, since no
+adequate recompense could otherwise be obtained. For this purpose he
+gathered together a party of militia and friendly Indians, consisting in
+all of about three hundred men, and entered Florida, with a resolution of
+spreading desolation throughout the province. He carried his arms as far
+as the gates of Augustine, and compelled the inhabitants to take refuge
+in their castle. Scarce a house or hut in the colony escaped the flames.
+He destroyed their provisions in the fields, and drove off their cattle,
+hogs and horses. Some Indians he killed, and others he made prisoners. In
+short, he left the people of Florida little property, except what was
+protected by the guns of their fort, and by this expedition convinced the
+Spaniards of their weakness, and the bad policy of encouraging Indians to
+molest the subjects of Britain. He shewed them that the Carolineans could
+prevent the cultivation and settlement of their province whenever they
+pleased, and render the improvement of it impracticable, on any other
+than peaceable terms with their neighbours.
+
+    [Sidenote] Encroachment of the French in Louisiana.
+
+But by this time the Spaniards were not the only neighbours that created
+trouble to the Carolineans. The French settled in Louisiana were also
+advancing nearer them, and using all their art and address for gaining
+the interest and affections of these savage nations. They erected a
+strong hold, called Fort Alabama, high up on Mobile river, which was
+excellently situated for opening and carrying on a correspondence with
+the most powerful nations around the British settlement. The Carolineans
+had good reason to be on their guard against the influence of these
+intimating and enterprising neighbours. The tribes of Upper Creeks, whose
+hunting lands extended to their fort, were soon won over by promises and
+largesses to an alliance with them. The Cherokees indeed lived at a
+greater distance from them, and yet by means of Creeks and other
+emissaries, whom they sent among them, they endeavoured also to bring
+than over to their interest. The river Mississippi being navigable a
+great way from its mouth, opened a communication with the Choctaws,
+Chikesaws, and other nations residing near it. So that the French had
+many excellent opportunities of seducing Indians from their alliance with
+Britain. The president of Carolina employed Captain Tobias Fitch among
+the Creeks, and Colonel George Chicken among the Cherokees, to keep these
+tribes steady and firm to the British interest. These agents, however,
+during the whole time Mr. Middleton presided over the colony, found no
+small difficulty in counteracting the influence of French policy, and
+preventing their union and alliance with these enemies. From this period
+the British and French settlers in America became competitors for power
+and influence over Indian nations, the one or the other of whom were
+always exposed to danger and trouble from them, in proportion to the
+success of their rivals. Now the Carolineans were farther from peace and
+safety than ever. The French supplied these savages with tomahawks,
+muskets, and ammunition, by which means they laid aside the bow and
+arrow, and became more dangerous and formidable enemies than they had
+been in any former period.
+
+    [Sidenote] A terrible hurricane.
+
+During the summer of 1728, the weather in Carolina was observed to be
+uncommonly hot, by which the face of the earth was entirely parched, the
+pools of standing water dried up, and the beasts of the field were
+reduced to the greatest distress. After such a long and general drought
+the inhabitants having usually observed hurricanes and tornadoes to
+follow in autumn, they began accordingly to look out with superstitious
+dread for them, as that season of the year approached. Accordingly a
+dreadful hurricane happened in the end of August, and occasioned an
+inundation, which overflowed the town and the low lands, and did
+incredible damage to the fortifications, houses, wharfs, shipping, and
+cornfields. The streets of Charlestown were covered with boats, boards,
+staves, and the inhabitants were obliged to take refuge in the higher
+stories of their dwelling-houses. Twenty-three ships were driven a-shore,
+most of which were either greatly damaged, or dashed to pieces. The Fox
+and Garland men of war, stationed there for the protection of trade, were
+the only ships that rode out the storm. This hurricane, though it
+levelled many thousand trees in the maritime parts, yet so thick was the
+forest, that it was scarcely perceived an hundred miles from the shore.
+But as such violent storms are probably occasioned by the rarefaction of
+the air, with excessive heat, they are seldom of long duration, for
+having restored the equipoise in the atmosphere, the wind commonly
+shifts, and the tempest ceases.
+
+    [Sidenote] And Yellow Fever.
+
+The same year an infectious and pestilential distemper, commonly called
+the Yellow Fever, broke out in town, and swept off multitudes of the
+inhabitants, both white and black. As the town depended entirely on the
+country for fresh provisions, the planters would suffer no person to
+carry supplies to it, for fear of catching the infection, and bringing it
+to the country. The physicians knew not how to treat the uncommon
+disorder which was so suddenly caught, and proved so quickly fatal. The
+calamity was so general, that few could grant assistance to their
+distressed neighbours, however much needed and earnestly desired. So many
+funerals happening every day, while so many lay sick, white persons
+sufficient for burying the dead were scarcely to be found; and though
+they were often interred on the same day they died, so quick was the
+putrefaction, so offensive and infectious were the corpses, that even the
+nearest relations seemed averse from the necessary duty.
+
+    [Sidenote] The Province purchased for the crown.
+
+After all, one memorable event distinguished this year, which was
+attended with many beneficial consequences to the province. An act of
+parliament passed in Britain for establishing an agreement with seven of
+the Proprietors for a surrender of their right and interest, not only in
+the government, but also in the soil and lands of the province, to the
+King. The purchase was made for seventeen thousand five hundred pounds
+sterling, to be paid before the end of September 1729, free of all
+deductions; after which payment, the province was to be vested in the
+crown of Great Britain. At the same time seven-eight parts of the arrears
+of quit-rents, due from the colonists to the Proprietors, amounting to
+somewhat more than nine thousand pounds sterling, were also purchased for
+the crown for five thousand; so that seven-eight parts of this vast
+territory cost no more than twenty-two thousand five hundred pounds. But,
+in this act of parliament there is a clause, reserving to John Lord
+Carteret the remaining eight share of the property and arrears of
+quit-rents, which continues to this day legally vested in that family,
+only all his share in the government he surrendered to the crown. The
+Proprietors who sold their shares at this time, were Henry Duke of
+Beaufort, William Lord Craven, James Bertie, Dodington Greville, Henry
+Bertie, Mary Danson, Elisabeth More, Sir John Colleton, John Cotton, and
+Joseph Blake, who before the surrender were possessed, either in their
+own right or in trust, of seven eight parts of the government and
+property of the province. This surrender was made to Edward Bertie,
+Samuel Horsey, Henry Smith, and Alexis Clayton, in trust for the crown.
+In consequence of the powers granted to his Majesty by this act of
+parliament, he claims the prerogative of appointing Governors to both
+South and North Carolina, and a council similar to the other regal
+governments in America.
+
+
+THE END OF VOLUME FIRST.
+
+
+The First SET Of The
+
+FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS
+
+Of
+
+SOUTH CAROLINA.
+
+As Compiled By Mr. JOHN LOCKE.
+
+Our Sovereign Lord The King having, out of his royal grace and bounty,
+granted unto us the province of CAROLINA, with all the royalties,
+properties, jurisdictions and privileges of a county palatine, as large
+and ample as the county palatine of Durham, with other great privileges;
+for the better settlement of the government of the said place, and
+establishing the interest of the Lords Proprietors with equality, and
+without confusion; and that the government of this province may be made
+most agreeable to the monarchy under which we live, and of which this
+province is a part; and that we may avoid erecting a numerous democracy:
+we the Lords and Proprietors of the province aforesaid, have agreed to
+this following form of government to be perpetually established amongst
+us, unto which we do oblige ourselves, our heirs and successors, in the
+most binding ways that can be devised.
+
+I. The eldest of the Lords Proprietors shall be Palatine; and, upon the
+decease of the Palatine, the eldest of the seven surviving proprietors
+shall always succeed him.
+
+II. There shall be seven other chief offices erected, viz. the admirals,
+chamberlains, chancellors, constables, chief justices, high stewards, and
+treasurers; which places shall be enjoyed by none but the Lords
+Proprietors, to be assigned at first by lot; and upon the vacancy of any
+one of the seven great offices by death, or otherwise, the eldest
+proprietor shall have his choice of the said place.
+
+III. The whole province shall be divided into counties; each county shall
+consist of eight signiories, eight baronies, and four precincts; each
+precinct shall consist of six colonies.
+
+IV. Each signiory, barony, and colony, shall consist of twelve thousand
+acres; the eight signiories being the share of the eight proprietors, and
+the eight baronies of the nobility; both which shares, being each of them
+one fifth part of the whole, are to be perpetually annexed, the one to
+the proprietors, the other to the hereditary nobility, leaving the
+colonies, being three fifths, amongst the people; that so in setting out,
+and planting the lands, the balance of the government may be preserved.
+
+V. At any time before the year one thousand seven hundred and one, any of
+the Lords Proprietors shall have power to relinquish, alienate, and
+dispose, to any other person, his proprietorship, and all the signiories,
+powers, and interest, thereunto belonging, wholly and entirely together,
+and not otherwise. But, after the year one thousand seven hundred, those
+who are then Lords Proprietors shall not have power to alienate or make
+over their proprietorship, with the signiories and privileges thereunto
+belonging, or any part thereof, to any person whatsoever otherwise than
+as in Paragraph XVIII; but it shall all descend unto their heirs male,
+and, for want of heirs male, it shall all descend on that Landgrave or
+Cassique of CAROLINA, who is descended of the next heirs female of the
+Proprietor; and, for want of such heirs, it shall descend on the next
+heir general; and, for want of such heirs, the remaining seven
+proprietors shall, upon the vacancy, chuse a Landgrave to succeed the
+deceased proprietor, who being chosen by the majority of the seven
+surviving proprietors, he and his heirs successively shall be
+proprietors, as fully to all intents and purposes as any of the rest.
+
+VI. That the number of eight proprietors may be constantly kept; if, upon
+the vacancy of any proprietorship, the seven surviving proprietors shall
+not chuse a Landgrave to be a proprietor, before the second biennial
+parliament after the vacancy; then the next biennial parliament but one
+after such vacancy, shall have power to chuse any landgrave to be a
+proprietor.
+
+VII. Whosoever after the year one thousand seven hundred, either by
+inheritance or choice, shall succeed any proprietor in his proprietorship,
+and signiories thereunto belonging shall be obliged to take the name and
+arms of that proprietor whom he succeeds; which from thenceforth shall be
+the name and arms of his family and their posterity.
+
+VIII. Whatsoever Landgrave or Cassique shall any way come to be a
+proprietor, shall take the signiories annexed to the said proprietorship;
+but his former dignity, with the baronies annexed, shall devolve into the
+hands of the Lords Proprietors.
+
+IX. There shall be just as many landgraves as there are counties, and
+twice as many cassiques, and no more. These shall be the hereditary
+nobility of the province, and by right of their dignity be members of
+parliament. Each landgrave shall have four baronies, and each cassique
+two baronies, hereditarily and unalterably annexed to, and settled upon,
+the said dignity.
+
+X. The first landgraves and cassiques of the twelve first counties to be
+planted, shall be nominated thus; that is to say, of the twelve
+landgraves the Lords Proprietors shall each of them separately for
+himself nominate and chuse one; and the remaining four landgraves of the
+first twelve, shall be nominated and chosen by the Palatine's court. In
+like manner of the twenty-four first cassiques, each proprietor for
+himself shall nominate and chuse two, and the remaining eight shall be
+nominated and chosen by the Palatine's court; and when the twelve first
+counties shall be planted, the Lords Proprietors shall again in the same
+manner nominate and chuse twelve more landgraves, and twenty-four
+cassiques, for the twelve next counties to be planted; that is to say,
+two thirds of each number by the single nomination of each proprietor for
+himself, and the remaining one-third by the joint election of the
+Palatine's court, and so proceed in the same manner till the whole
+province of CAROLINA be set out and planted, according to the proportions
+in these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS.
+
+XI. Any landgrave or cassique at any time before the year one thousand
+seven hundred and one shall have power to alienate, sell, or make over,
+to any other person, his dignity, with the baronies thereunto belonging,
+all entirely together. But, after the year one thousand seven hundred, no
+landgrave or cassique shall have power to alienate, sell, make over, or
+let, the hereditary baronies of his dignity, or any part thereof,
+therwise than as in Paragraph XVIII; but they shall all entirely, with
+the dignity thereunto belonging, descend unto his heirs male; and, for
+want of heirs male, all entirely and undivided, to the next heir general;
+and, for want of such heirs, shall devolve into the hands of the Lords
+Proprietors.
+
+XII. That the due number of landgraves and cassiques may be always kept
+up; if, upon the devolution of any land graveship or cassiqueship, the
+Palatine's court shall not settle the devolved dignity, with the baronies
+thereunto annexed, before the second biennial parliament after such
+devolution; the next biennial parliament but one after such devolution
+shall have power to make any one landgrave or cassique in the room of
+him, who, dying without heirs, his dignity and baronies devolved.
+
+XIII. No one person shall have more than one dignity, with the signiories
+or baronies thereunto belonging. But whensoever it shall happen that any
+one, who is already proprietor, landgrave, of cassique, shall have any of
+these dignities descend to him by inheritance; it shall be at his choice
+to keep which of the dignities, with the land annexed, he shall like
+best; but shall leave the other, with the lands annexed, to be enjoyed by
+him, who, not being his heir apparent and certain successor to his
+present dignity, is next of blood.
+
+XIV. Whosoever, by the right of inheritance, shall come to be landgrave
+or cassique, shall take the name and arms of his predecessor in that
+dignity, to be from thenceforth the name and arms of his family and their
+posterity.
+
+XV. Since the dignity of proprietor, landgrave, or cassique, cannot be
+divided, and the signiories or baronies thereunto annexed must for ever
+all entirely descend with, and accompany that dignity; whensoever, for
+want of heirs male, it shall descend on the issue female, the eldest
+daughter and her heirs shall be preferred, and in the inheritance of
+those dignities, and the signiories or baronies annexed, there shall be
+no co-heirs.
+
+XVI. In every signiory, barony and manor, the respective lord shall have
+power, in his own name, to hold court-leet there, for trying of all
+causes both civil and criminal; but where it shall concern any person
+being no inhabitant, vassal, or leet-man of the said signiory, barony, or
+manor, he, upon paying down of forty shillings to the Lords Proprietor's
+use, shall have an appeal from the signiory or barony-court to the
+county-court, and from the manor-court to the precinct-court.
+
+XVII. Every manor shall consist of not less than three thousand acres,
+and not above twelve thousand aces, in one entire piece and colony; but
+any three thousand acres or more in one piece, and the possession of one
+man, shall not be a manor unless it be constituted a manor by the grant
+of the Palatine's court.
+
+XVIII. The lords of signiories and baronies shall have power only of
+granting estates not exceeding three lives, or thirty-one years, in two
+thirds of the said signiories or baronies, and the remaining third shall
+be always demesne.
+
+XIX. Any lord of a manor may alienate, sell, or dispose, to any other
+person and his heirs for ever, his manor, all entirely together, with all
+the privileges and leet-men thereunto belonging, so far forth as any
+colony lands; but no grant of any part thereof, either in fee, or for any
+longer term than three lives, or one and twenty years, shall be good
+against the next heir.
+
+XX. No manor, for want of issue male, shall he divided amongst co-heirs;
+but the manor, if there be but one, shall all entirely descend to the
+eldest daughter and her heirs. If there be more manors than one, the
+eldest daughter first shall have her choice, the second next, and so on,
+beginning again at the eldest, till all the manors be taken up; that so
+the privileges which belong to manors being indivisible, the lands of the
+manors, to which they are annexed, may be kept entire, and the manor not
+lose those privileges, which, upon parceling out to several owners, must
+necessarily cease.
+
+XXI. Every lord of a manor, within his manor, shall have all the powers,
+jurisdictions, and privileges, which a landgrave or cassique have in his
+baronies.
+
+XXII. In every signiory, barony, and manor, all the leet-men shall be
+under the jurisdiction of the respective lords of the said signiory,
+barony, or manor without appeal from him. Nor shall any leet-man, or
+leet-woman, have liberty to go off from the land of their particular
+lord, and live any where else, without licence obtained from their said
+lord, under hand and seal.
+
+XXIII. All the children of leet-men shall be leet-men, and so to all
+generations.
+
+XXIV. No man shall be capable of having a court-leet, or leet-men, but a
+proprietor, landgrave, cassique, or lord of a manor.
+
+XXV. Whoever shall voluntarily enter himself a leet-man, in the registry
+of the county-court, shall be a leet-man.
+
+XXVI. Whoever is lord of leet-men, shall, upon the marriage of a leet-man
+or leet-woman of his, give them ten acres of land for their lives; they
+paying to him therefore not more than one eighth part of all the yearly
+produce and growth of the said ten acres.
+
+XXVII. No landgrave or cassique shall be tried for any criminal cause in
+any but the chief justice's court, and that by a jury of his peers.
+
+XXVIII. There shall be eight supreme courts. The first called the
+Palatine's court, consisting of the palatine and the other seven
+proprietors. The other seven courts of the other seven great officers,
+shall consist each of them of a proprietor, and six counsellors added to
+him. Under each of these latter seven courts, shall be a college of
+twelve assistants. The twelve assistants of the several colleges shall be
+chosen, two out of the landgraves, cassiques, or eldest sons of
+proprietors, by the Palatine's court; two out of the landgraves, by the
+landgraves chamber; two out of the cassiques, by the cassique's chamber;
+four more of the twelve shall be chosen by the commons chamber, out of
+such as have been, or are, members of parliament, sheriffs, or justices
+of the county court, or the younger sons of proprietors, or eldest sons
+of landgraves or cassiques; the two other shall be chosen by the
+palatine's court, out of the same sort of persons, out of which the
+commons chamber is to chuse.
+
+XXIX. Out of these colleges shall be chosen at first, by the Palatine's
+court, six counsellors, to be joined with each proprietor in his court;
+of which six, one shall be of those who were chosen in any of the
+colleges by the Palatine's court, out of the landgraves, cassiques, or
+eldest sons of proprietors; one out of those who were chosen by the
+landgraves chamber; and one out of those who were chosen by the cassiques
+chamber; two out of those who were chosen by the commons chamber; and one
+out of those who were chosen by the Palatine's court, out of the
+proprietors younger sons, or eldest sons of landgraves, cassiques, or
+commons, qualified as aforesaid.
+
+XXX. When it shall happen that any counsellor dies, and thereby there is
+a vacancy, the grand council shall have power to remove any counsellor
+that is willing to be removed out of any of the proprietors courts to
+fill up the vacancy; provided they take a man of the same degree and
+choice the other was of, whose vacant place is to be filled up. But if no
+counsellor consent to be removed, or upon such remove, the last remaining
+vacant place, in any of the proprietor's courts, shall be filled up by
+the choice of the grand council, who shall have power to remove out of
+any of the colleges, any assistant, who is of the same degree and choice
+that counsellor was of, into whose vacant place he is to succeed. The
+grand council also shall have power to remove any assistant, that is
+willing, out of one college into another, provided he be of the same
+degree and choice. But the last remaining vacant place in any college,
+shall be filled up by the same choice, and out of the same degree of
+persons the assistant was of, who is dead or removed. No place shall be
+vacant in any proprietor's court above six months. No place shall be
+vacant in any college longer than the next session of parliament.
+
+XXXI. No man, being a member of the grand council, or of any of the seven
+colleges, shall be turned out but for misdemeanour, of which the grand
+council shall be judge; and the vacancy of the person so put out shall be
+filled, not by the election of the grand council, but by those who first
+chose him, and out of the same degree he was of who is expelled. But it
+is not hereby to be understood, that the grand council hath any power to
+turn out any one of the Lords Proprietors or their deputies, the Lords
+Proprietors having in themselves an inherent original right.
+
+XXXII. All elections in the parliament, in the several chambers of the
+parliament, and in the grand council, shall be passed by balloting.
+
+XXXIII. The Palatine's court shall consist of the Palatine and seven
+proprietors, wherein nothing shall be acted without the presence and
+consent of the Palatine or his deputy, and three others of the
+proprietors or their deputies. This court shall have power to call
+parliaments, to pardon all offences, to make elections of all officers in
+the proprietor's dispose, and to nominate and appoint Port Towns; and
+also shall have power by their order to the treasurer to dispose of all
+public treasure, excepting money granted by the parliament, and by them
+directed to some particular public use; and also shall have a negative
+upon all acts, orders, votes and judgments, of the grand council and the
+parliament, except only as in Paragraphs VI. and XII.; and shall have all
+the powers granted to the Lords Proprietors, by their patent from OUR
+SOVEREIGN LORD THE KING, except in such things as are limited by these
+FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS.
+
+XXXIV. The Palatine himself, when he in person shall be either in the
+army or in any of the proprietors courts, shall then have the power of
+general, or of that proprietor, in whose court he is then present; and
+the proprietor, in whose court the Palatine then presides, shall during
+his presence there be but as one of the council.
+
+XXXV. The chancellor's court, consisting of one of the proprietors, and
+his six counsellors,  who shall be called vice-chancellors, shall  have
+the custody of the seal of the palatine, under which all charters of
+lands, or otherwise, commissions and grants of the Palatine's court,
+shall pass. And it shall not be lawful to put the seal of the palatinate
+to any writing, which is not signed by the Palatine or his deputy, and
+three other proprietors or their deputies. To this court also belong all
+state matters, dispatches, and treaties with the neighbour Indians. To
+this court also belong all invasions of the law, of liberty of
+conscience, and all disturbances of the public peace, upon pretence of
+religion, as also the licence of printing. The twelve assistants
+belonging to this court shall be called recorders.
+
+XXXVI. Whatever passes under the seal of the palatinate, shall be
+registered in that proprietor's court, to which the matter therein
+contained belongs.
+
+XXXVII. The chancellor or his deputy shall be always speaker in
+parliament, and president of the grand council, and, in his and his
+deputy's absence, one of his vice-chancellors.
+
+XXXVIII. The chief justice's court, consisting of one of the proprietors
+and his six counsellors, who shall be called justices of the bench, shall
+judge all appeals in cases both civil and criminal, except all such cases
+as shall be under the jurisdiction and cognizance of any other of the
+proprietor's courts, which shall be tried in those courts respectively.
+The government and regulation of the registries of writings and
+contracts, shall belong to the jurisdiction of this court. The twelve
+assistants of this court shall be called masters.
+
+XXXIX. The constable's court, consisting of one of the proprietors and
+his six counsellors, who shall be called marshals, shall order and
+determine of all military affairs by land, and all land-forces, arms,
+ammunition, artillery, garrisons, forts, &c. and whatever belongs unto
+war. His twelve assistants shall be called lieutenant-generals.
+
+XL. In time of actual war, the constable, while he is in the army, shall
+be general of the army, and the six counsellors, or such of them as the
+Palatine's court shall for that time or service appoint, shall be the
+immediate great officers under him, and the lieutenant-generals next to
+them.
+
+XLI. The admiral's court, consisting of one of the proprietors, and his
+six counsellors, called consuls, shall have the care and inspection over
+all ports, moles, and navigable rivers, so far as the tide flows, and
+also all the public shipping of CAROLINA, and stores thereunto belonging,
+and all maritime affairs. This court also shall have the power of the
+court of admiralty; and shall have power to constitute judges in
+port-towns, to try cases belonging to law-merchant, as shall be most
+convenient for trade. The twelve assistants, belonging to this court,
+shall be called proconsuls.
+
+XLII. In time of actual war, the admiral, whilst he is at sea, shall
+command in chief, and his six counsellors, or such of them as the
+Palatine's court shall for that time and service appoint, shall be the
+immediate great officers under him, and the proconsuls next to them.
+
+XLIII. The treasurer's court, consisting of a proprietor and his his
+counsellors, called under-treasurers, shall take care of all matters that
+concern the public revenue and treasury. The twelve assistants shall be
+called auditors.
+
+XLIV. The high-steward's court, consisting of a proprietor and his six
+counsellors, called comptrollers, shall have the care of all foreign and
+domestic trade, manufactures, public buildings, work-houses, high-ways,
+passages by water above the flood of the tide, drains, sewers, and banks
+against inundations, bridges, post, carriers, fairs, markets, corruption
+or infection of the common air or water, and all things in order to the
+public commerce and health; also setting out and surveying of lands; and
+also setting out and appointing places for towns to be built on in the
+precincts, and the prescribing and determining the figure and bigness of
+the said towns, according to such models as the said court shall order;
+contrary or differing from which models it shall not be lawful for any
+one to build in any town. This court shall have power also to make any
+public building, or any new highway, or enlarge any old high-way, upon
+any man's land whatsoever; as also to make cuts, channels, banks, locks,
+and bridges, for making rivers navigable, or for draining fens, or any
+other public use. The damage the owner of such lands (on or through which
+any such public things shall be made) shall receive thereby, shall be
+valued, and satisfaction made by such ways as the grand council shall
+appoint. The twelve assistants, belonging to this court, shall be called
+surveyors.
+
+XLV. The chamberlain's court, consisting of a proprietor and his six
+counsellors, called vice-chamberlains, shall have the care of all
+ceremonies, precedency, heraldry, reception of public messengers,
+pedigrees, the registry of all births, burials, and marriages,
+legitimation, and all cases concerning matrimony, or arising from it; and
+shall also have power to regulate all fashions, habits, badges, games and
+sports. To this court also it shall belong to convocate the grand
+council. The twelve assistants, belonging to this court, shall be called
+provosts.
+
+XLVI. All causes belonging to, or under the jurisdiction of, any of the
+proprietors courts, shall in them respectively be tried, and ultimately
+determined, without any farther appeal.
+
+XLVII. The proprietors courts shall have a power to mitigate all fines,
+and suspend all executions in criminal causes, either before or after
+sentence, in any of the other inferior courts respectively.
+
+XLVIII. In all debates, hearings, or trials, in any of the proprietor's
+courts, the twelve assistants belonging to the said courts respectively,
+shall have liberty to be present, but shall not interpose, unless their
+opinions be required, nor have any vote at all; but their business shall
+be, by the direction of the respective courts, to prepare such business
+as shall be committed to them; as also to bear such offices, and dispatch
+such affairs, either where the court is kept or elsewhere as the court
+shall think fit.
+
+XLIX. In all the proprietors courts, the proprietor, and any three of his
+counsellors, shall make a quorum; provided always, that, for the better
+dispatch of business, it shall be in the power of the Palatine's court,
+to direct what sort of causes shall be heard and determined by a quorum
+of any three.
+
+L. The grand council shall consist of the Palatine and seven proprietors,
+and the forty-two counsellors of the several proprietors courts, who
+shall have power to determine any controversies that may arise between
+any of the proprietors courts, about their respective jurisdictions, or
+between the members of the same court, about their manner and methods of
+proceeding; to make peace and war, leagues, treaties, &c. with any of the
+neighbour Indians; to issue out their general orders to the constable's
+and admiral's courts, for the raising, disposing, or disbanding the
+forces, by land or by sea.
+
+LI. The grand council shall prepare all matters to be proposed in
+parliament. Nor shall any matter whatsoever be proposed in parliament,
+but what hath first passed the grand council; which, after having been
+read three several days in the parliament, shall by majority of votes be
+passed or rejected.
+
+LII. The grand council shall always be judges of all causes and appeals
+that concern the Palatine, or any of the Lords Proprietors, or any
+counsellor of any proprietor's court, in any cause, which otherwise
+should have been tried in the court in which the said counsellor is judge
+himself.
+
+LIII. The grand council, by their warrants to the treasurer's court,
+shall dispose of all the money given by the parliament and by them
+directed to any particular public use.
+
+LIV. The quorum of the grand council shall be thirteen, whereof a
+proprietor or his deputy shall be always one.
+
+LV. The grand council shall meet the first Tuesday in every month, and as
+much oftener as either they shall think fit, or they shall be convocated
+by the chamberlain's court.
+
+LVI. The Palatine, or any of the Lords Proprietors, shall have power
+under hand and seal, to be registered in the grand council, to make a
+deputy, who shall have the same power to all intents and purposes as he
+himself who deputes him; except in confirming acts of parliament, as in
+Paragraph LXXVI, and except also in nominating and chusing landgraves and
+cassiques, as in Paragraph X. All such deputations shall cease and
+determine at the end of four years, and at any time shall be revocable at
+the pleasure of the deputator.
+
+LVII. No deputy of any proprietor shall have any power whilst the
+deputator is in any part of CAROLINA, except the proprietor, whose deputy
+he is, be a minor.
+
+LVIII. During the minority of any proprietor his guardian shall have
+power to constitute and appoint his deputy.
+
+LIX. The eldest of the Lords Proprietors, who shall be personally in
+CAROLINA, shall of course be the Palatine's deputy, and if no proprietor
+be in CAROLINA, he shall chuse his deputy out of the heirs apparent of
+any of the proprietors, if any such be there; and if there be no heir
+apparent of any of the Lords Proprietors above one and twenty years old
+in CAROLINA, then he shall chuse for deputy any one of the landgraves of
+the grand council; and till he have by deputation under hand and seal
+chosen any one of the forementioned heirs apparent or landgraves to be
+his deputy, the eldest man of the landgraves, and, for want of a
+landgrave, the eldest man of the cassiques, who shall be personally in
+CAROLINA, shall of course be his deputy.
+
+LX. Each proprietor's deputy shall be always one of his own six
+counsellors respectively; and in case any of the proprietors hath not, in
+his absence out of CAROLINA, a deputy, commissioned under his hand and
+seal, the eldest nobleman of his court shall of course be his deputy.
+
+LXI. In every county there shall be a court, consisting of a sheriff, and
+four justices of the county, for every precinct one. The sheriff shall be
+an inhabitant of the county, and have at least five hundred acres of
+freehold within the said county; and the justices shall be inhabitants,
+and have each of them five hundred acres a-piece freehold within the
+precinct for which they serve respectively. These five shall be chosen
+and commissioned from time to time by the Palatine's court.
+
+LXII. For any personal causes exceeding the value of two hundred pounds
+sterling, or in title of land, or in any criminal cause; either party,
+upon paying twenty pounds sterling to the Lords Proprietors use, shall
+have liberty of appeal from the county-court unto the respective
+proprietor's court.
+
+LXIII. In every precinct there shall be a court consisting of a steward
+and four justices of the precinct, being inhabitants, and having three
+hundred acres of freehold within the said precinct, who shall judge all
+criminal causes; except for treason, murder, and any other offences
+punishable with death, and except all criminal causes of the nobility;
+and shall judge also all civil causes whatsoever; and in all personal
+actions not exceeding fifty pounds sterling, without appeal; but where
+the cause shall exceed that value, or concern a title of land, and in all
+criminal causes; there either party, upon paying five pounds sterling to
+the Lords Proprietors use, shall have liberty of appeal to the
+county-court.
+
+LXIV. No cause shall be twice tried in any one court, upon any reason or
+pretence whatsoever.
+
+LXV. For treason, murder, and all other offences punishable with death,
+there shall be a commission, twice a year at least, granted onto one or
+more members of the grand council or colleges, who shall come as
+itinerant judges to the several counties, and with the sheriff and four
+justices shall hold assizes to judge all such causes; but, upon paying of
+fifty pounds sterling to the Lords Proprietors use, there shall be
+liberty of appeal to the respective proprietor's court.
+
+LXVI. The grand jury at the several assizes, shall, upon their oaths, and
+under their hands and seals, deliver in to the itinerant judges a
+presentment of such grievances, misdemeanors, exigences, or defects,
+which they think necessary for the public good of the county; which
+presentments shall, by the itinerant judges, at the end of their circuit,
+be delivered in to the grand council at their next sitting. And
+whatsoever therein concerns the execution of laws already made; the
+several proprietors courts, in the matters belonging to each of them
+respectively, shall take cognizance of it and give such order about it,
+as shall be effectual for the due execution of the laws. But whatever
+concerns the making of any new law, shall be referred to the several
+respective courts to which that matter belongs, and be by them prepared
+and brought to the grand council.
+
+LXVII. For terms, there shall be quarterly such a certain number of days,
+not exceeding one and twenty at any one time, as the several respective
+courts shall appoint. The time for the beginning of the term, in the
+precinct-court, shall be the first Monday in January, April, July, and
+October; in the county-court, the first Monday in February, May, August,
+and November, and in the proprietors courts, the first Monday in March,
+June, September, and December.
+
+LXVIII. In the precinct-court no man shall be a jury-man under fifty
+acres of freehold. In the county-court, or at the assizes, no man shall
+be a grand jury-man under three hundred acres of freehold; and no man
+shall be a petty jury-man under two hundred acres of freehold. In the
+proprietors courts no man shall be a jury-man under five hundred acres of
+freehold.
+
+LXIX. Every jury shall consist of twelve men; and it shall not be
+necessary they should all agree, but the verdict shall be according to
+the consent of the majority.
+
+LXX. It shall be a base and vile thing to plead for money or reward; nor
+shall any one (except he be a near kinsman, not farther off than
+cousin-german to the party concerned) be permitted to plead another man's
+cause, till, before the judge in open court, he hath taken an oath, that
+he doth not plead for money or reward, nor hath nor will receive, nor
+directly nor indirectly bargained with the party, whose cause he is going
+to plead; for money or any other reward for pleading his cause.
+
+LXXI. There shall be a parliament, consisting of the proprietors or their
+deputies, the landgraves and cassiques, and one freeholder out of every
+precinct, to be chosen by the freeholders of the said precinct
+respectively. They shall sit all together in one room, and have every
+member one vote.
+
+LXXII. No man shall be chosen a member of parliament, who hath less than
+five hundred acres of freehold within the precinct for which he is
+chosen; nor shall any have a vote in chusing the said member that hath
+less than fifty acres of free-hold within the said precinct.
+
+LXXIII. A new parliament shall be assembled the first Monday of the month
+of November every second year, and shall meet and sit in the town they
+last sat in, without any summons, unless by the Palatine's court they be
+summoned to meet at any other place. And if there shall be any occasion
+of a parliament in these intervals, it shall be in the power of the
+Palatine's court to assemble them in forty days notice, and at such time
+and place as the said court shall think fit; and the Palatine's court
+shall have power to dissolve the said parliament when they shall think
+fit.
+
+LXXIV. At the opening of every parliament, the first thing that shall be
+done, shall be the reading of these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS, which the
+Palatine and proprietors, and the rest of the members then present shall
+subscribe. Nor shall any person whatsoever sit or vote in the parliament,
+till he hath that session subscribed these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS, in
+a book kept for that purpose by the clerk of the parliament.
+
+LXXV. In order to the due election of members for the biennial
+parliament, it shall be lawful for the freeholders of the respective
+precincts to meet the first Tuesday in September every two years, in the
+same town or place that they last met in, to chuse parliament-men; and
+there chuse those members that are to sit the next November following,
+unless the steward of the precinct shall, by sufficient notice thirty
+days before, appoint some other place for their meeting, in order to the
+election.
+
+LXXVI. No act or order of parliament shall be of any force, unless it he
+ratified in open parliament during the same session, by the Palatine or
+his deputy, and three more of the Lords Proprietors or their deputies;
+and then not to continue longer in force but until the next biennial
+parliament, unless in the mean time it be ratified under the hands and
+seals of the Palatine himself, and three more of the Lords Proprietors
+themselves, and by their order published at the next biennial parliament.
+
+LXXVII. Any proprietor or his deputy may enter his protestation against
+any act of the parliament, before the Palatine or his deputy's consent be
+given as aforesaid; if he shall conceive the said act to be contrary to
+this establishment, or any of these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS of the
+government. And in such case, after full and free debate, the several
+estates shall retire into four several chambers; the Palatine and
+proprietors into one; the landgraves into another; the cassiques into
+another; and those chosen by the precincts into a fourth: and if the
+major part of any of the four estates shall vote that the law is not
+agreeable to this establishment and these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS of
+the government, then it shall pass no farther, but be as if it had never
+been proposed.
+
+LXXVIII. The quorum of the parliament shall be one half of those who are
+members, and capable of fitting in the house that present session of
+parliament. The quorum of each of the chambers of parliament shall be one
+half of the members of that chamber.
+
+LXXIX. To avoid multiplicity of laws, which by degrees always change the
+right foundations of the original government, all acts of parliament
+whatsoever, in whatsoever form passed or enacted, shall, at the end of an
+hundred years after their enacting, respectively cease and determine of
+themselves, and without any repeal become null and void, as if no such
+acts of laws had ever been made.
+
+LXXX. Since multiplicity of comments, as well as of laws, have great
+inconveniences, and serve only to obscure and perplex; all manner of
+comments and expositions on any part of these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS,
+or any part of the common or statute law of CAROLINA, are absolutely
+prohibited.
+
+LXXXI. There shall be a registry in every precinct, wherein shall be
+enrolled all deeds, leases, judgments, mortgages, and other conveyances,
+which may concern any of the land within the said precinct; and all such
+conveyances not so entered or registered, shall not be of force against
+any person nor party to the said contract or conveyance.
+
+LXXXII. No man shall be register of any precinct, who hath not at least
+three hundred acres of freehold within the said precinct.
+
+LXXXIII. The freeholders of every precinct shall nominate three men; out
+of which three, the chief justice's court shall chuse and commission one
+to be register of the said precinct, whilst he shall well behave himself.
+
+LXXXIV. There shall be a registry in every signiory, barony, and colony,
+wherein shall be recorded all the births, marriages and deaths, that
+shall happen within the respective signiories, baronies, and colonies.
+
+LXXXV. No man shall be register of a colony, that hath not above fifty
+acres of freehold within the said colony.
+
+LXXXVI. The time of every one's age, that is born in CAROLINA, shall be
+reckoned from the day that his birth is entered in the registry, and not
+before.
+
+LXXXVII. No marriage shall be lawful, whatever contract and ceremony they
+have used, till both the parties mutually own it before the register of
+the place where they were married, and he register it, with the names of
+the father and mother of each party.
+
+LXXXVIII. No man shall administer to the goods, or have right to them, or
+enter upon the estate of any person deceased, till his death be
+registered in the respective registry.
+
+LXXXIX. He that doth not enter in the respective registry the birth or
+death of any person that is born or dies in his house or ground, shall
+pay to the said register one shilling per week for each such neglect,
+reckoning from the time of each birth or death respectively, to the time
+of registering it.
+
+XC. In like manner the births, marriages, and deaths of the Lords
+Proprietors, Landgraves, and Cassiques, shall be registered in the
+chamberlain's court.
+
+XCI. There shall be in every colony one constable to be chosen annually
+by the freeholders of the colony; his estate shall be above a hundred
+acres of freehold within the said colony, and such subordinate officers
+appointed for his assistance as the county-court shall find requisite,
+and shall be established by the said county-court. The election of the
+subordinate annual officers shall be also in the freeholders of the
+colony.
+
+XCII. All towns incorporate shall be governed by a Mayor, twelve
+Aldermen, and twenty-four of the common-council. The said common-council
+shall be chosen by the present housholders of the said town; the aldermen
+shall be chosen out of the common-council; and the mayor out of the
+aldermen, by the Palatine's court.
+
+XCIII. It being of great consequence to the plantation, that Port-Towns
+should be built and preserved; therefore, whosoever shall lade or unlade
+any commodity at any other place but a Port-Town, shall forfeit to the
+Lord's Proprietors for each run so laden or unladen, the sum of ten
+pounds sterling; except only such goods as the Palatine's court shall
+license to be laden or unladen elsewhere.
+
+XCIV. The first port-town upon every river shall be in a colony, and be a
+port-town for ever.
+
+XCV. No man shall be permitted to be a freeman of CAROLINA, or to have
+any estate or habitation within it, that doth not acknowledge a GOD; and
+that God is publicly and solemnly to be worshipped.
+
+XCVI. [As the country comes to be sufficiently planted and distributed
+into fit divisions, it shall belong to the parliament to take care for
+the building of churches, and the public maintenance of divines, to be
+employed in the exercise of religion, according to the church of England;
+which being the only true and orthodox, and the national religion of all
+the king's dominions, is so also of CAROLINA; and therefore it alone
+shall be allowed to receive public maintenance, by grant of
+parliament].[2]
+
+[2] This article was not drawn up by Mr. LOCKE; but inserted by some of
+    the chief of the proprietors, against his judgment; as Mr. LOCKE
+    himself informed one of his friends, to whom he presented a copy of
+    these Constitutions.
+
+XCVII. But since the natives of that place, who will be concerned in our
+plantation, are utterly strangers to Christianity, whose idolatry,
+ignorance, or mistake, gives us no right to expel, or use them ill; and
+those who remove from other parts to plant there, will unavoidably be of
+different opinions concerning matters of religion, the liberty whereof
+they will expect to have allowed them, and it will not be reasonable for
+us on this account to keep them out; that civil peace may be maintained
+amidst the diversity of opinions, and our agreement and compact with all
+men may be duly and faithfully observed; the violation whereof, upon what
+pretence soever, cannot be without great offence to almighty God, and
+great scandal to the true religion, which we profess; and also that Jews,
+Heathens, and other dissenters from the purity of Christian religion, may
+not be scared and kept at a distance from it, but, by having an
+opportunity of acquainting themselves with the truth and reasonableness
+of its doctrines, and the peaceableness and inoffensiveness of its
+professors, may by good usage and persuasion, and all those convincing
+methods of gentleness and meekness suitable to the rules and design of
+the gospel, be won over to embrace and unfeignedly receive the truth;
+therefore any seven or more persons agreeing in any religion, shall
+constitute a church or profession, to which they shall give some name, to
+distinguish it from others.
+
+XCVIII. The terms of admittance and communion with any church or
+profession, shall be written in a book, and therein be subscribed by all
+the members of the said church or profession; which book shall be kept by
+the public register of the precinct where they reside.
+
+XCIX. The time of every one's subscription and admittance shall be dated
+in the said book of religious record.
+
+C. In the terms of communion of every church or profession, these
+following shall be three; without which no agreement or assembly of men,
+upon pretence of religion, shall be accounted a church or profession
+within these rules:
+
+1. "That there is a GOD.
+
+2. "That GOD is publicly to be worshipped.
+
+3. "That it is lawful and the duty of every man, being thereunto called
+by those that govern, to bear witness to truth; and that every church or
+profession shall, in their terms of communion, set down the external way
+whereby they witness a truth as in the presence of GOD, whether it be by
+laying hands on, or kissing the Bible, as in the church of England, or by
+holding up the hand, or any other sensible way."
+
+CI. No person above seventeen years of age shall have any benefit or
+protection of the law, or be capable of any place of profit or honour,
+who is not a member of some church or profession, having his name
+recorded in some one, and but one religious record at once.
+
+CII. No person of any other church or profession shall disturb or molest
+any religious assembly.
+
+CIII. No person whatsoever shall speak any thing in their religious
+assembly irreverently or seditiously of the government, or governors, or
+state matters.
+
+CIV. Any person subscribing the terms of communion in the record of the
+said church or profession, before the precinct register, and any five
+members of the said church or profession, shall be thereby made a member
+of the said church or profession.
+
+CV. Any person striking out his own name out of any religious record, or
+his name being struck out by any officer thereunto authorised by each
+church or profession respectively, shall cease to be a member of that
+church or profession.
+
+CVI. No man shall use any reproachful, reviling, or abusive language,
+against the religion of any church or profession; that being the certain
+way of disturbing the peace, and of hindering the conversion of any to
+the truth, by engaging them in quarrels and animosities, to the hatred of
+the professors and that profession, which otherwise they might be brought
+to assent to.
+
+CVII. Since charity obliges us to wish well to the souls of all men, and
+religion ought to alter nothing in any man's civil estate or right, it
+shall be lawful for slaves, as well as others, to enter themselves, and
+be of what church or profession any of them shall think best, and
+therefore be as fully members as any freeman. But yet no slave shall
+hereby be exempted from that civil dominion his master hath over him, but
+be in all other things in the same state and condition he was in before.
+
+CVIII. Assemblies, upon what pretence soever of religion, not observing
+and performing the abovesaid rules, shall not be esteemed as churches,
+but unlawful meetings, and be punished as other riots.
+
+CIX. No person whatsoever shall disturb, molest, or persecute another for
+his speculative opinions in religion, or his way of worship.
+
+CX. Every freeman of CAROLINA shall have absolute power and authority
+over his negro slaves, of what opinion or religion soever.
+
+CXI. No cause, whether civil or criminal, of any freeman, shall be tried
+in any court of judicature, without a jury of his peers.
+
+CXII. No person whatsoever shall hold or claim any land in CAROLINA by
+purchase or gift, or otherwise, from the natives, or any other
+whatsoever; but merely from and under the Lords Proprietors; upon pain of
+forfeiture of all his estate, moveable or immoveable, and perpetual
+banishment.
+
+CXIII. Whosoever shall possess any freehold in CAROLINA, upon what title
+or grant soever, shall, at the farthest, from and after the year one
+thousand six hundred and eighty-nine, pay yearly unto the Lords
+Proprietors for each acre of land, English measure, as much fine silver
+as is at this present in one English penny, or the value thereof, to be
+as a chief rent and acknowledgment to the Lords Proprietors; their heirs
+and successors, for ever. And it shall be lawful for the Palatine's
+court, by their officers at any time, to take a new survey of any man's
+land, not to out him of any part of his possession, but that by such a
+survey the just number of acres he possesseth may be known, and the rent
+thereupon due may be paid by him.
+
+CXIV. All wrecks, mines, minerals, quarries of gems, and precious stones,
+with pearl-fishing, whale-fishing, and one half of all ambergrease, by
+whomsoever found, shall wholly belong to the Lords Proprietors.
+
+CXV. All revenues and profits belonging to the Lords Proprietors in
+common shall be divided into ten parts, whereof the Palatine shall have
+three and each proprietor one; but if the Palatine shall govern by a
+deputy, his deputy shall have one of those three tenths, and the Palatine
+the other two tenths.
+
+CXVI. All inhabitants and freemen of CAROLINA above seventeen years of
+age, and under sixty, shall be bound to bear arms, and serve as soldiers
+whenever the grand council shall find it necessary.
+
+CXVII. A true copy of three FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS shall be kept in a
+great book by the register of every precinct, to be subscribed before the
+said register. Nor shall any person, of what condition or degree soever,
+above seventeen years old, have any estate or possession in CAROLINA, or
+protection or benefit of the law there, who hath not before a precinct
+register subscribed three FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS in this form:
+
+    "I A. B. do promise to bear faith and true allegiance to our
+    sovereign lord king CHARLES the Second, his heirs and successors;
+    and will be true and faithful to the Palatine and Lords
+    Proprietors of CAROLINA, their heirs and successors; and with my
+    utmost power will defend them, and maintain the government
+    according to this establishment in these FUNDAMENTAL
+    CONSTITUTIONS."
+
+CXVIII. Whatsoever alien shall, in this form, before any precinct
+register, subscribe these fundamental constitutions, shall be thereby
+naturalized.
+
+CXIX. In the same manner shall every person, at his admittance into any
+office, subscribe these FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS.
+
+CXX. These FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS, in number a hundred and twenty, and
+every part thereof, shall be and remain the sacred and unalterable form
+and rule of government of CAROLINA for ever.  Witness our hands and
+seals, the first day of March, 1669.
+
+
+RULES of PRECEDENCY.
+
+I. The Lords Proprietors; the eldest in age first, and so in order.
+
+II. The eldest sons of the Lords Proprietors; the eldest in age first,
+and so in order.
+
+III. The landgraves of the grand council; he that hath been longest of
+the grand council first, and so in order.
+
+IV. The cassiques of the grand council; he that hath been longest of the
+grand council first, and so in order.
+
+V. The seven commoners of the grand council that have been longest of the
+grand council; he that hath been longest of the grand council first, and
+so in order.
+
+VI. The younger sons of proprietors; the eldest first, and so in order.
+
+VII. The landgraves; the eldest in age first, and so in order.
+
+VIII. The seven commoners, who, next to those before-mentioned, have been
+longest of the grand council; he that hath been longest of the grand
+council first, and so in order.
+
+IX. The cassiques; the eldest in age first, and so in order.
+
+X. The seven remaining commoners of the grand council; he that hath been
+longest of the grand council first, and so in order.
+
+XI. The male line of the proprietors.
+
+The rest shall be determined by the chamberlain's court.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, AN HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF THE COLONIES OF SOUTH CAROLINA AND GEORGIA, VOLUME 1 ***
+
+This file should be named 8179.txt or 8179.zip
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+https://gutenberg.org or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext05 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext05
+
+Or /etext04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92,
+91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+ PROJECT GUTENBERG LITERARY ARCHIVE FOUNDATION
+ 809 North 1500 West
+ Salt Lake City, UT 84116
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+https://www.gutenberg.org/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/8179.zip b/8179.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b18a34f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/8179.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62739db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #8179 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/8179)